Chassis

Service
Workshop Manual
Octavia 1997 ➤
Chassis
Edition 03.2011
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
Service Department. Technical Information

Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual
Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Repair Group
00 - Technical data
40 - Front suspension
42 - Rear suspension
44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
45 - Anti-lock brake system
46 - Brakes - mechanism
47 - Brakes - hydraulics
48 - Steering
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2011 ŠKODA AUTO a. s. D3E801B9566

Octavia 1997 ➤
Chassis - Edition 03.2011
Contents
00 - Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Chassis - Specified values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.3 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.4 Wheels, Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
40 - Front suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1 Repairing front wheel suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.1 l - Summary of components assembly carrier, anti-roll bar, track control arm . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.2 Removing and installing the track control arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
1.3 Pressing out and in the bearing for the track control arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.4 Removing and installing assembly carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.5 Pressing out and in rubber-metal bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.6 II - Summary of components of the wheel bearing, suspension strut, drive shaft, brake . . 34
1.7 Repairing wheel bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.8 Inspecting the steering joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.9 Removing and installing the steering joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
1.10 Remove and install suspension strut and wheel bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
1.11 Repairing the suspension strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
1.12 Inspecting the shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
1.13 Disposing of the shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
1.14 Removing and installing a drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2 Repairing drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
2.1 Repairing drive shaft with outer and inner CV joint VL 3700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
2.2 Inspecting outer CV joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
2.3 Inspecting inner CV joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
2.4 Repairing drive shaft with inner tripod joint AAR 2900 and outer CV joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
2.5 Disassembling and assembling the tripod joint AAR 2900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
2.6 Repairing drive shaft with inner tripod joint AAR 2000 and outer CV joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
2.7 Disassembling and assembling the tripod joint AAR 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
42 - Rear suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
1 Repairing rear axle - drum brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
1.1 Removing and installing rear suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
1.2 Summary of components of rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
1.3 Replacing the rubber-metal bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
1.4 Removing and installing shock absorber/spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
1.5 Disassembling and assembling shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
2 Repairing rear Protected
axle - disc brakeCopying
by copyright. . . .for. .private
. . . or
. .commercial
. . . . . . purposes,
. . . . . .in.part
. . or. .in .whole,
. . . is. .not. .permitted
........... 106
2.1 Removing and installing
with respect rear suspension
to the correctness . . . .in .this
of information . .document.
. . . . . .Copyright
. . . . .by. ŠKODA
. . . . .AUTO. . . A.. .S.��
......... 106
2.2 Summary of components of rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
2.3 Replacing the rubber-metal bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
2.4 Removing and installing shock absorber/spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
2.5 Disassembling and assembling shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
3 Repairing the wheel bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
3.1 Repairing the wheel bearing, vehicles with front-wheel drive - drum brake . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
3.2 Repairing the wheel bearing - disc brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
4 Repairing rear axle (vehicles with four-wheel drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
4.1 Rear axle with four-wheel drive - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
4.2 Coil spring and shock absorber on vehicles with four-wheel drive - Summary of
components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
4.3 Removing and installing coil spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Contents i
Octavia 1997 ➤
4.4 Removing and installing shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

5 Trailing arm and suspension arm - Summary of components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
5.1 Pressing out and pressing in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
5.2 Removing and installing rubber-metal bearing for trailing arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
5.3 Removing and installing guide joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
5.4 Removing and installing trailing arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
5.5 Removing and installing suspension arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
6 Summary of components - Assembly carrier with final drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
6.1 Removing and installing assembly carrier with final drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
6.2 Removing and installing rubber-metal bearing for assembly carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
6.3 Removing and installing rubber-metal bearing for final drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
7 Repairing drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
7.1 Removing and installing a drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
7.2 Repairing drive shaft with CV joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

1 Vehicle alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
1.1 General points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
1.2 Test conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
1.3 Measurement preliminaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
1.4 Chassis terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
1.5 Nominal values for vehicle alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
1.6 Checking the transversal inclination of the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
1.7 Checking the camber on the front axle, if necessary take the mean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
1.8 Checking the camber on the rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
1.9 Checking the track on the rear axle, if necessary taking the mean/adjusting . . . . . . . . . . 183
1.10 Checking the track on the front axle, adjusting if necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
1.11 Checking the left and right steering angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
1.12 Calculation of the misalignment on the rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
2 Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
2.1 General points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
2.2 Disc wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
2.3 Light-alloy wheel . . . . . . . . . Protected
. . . . . by
. .copyright.
. . . . . Copying
. . . . . for
. .private
. . . .or. commercial
. . . . . . purposes,
. . . . . .in. part
. . .or.in. whole,
. . . .is. not
. .permitted
187
3 Vehicles with tyre repair set . .with . . respect
. . . . to. the
. . correctness
. . . . . . .of.information
. . . . . .in. this
. . document.
. . . . . by. .ŠKODA
. . . .AUTO
. . . A.189
S.��
3.1 Tyre sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
3.2 Tyre disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
3.3 Assembly of new tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
3.4 Disposing of tyre sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
45 - Anti-lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

1 Antilock braking system (ABS) ITT Mark 20 IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
1.1 Safety precautions, basic information on fault finding and on repairing ABS and ABS/EDL
ITT Mark 20 IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
1.2 Notes on repair work on ABS and ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
1.3 Required technical information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
2 Distinguishing features of the ABS ITT Mark 20 IE and the ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE . . . . 193
2.1 General Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
2.2 ABS ITT Mark 20 IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
2.3 ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
2.4 Fitting position ABS or ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
3 Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
3.1 Self-diagnosis functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
3.2 Indication of faults by means of warning lights K47 and K14/33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
3.3 Vehicle fitted with ABS/EDL - EDL does not operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
4 Perform self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
ii Contents
Octavia 1997 ➤
4.1 Test requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

4.2 Connecting vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552 and selecting function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
4.3 Interrogating control unit version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
4.4 Overview of selectable functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
4.5 Interrogating fault memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
4.6 Automatic test sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
4.7 Fault table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
4.8 Erasing fault memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
4.9 Ending output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
4.10 Coding control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
4.11 Reading measured value block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
4.12 Actuator diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
4.13 Basic setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
5 Electrical test of the ABS and ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
5.1 Test conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
5.2 Multi-pin plug connection with contact assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
5.3 Overview of test steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
5.4 Test table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
6 Electric/electronic components and fitting locations ABS, ABS/EDL Mark 20 . . . . . . . . . . 239
6.1 Removing and installing the hydraulic control unit and the bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
6.2 Repairing the hydraulic control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
6.3 Checking/removing and installing parts of the ABS system on the front axle . . . . . . . . . . 247
6.4 Checking/removing and installing parts of the ABS system on the rear axle (disc brake and
drum brake) - front-wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
6.5 Removing and installing as well as adjusting brake light switch up to model year 1999 . . 254
6.6 Removing and installing as well as adjusting brake light switch as of model year 2000 . . 255
7 Summary of Components of Hydraulic Control Unit, Brake Servo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder
for vehicles with ABS, ABS/EDL Mark 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
8 Self-diagnosis of the ABS/EDL for four-wheel drive vehicles with Haldex coupling . . . . . . 258
8.2 Fault table for the ABS/EDL of four-wheel drive vehicles with Haldex coupling . . . . . . . . . . 258
8.3 Code ABS/EDL control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
8.4 Check longitudinal acceleration sender G251 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
8.5 Checking the data BUS cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
8.6 Initiating basic setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
8.7 Switch off longitudinal acceleration sender G251 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
8.8 Null balance of the longitudinal acceleration sender G251 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
9 Electrical test of the ABS/EDL for four-wheel drive vehicles with Haldex coupling . . . . . . 266
9.1 Test table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
10 Electric/electronic components and fitting locations (four-wheel drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
10.1 Removing and installing longitudinal acceleration sender G251 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
10.2 Checking/removing and installing parts of the ABS system on the rear axle (disc brake) - four-
wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
11 Antilock braking system ABS/ EDL/ESP Mark 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
11.1 Safety precautions, basic information on fault finding and on repairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
11.2 Notesbyon
unless authorised repair
ŠKODA AUTOwork on ABS/EDL/ESP
A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does notMark
guarantee20or accept
. . . .any
. .liability
.......................... 274
11.3 Required
with respect technical
to the correctness information
of information . . . .Copyright
in this document. . . . . .by. .ŠKODA
. . . .AUTO
. . . A.
. .S.��
.......................... 274
12 Distinguishing features of the ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE and the ABS/EDL/ESP ITT Mark 20
IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
12.2 ABS/EDL/ESP ITT Mark 20 IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
12.3 Fitting position ABS/EDL/ESP ITT Mark 20 IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
13 Self-diagnosis of the ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
13.1 Description of the function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
13.2 Indication of faults by means of warning lights K47 , K14/33 and K155 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Contents iii
Octavia 1997 ➤
13.3 Vehicle fitted with ABS/EDL/ESP - EDL does not operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
14.4 Automatic test sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
14.6 Interrogating fault memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
14.7 Fault table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
14.8 Erasing fault memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
14.9 Ending output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
14.13 Login procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
15 Electrical test of the ABS/EDL/ESP ITT Mark 20 IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
15.1 Test conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
15.3 Test table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
15.4 Test steps 1 - 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
15.5 Test steps 21 - 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
16 Electric/electronic components and fitting locations ABS/EDL/ESP Mark 20 . . . . . . . . . . 357
16.1 Removing and installing the hydraulic control unit ABS/EDL/ESP and the bracket . . . . . . 359
16.2 Repairing the hydraulic control unit ABS/EDL/ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
16.5 Protected
Removing and installing parts of the ESP system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
370
16.6 unless
Removing
authorised byand
ŠKODA installing
AUTO A. S.as wellAUTO
ŠKODA as setting
A. S. does the brake orlight
not guarantee acceptswitch
any liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ESP Mark 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
18 Antilock braking system (ABS) MK60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
18.1 Safety precautions, basic information on fault finding and on repairing ABS and ABS/TCS/
EDL MK 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
18.2 Notes on repair work on ABS and ABS/TCS/EDL MK 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
18.5 ABS and ABS/TCS/EDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
18.6 Fitting position ABS or ABS/TCS/EDL MK 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
19 Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
19.1 Self-diagnosis functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
19.2 Indication of faults by means of warning lights K47 and K14/33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
20.4 Fault table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
20.6 Table of codes for vehicles with antilock braking system Mark 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
20.8 Actuator diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
21 Electric/electronic components and fitting locations ABS/EDL/TCS Mark 60 . . . . . . . . . . 404
21.1 Removing and installing the hydraulic control unit and the bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
21.2 Repairing the hydraulic control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
iv Contents
Octavia 1997 ➤
ABS/EDL/TCS Mark 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
23 Electrical test ABS/EDL/ TCS Mark 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
23.2 Multi-pin plug connections with contact assignment for ABS, ABS/EDL/TCS . . . . . . . . . . 416
23.3 Test table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
24 Antilock braking system ABS/ EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
24.1 Safety precautions, basic information on fault finding and on repairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
24.2 Notes on repair work on ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
25 Electric/electronic components and fitting locations ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 60 ► MY 02
........................................................................ 424
26 Electric/electronic components and fitting locations ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 60 MY 02 ►
........................................................................ 426
27 Distinguishing features ABS/EDL/TCS Mark 60 and ABS/EDL/TCS/ ESP Mark 60 . . . . . . 428
27.2 Fitting position ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
28 Self-diagnosis
unless authorisedofby the ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP
ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO Mark A. S. does60not guarantee
. . . . . .or.accept
. . . any
. . .liability
................. 429
28.1 Description of tothe
with respect function of information
the correctness . . . . . . in
. .this
. .document.
. . . . .by. ŠKODA
. . . . .AUTO
. . . A.
. .S.��
.................. 429
28.2 Indication of faults by means of warning lights K47 , K14/33 and K155 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
29.5 Fault table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
29.9 Login procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
30 Electrical test ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
30.3 Test table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
46 - Brakes - mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479

1 Repairing the front brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
1.1 Changing the brake pads of the front brake - Mounting instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
1.2 Repairing front brake, the floating caliper disc brake FS-III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
1.3 Removing and installing brake pads/brake caliper (FS III) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
1.4 Repairing the front wheel brake, brake caliper FN -3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
1.5 Removing and installing brake pads/brake caliper FN 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
1.6 Removing and installing brake discs (FN 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
2 Repairing rear wheel brake - front wheel drive (drum brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
2.1 Replacing the brake shoes of the rear brake - Mounting instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
2.2 Removing and installing rear wheel brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
2.3 Resetting brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
2.4 Repairing rear brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
2.5 Removing and installing brake shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
2.6 Setting the hand-brake (drum brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
3 Repairing rear wheel-brake - front-wheel drive (disc brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
3.1 Changing the brake pads of the rear wheel disc brake - Mounting instructions . . . . . . . . . . 499
Contents v
Octavia 1997 ➤

3.3 Removing and installing brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
3.4 Setting the hand-brake (disc brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
4 Removing and installing hand-brake cable (drum brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
5 Removing and installing hand-brake cable (disc brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
6 Handbrake lever - Summary of components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
7 Repairing rear wheel-brake - four-wheel drive (disc brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
7.1 Changing the brake pads of the rear wheel disc brake - Mounting instructions . . . . . . . . . . 511
7.3 Removing and installing brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
7.4 Setting the hand-brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
8 Remove and install hand-brake cable, four-wheel drive/disc brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
9 Summary of Components of Foot Controls, Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
9.1 Assembly overview of the foot controls, brake pedal - LHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
9.2 Assembly overview of the foot controls, brake pedal - RHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
9.3 Separating the brake pedal from the brake servo unit and clipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
9.4 Removing and installing brake pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
47 - Brakes - hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525

1 Summary of components: Brake Servo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles without ABS
or with ABS, ABS/EDL Mark 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
1.1 Summary of components: Brake Servo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles without ABS
or with ABS, ABS/EDL Mark 20 - LHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
1.2 Summary of components: Brake Servo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles without ABS
or with ABS, ABS/EDL Mark 20 - RHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
1.3 Removing and installing the master brake cylinder - LHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
1.4 Removing and installing the master brake cylinder - RHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
1.5 Check brake servo unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
1.6 Removing and installing the brake servo unit - LHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
1.7 Removing and installing the brake servo unit - RHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
1.8 Removing and installing the vacuum pump for the brake servo unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
2 Repairing the front brake caliper, brake caliper FS - III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
2.1 Summary of Components of Brake Caliper FS-III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
2.2 Removing and installing the front brake caliper piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
3 Repairing the front brake caliper, brake caliper FN 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
3.1 Assembly overview of the brake caliper FN3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
3.2 Removing and installing the front brake caliper piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
4 Repairing the rear brake caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
4.1 Summary of components of the brake caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
4.2 Removing and installing the rear brake caliper piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
5 Summary of components of brake-power regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
6 Inspecting and adjusting the brake-power regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
6.1 Adjusting values for the load-dependent brake-power regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
7 Bleed brake system, vehicles with or without ABS or ABS/EDL Mark 20 and Mark 60 . . . . 552
7.1 Bleeding brake system with brake filling and bleeding device for vehicles with Mark 20 . . 553
7.2 Bleeding the brake system without using the brake filling and bleeding device . . . . . . . . . . 554
7.3 Bleeding brake system with brake filling and bleeding device for vehicles with ABS Mark
60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Protected
. . . . . by. .copyright.
. . . . .Copying
. . . . .for. private
. . . .or. commercial
. . . . . . .purposes,
. . . . .in. part
. . .or.in. whole,
. . . .is.not
. .permitted
. 555
8 Checking the master brake unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
cylinder for tightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . 557
9 Summary of components: Brake Servo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles with ABS/
EDL/ESP Mark 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
9.1 Removing and installing brake pressure sender 1 G201 and brake pressure sender 2 G214
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
9.2 Removing and installing the master brake cylinder - LHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
vi Contents
Octavia 1997 ➤
9.3 Removing and installing the master brake cylinder - RHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
9.5 Removing and installing the brake servo unit - LHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
9.6 Removing and installing the brake servo unit - RHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
9.7 Removing and installing the vacuum pump for the brake servo unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
10 Summary of components: Brake Servo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles with ABS/
EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
10.1 Removing and installing brake pressure sender 1 G201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
10.2 Removing and installing master brake cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
10.4 Removing and installing brake servo unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
10.5 Removing and installing brake vacuum pump V192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
10.6 Testing brake vacuum pump V192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
48 - Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
1 Steering column and steering wheel with airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
1.1 Check the steering column for damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
1.2 Removing and installing steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
1.3 Removing and installing the ignition lock housing with the steering column mounted . . . . 583
2 Summary of components of power-steering gear - LHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
2.1 Removing and installing hydraulic oil reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
2.2 Removing and installing the power-steering gear - LHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
2.3 Repairing power-steering gear (ZF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
2.4 Modified track rod ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
2.5 Modified track rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
2.6 Disposing of the power-steering gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
2.7 Adjusting the power-steering gear (ZF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
2.8 Check the hydraulic oil level of the power-assisted steering, top up if necessary . . . . . . . . 600
2.9 Draining, filling and bleeding the power-assisted steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2.10 Checking the power steering system for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
2.11 Power steering noises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
3 Summary of components of power-steering gear - RHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
3.1 Removing and installing hydraulic oil reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
3.2 Removing and installing the power-assisted steering gear - RHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
3.3 Repairing power-steering gear (ZF) - RHD vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
4 Summary of components: Vane pump for power-assisted steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
4.1 Summary of components for the vane pump located at the top and bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
4.2 PAS pressure switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
4.3 unless Check the feed pressure of the vane pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
617
5 withRemoving and installing
respect to the correctness vane
of information pump
in this . .Copyright
document. . . . . . by
. .ŠKODA
. . . . AUTO
. . . .A.. S.��
........................ 623
5.1 Vehicles with vane pump located at the top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
5.2 Vehicles with vane pump located at the bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
5.3 Disposing of the vane pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
Contents vii
Octavia 1997 ➤
viii Contents
Octavia 1997 ➤
00 – Technical data
1 Technical data
1.1 Chassis - Specified values

Nominal values front axle
1. Technical data 1
Octavia 1997 ➤
Spring strut type axle (front- and four-wheel drive)

Standard chassis 1) Sport chassis 1) 2) Rough road suspension 3)
Chassis G06 G20 1GA G35 G04 1GB
G12 G30 1GG G85 G07 1GW
G13 G31 1GE G34
G14 G32 1GH G39
G15 G33 G40
Overall track -adjustable- 0° ± 10' 0° ± 10' 0° ± 10'
Camber4) - 30' ± 30' - 33' ± 30' - 16' ± 30'
- 0° 25' ± 30' 5) 7) - -
- 0° 28' ± 30' 1) - -
Max. difference of the caster angles between left and right side 30' 30' 30'
Toe difference angle on turns of 20° of inside wheel -not adjustable- 1° 30' ± 20' 1° 31' ± 20' 1° 27' ± 20'
Toe difference angle on turns at full lock of inside wheel -not adjustable- 6° 35' 6° 40' 6° 35'
Max. wheel lock angle -not adjustable- 40° 39° 45' 40° 45'
Caster angle -not adjustable- 7° 40' ± 30' 8) 7° 50' ± 30' 8) 7° 15' ± 30' 8)
7° 40' +30', -60' 9) 7° 50' +30', -60' 9) 7° 15' +30', -60' 9)
8° 23' ± 30' 5) - -
8° ± 30' 6) 7) - -
Max. difference between left and right side 30' 30' 30'
Comment: Technical data apply for the unladen weight of the vehicle ready
for driving (full fuel tank and water reservoir for the windscreen wiper washer system, spare
wheel, tool kit, jack and without driver).
1) Not valid for Octavia 4x4
2) Values are also valid for Octavia RS vehicles
3) Values are also valid for Octavia 4x4 vehicles
4)It is possible to adjust the camber by shifting the assembly carrier. Note: The screws and washers of the assembly carrier must always be replaced! After carrying
out corrections of steering geometry, inspect position of steering wheel and alter to correct position, if necessary.
5) Only Service Mobil (Octavia 1.9 ltr./66 kW SLX, Octavia 1.8 ltr./92 kW SLX)
6) Only Service Mobil (Octavia Combi 1.9 ltr./81 kW SLX)
2
Octavia 1997 ➤
7) Only Service Mobil (Octavia 1.9 ltr./66 kW GLX)

8) up to MY 2000
9) as of MY 2001
3
Octavia 1997 ➤
Specified values rear axle - front-wheel drive
4 with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
Octavia 1997 ➤
Twist-beam rear axle

Standard suspension Sport chassis 1) Rough road suspension
Chassis — — —
PR Nos. are not displayed on the vehicle data sticker. The allocation of the adjusting values to the relevant running gear
occurs via the PR No. of the front axle damping.
Overall track -not adjustable- 2) 20' ± 10' 30' ± 10' 15' ± 10'
30' ± 15' 4) - -
25' ± 15' 5) - -
Camber -not adjustable- - 1° 36' ± 20' 6) - - 1° 36' ± 20' 6)
- 1° 27' ± 20' 7) - 1° 27' ± 20' - 1° 27' ± 20' 7)
- 1° 43' ± 20' 4) - -
- 1° 35' ± 20' 5) - -
Max. difference between left and right side 30' 30' 30'
Max. misalignment of the rear axle3) 20' 20' 20'
Comment: Technical data apply for the unladen weight of the vehicle ready for driving (full fuel tank and water reservoir for the windscreen wiper washer system, spare
1) Values are also valid for Octavia RS vehicles
2) The mean of the individual track values can be taken by moving the mounting brackets
3) The mean value of the misalignment can be taken by moving the rear axle body
4) Only Service Mobil (Octavia 1.9 ltr./66 kW SLX, Octavia 1.8 ltr./92 kW SLX)
5) Only Service Mobil (Octavia 1.9 ltr./66 kW GLX, Octavia Combi 1.9 ltr./81 kW SLX)
6) up to 11.96
7) as of 12.96
5
Octavia 1997 ➤
Specified values rear axle - four-wheel drive
6
Octavia 1997 ➤
Twist-beam rear axle

— — Rough road suspension
Chassis — — —
PR Nos. are not displayed on the vehicle data sticker. The allocation of the adjusting values to the relevant running gear
occurs via the PR No. of the front axle damping.
Overall track -not adjustable- 1) - - 15' ± 10'
Camber -not adjustable- - - -30' ± 20'
Max. difference between left and right side - - 30'
Max. misalignment of the rear axle2) - - 20'
Comment: Technical data apply for the unladen weight of the vehicle ready for driving (full fuel tank and water reservoir for the windscreen wiper washer system, spare
1) The mean of the individual track values of the rear axle can be taken by moving the mounting brackets
2) The running direction of the rear axle can be corrected by moving the mounting brackets
7
Octavia 1997 ➤
Nominal values rear axle

Chassis denominations with PR numbers
Different chassis are offered as additional equipment. These
chassis are identified by PR numbers.
The type of chassis is identified by a chassis PR number on the
vehicle data sticker.
The vehicle data sticker is located at the rear left on the luggage
compartment floor and in the Service Schedule.
Example of a vehicle data sticker
In this example the vehicle is fitted with a standard damping run‐
ning gear 1GA -arrow-.
1.2 Steering
8
Octavia 1997 ➤
Model All
Type of steering Rack and pinion type steering system
Steering gear Power-steering gear
Steering-wheel turns from stop to stop 3,04
Steering wheel diameter (mm) 370
Overall ratio of the steering 15,60
Lubricant for gear racks Fluid grease for steering gear
TL 733
N 052 733 00
Part No.: AOF 063 000 04
(e.g. DEA ORNA F6 EPO)
Filling weight (g) 23 to 27
Maximum clearance between pressure plate and cover (mm): 0,05 to 0,1
Perm. axial force for the displacement of the gear rack (N) 250
Rotating force of the track rods from the rest position (N) 1 to 3,5
Denomination of the hydraulic oil Hydraulic oil
TL 52 146
N 052 146 00
Part No.: G 002 000
(e.g. PENTOSIN CHF 11S)
Hydraulic oil amount in the system (I) 0,7 ... 0.9 Itr.
9
Octavia 1997 ➤
1.3 Brakes
1.3.1 Brake variants and their assignment
10
Octavia 1997 ➤
Engine litre/kW 1,4/44; 1,4/55 1,6/55 1,6/74; 1,6/75 1.9/50 SDI

S = Manual gearbox S - S - S A S -
A = Automatic gearbox
Master brake cylinder - ∅ mm 23,81
Brake servo unit - ∅ Inch Left-hand drive with and without ABS 10'' 8,5
right-hand drive with and without ABS: 7''/8''- tandem 8,5
♦ Front disc brake:
Front brake caliper FS-III 3)

Front brake caliper, piston - ∅ mm 54,0
Front brake disc - ∅ mm 256,0
Brake disc, thickness mm 22,0
Brake disc, minimum thickness mm 19,0
Pad thickness with supporting plate mm 19,5
Minimum thickness without supporting plate mm 2,0
♦ Rear disc brake:
Rear brake caliper, piston - ∅ mm — 41,0 —

Rear brake disc - ∅ mm — 239,0 —
Brake disc, thickness mm — 9,0 —
Brake disc, minimum thickness mm — 7,0 —
Pad thickness with supporting plate mm — 17,0 —
Minimum thickness without supporting plate mm — 2,0 —
♦ Drum brake Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Brake drum - ∅ mm 230,0
Brake drum - maximum diameter ∅ mm 231,0
Wheel-brake cylinder 1) - ∅ mm 20,64 — 20,64 — 20,64 19,05 19,05 4) —
Wheel-brake cylinder 2) - ∅ mm 20,64 — 20,64 — 20,64 20,64 20,64 —
Brake pad, width mm 32,0
Pad thickness without supporting shoe mm 5,5
Minimum thickness without supporting shoe mm 2,5
11
Octavia 1997 ➤
1) Vehicles without ABS

2) Vehicles with ABS
3) Not valid for Taxi vehicles (identification F4E)
4) For Octavia Combi: 20.64
Engine litre/kW 1,8/132 1,9/74 1,9/96

S = Manual gearbox S - S - S -
Brake servo unit - ∅ Inch Left-hand drive with and without ABS 10''
right-hand drive with and without ABS: 7''/8''- tandem
Front brake caliper FS-III 3)

Front brake caliper, piston - ∅ mm 54,0
Front brake disc - ∅ mm 256,0
Rear brake caliper, piston - ∅ mm — 41,0

Rear brake disc - ∅ mm — 239,0
Brake disc, thickness mm — 9,0
Brake disc, minimum thickness mm — 7,0
Pad thickness with supporting plate mm — 17,0
Minimum thickness without supporting plate mm — 2,0
♦ Drum brake
Brake drum - ∅ mm
12
Octavia 1997 ➤
Engine litre/kW 1,8/132 1,9/74 1,9/96

Brake drum - maximum diameter ∅ mm —
Wheel-brake cylinder 1) -∅ mm —
Wheel-brake cylinder - ∅ 2) mm —
Lining thickness mm —
Pad thickness without supporting shoe mm —
Minimum thickness without supporting shoe mm —
Engine litre/kW 1.9/66 TDI 1.9/81 TDI 1,8/92; 2,0/85 (82) 1,8/110
S = Manual gearbox S A S - S A S A
Brake servo unit - ∅ Inch Left-hand drive with and without ABS 10''
right-hand drive with and without ABS: 7''/8''- tandem
Front brake caliper FS-III 3) 5) FN 3 4)

Front brake caliper, piston - ∅ mm 54,0 54,0
Front brake disc - ∅ mm 280,0 288,0
Brake disc, thickness mm 22,0 25,0
Brake disc, minimum thickness mm 19,0 23,0
Pad thickness with supporting plate mm 19,5 19,5
Minimum thickness without supporting plate mm 2,0 2,0
Rear brake caliper, piston - ∅ mm 38,0 8)

41,0 9)
Rear brake disc - ∅ mm 232,0 6) 232,0
239,0
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, 7) or in whole, is not permitted
in part 239,0 7)
13
Octavia 1997 ➤
Engine litre/kW 1.9/66 TDI 1.9/81 TDI 1,8/92; 2,0/85 (82) 1,8/110
♦ Drum brake
Brake drum - ∅ mm 230,0 —

Brake drum - maximum diameter ∅ mm 231,0 —
Wheel-brake cylinder 1) - ∅ mm 20,64 — — — — — — —
Wheel-brake cylinder - ∅ 2) mm 20,64 20,64 — — — — — —
Brake pad, width mm 32,0 —
Pad thickness without supporting shoe mm 5,5 —
Minimum thickness without supporting shoe mm 2,5 —
3) Not valid for Taxi vehicles (identification F4E)
4) For Taxi vehicles (F4E) also 1.9/66; 2.0/85; 1.9/81
5) For Taxi vehicles (F4E) also 1.4/44; 1.4/55; 1.6/55; 1.6/74; 1.6/75; 1.9/50
6) Vehicles with ESP unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
7) vehicles with four-wheel drive
8) up to 07.98
9) as of 08.98
14
Octavia 1997 ➤
1.3.2 Brake fluid
15
Octavia 1997 ➤
Classification N 052 766 ZO (USA standard FMVSS 571.116 DOT 4)

VW 501 14
Capacity of brake fluid l 0.49 Vehicles with rear drum brakes, without ABS
0.53 Vehicles with rear drum brakes, with ABS
0.57 Vehicles with rear disc brakes, with ABS
Change brake fluid - every 2 years
16
Octavia 1997 ➤
1.4 Wheels, Tyres

Wheel rims:
♦ Bolt hole circle diameter: 100 mm
♦ Centre hole diameter: 57 mm
♦ 5-hole fixing
♦ Tyre inflation pressures ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet Octavia I as
well as sticker on the fuel-tank cap
Note
♦ Only tyres of the same size and type may be fitted to the ve‐
hicle, however the same brand and tread pattern must always
be fitted to wheels on the same axle. It is exceptionally allowed
to use a different tyre temporarily in the event of breakdown.
Take into account a change in driving and braking behaviour.
♦ Use wheel bolts with spherical collar and a thread of M14 x 1.5
- tightening torque: 120 Nm.
♦ Only use authorised rims on the relevant vehicle.
♦ When replacing rims always use wheel bolts that belong to
these rims (different length and spherical cap shape).
♦ Also observe the national legislation.
♦ If winter tyres are used with a lower speed rating than the
maximum permissible driving speed, it has to be pointed out
with a sticker providing an additional note which must be fixed
in the field of vision of the driver.
♦ The information given on the sticker determines the maximum
permissible driving speed for the winter tyres fitted, which must
not be exceeded during the operation of the vehicle.
♦ The note on the sticker can be replaced with the system in‐
stalled in the vehicle for life (for example the onboard com‐
puter) ⇒ Operating instructions .
♦ On vehicles with the tyre pressure inspection system, it must
be adapted again after changing one or several wheels ⇒
Operating instructions .
Caution
Tyres that are more than 6 years old must only be used in case
of emergency and while driving very carefully.
17
Octavia 1997 ➤
Engine Wheel size 1) Light-alloy rim Steel rim Offset (mm) Snow chains permitted
yes no
1.4 ltr./44°kW 175/80 R14 88 T, H - 6J x 14 H2 38 X -
1.4 ltr./55°kW
1.6 ltr./55 kW 195/65 R15 91 T, H, V 6J x 15 H2 6J x 15 H2 38 X -
1.9 ltr./50 kW 205/60 R15 91 H 6.5J x 15 H2 - 43 - X
205/55 R16 91 H 6.5J x 16 H2 - 42 - X
205/55 R16 91 W 5,5J x 16 H2 - 36 X -
1.6ltr./74 kW 175/80 R14 88 H - 6J x 14 H2 38 X -
1.6 ltr./75 kW 195/65 R15 91 H, V 6J x 15 H2 6J x 15 H2 38 X -
205/60 R15 91 H 6.5J x 15 H2 - 43 - X
205/55 R16 91 H 6.5J x 16 H2 - 42 - X
205/55 R16 91 W 5,5J x 16 H2 - 36 X -
2.0 ltr./85 kW 195/65 R15 91 H, V 6J x 15 H2 6J x 15 H2 38 X -
205/60 R15 91 H 6.5J x 15 H2 - 43 - X
205/55 R16 91 H 6.5J x 16 H2 - 42 - X
205/55 R16 91 W 5,5J x 16 H2 - 36 X -
1,8 Itr./92 kW 195/65 R15 91 H, V 6J x15 H2 6Jx15 H2 38 X -
205/60 R15 91 H, V 6.5J x 15H2 - 43 - X
205/55 R16 91 H, V, W 6.5J x 16H2 - 42 - X
205/55 R16 91 W 5,5J x 16H2 - 36 X -
1.8 ltr./110 kW 195/65 R15 91 V 6J x 15 H2 6Jx15 H2 38 X -
205/55 R16 91 V, W 6.5J x 16H2 - 42 - X
205/60 R15 91 V 6.5J x 15H2 - 43 - X
205/55 R16 91 W 5,5J x 16H2 - 36 X -
1.8 ltr./132 kW 205/55 R16 91 W 6.5J x 16H2 6.5Jx16H2 42 - X
205/55 R16 91 W 5,5J x 16H2 - 36 X -
205/50R17 89W2) 7J x 17 H2 - 38 X -
18
Octavia 1997 ➤
Engine Wheel size 1) Light-alloy rim Steel rim Offset (mm) Snow chains permitted
yes no
1.9 ltr./66 kW TDI 195/65 R15 91 T, H, V 6J x15 H2 6Jx15 H2 38 X -
205/60 R15 91 H 6.5J x 15H2 - 43 - X
205/55 R16 91 H 6.5J x 16H2 - 42 - X
205/55 R16 91 W 5,5J x 16H2 - 36 X -
1.9 Itr./74 kW PDi 195/65 R15 91 V 6J x 15 H2 6Jx15 H2 38 X -
205/60 R15 91 V 6.5J x 15H2 - 43 - X
205/55 R16 91 V 6.5J x 16H2 - 42 - X
205/55 R16 91 W 5,5J x 16H2 - 36 X -
1.9 ltr./81 kW TDI 195/65 R15 91 H, V 6J x 15 H2 6Jx15 H2 38 X -
205/60 R15 91 H 6.5J x 15H2 - 43 - X
205/55 R16 91 H, V, W 6.5J x 16H2 - 42 - X
205/55 R16 91 W 5,5J x 16H2 - 36 X -
1.9 Itr./96 kW PDi 195/65 R15 91 V 6J x 15 H2 6Jx15 H2 38 X -
205/60 R15 91 V 6.5J x 15H2 - 43 - X
205/55 R16 91 V, W 6.5J x 16H2 - 42 - X
205/55 R16 91 W 5,5J x 16H2 - 36 X -
1) Tyre inflation pressures ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet Octavia
2) Not valid for Octavia Combi RS
Load rating-indexes (Load index): 88 = 560 kg 91 = 615 kg

89 = 580 kg
Speed symbols: T =190km/h H = 210km/h
V = 240 km/h W = 270 km/h
19
Octavia 1997 ➤
Tyre legend
20
Octavia 1997 ➤
Marking e.g. 175/80 R14 88 T Meaning

175/80 Tyre width (mm) section ratio between height - width (%)
R Tyre type (radial)
14 Rim diameter (inch)
88 Load rating-index
T Speed symbol
Production date
DOT...394 ← Manufactured during week 39 of 1994
(← = denomination of the decade 1990...1999)
DOT...0300 Manufactured during week 3 of 2000
+ 03 = 3rd calendar week, 00 = year 2000)
21
Octavia 1997 ➤
40 – Front suspension
1 Repairing front wheel suspension
I - Removing and installing assembly carrier, anti-roll bar, track

control arm ⇒ page 23
II - Removing and installing wheel bearing, suspension strut, drive
shaft, brake ⇒ page 34
22 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension

Octavia 1997 ➤
1.1 l - Summary of components assembly

carrier, anti-roll bar, track control arm
Note
♦ When moving vehicles with drive shaft removed, it is advisable

to install an external joint instead of the drive shaft and tighten
with a torque of 50 Nm otherwise the wheel bearing may get
damaged.
♦ Welding and straightening work is not allowed on the bearing
and wheel control components of the wheel suspension.
♦ Self-locking nuts must always be replaced.
♦ Always replace corroded self-locking nuts and screws.
1 - track control arm

♦ removing and installing
⇒ page 25
♦ Oblong holes are not inten‐
ded for camber adjustment!
2 - 15 Nm + 90°
3 - Coupling rod
♦ coupling rods of the same
version must be present on
one axle
♦ Assignment ⇒ Electronic
Catalogue of Original Parts
4 - 15 Nm + 90°
♦ replace after each removal
5 - Coupling rod
♦ only for anti-roll bars with a
diameter of 23 mm
♦ replace with steel version
♦ coupling rods of the same
version must be present on
one axle
6 - Front bearing for track con‐
trol arm
♦ pressing in and pressing
out ⇒ page 30 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
7 - 70 Nm + 90° with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

8 - Pendulum support
9 - 40 Nm + 90°
10 - 40 Nm + 90°
1. Repairing front wheel suspension 23

Octavia 1997 ➤
11 - 20 Nm + 90°
12 - Assembly carrier
♦ removing and installing ⇒ page 31
♦ The repair of the thread for the screwed connection of the front track control arm is not permissible!
13 - Self-locking nut
♦ M10 - 15 Nm + 90°
♦ M12 - 90 Nm
14 - Anti-roll bar
♦ to remove and install lower assembly carrier
15 - Rubber bearing
16 - 25 Nm
17 - Clamp
18 - Coupling rod
♦ mount the spherical head with the long joint stub -A- (top) to the spring cap
♦ mount the spherical head with the short joint stub -B- (bottom) to the anti-roll bar
♦ Assignment ⇒ Electronic Catalogue of Original Parts
19 - Nut, 90 Nm
20 - Rubber-metal bearing
♦ pressing in and pressing out ⇒ page 33
22 - 100 Nm + 90°
23 - Rear bearing for track control arm
♦ Fitting position ⇒ page 31
24 - 100 Nm + 90°
25 - 70 Nm + 90°
26 - Lock washer unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
27 - 20 Nm + 90°
28 - Steering joint
♦ check ⇒ page 40
♦ Inspect rubber bellows for damage, if necessary replace
♦ removing and installing only in combination with the wheel bearing housing ⇒ page 41

Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ mark fitting position before removal, set in the middle of the oblong hole when replacing the track control
arm and check track
29 - 20 Nm + 90°
1.2 Removing and installing the track con‐

trol arm
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Extractor -MP 6-425-
♦ Supporting device -MP 9-200-
♦ Torque wrench, e.g. -V.A.G 1756-
Removing
– Remove wheel trim cap, for light-alloy wheels remove the cap
(pull-off hook in tool kit).
– Raise the vehicle until the front axle is free of stress.
– Slacken twelve-point nut.
– Raise vehicle and remove wheel.
– Release twelve-point nut.
– Removing noise insulation ⇒ Engine - Mechanics; Rep. gr.
10
Only for vehicles with automatic gearbox:
– Insert supporting device -MP 9-200- and support engine/gear‐
box in this position. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
For all vehicles: unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
Note
Mark installation position of bolts -1-, otherwise the steering ge‐

ometry must be checked.
Release screws -1-.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Push out the drive shaft. To do so position the tool as shown

in the fig.
Note
While pushing out the drive shaft make sure there is sufficient
clearance.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew screws -3-, if present, at the track control arm.

– Screw out screws -1- and -2-.
– Remove the track control arm.
Only for vehicles with autom. gearbox
– Release screws -4- for pendulum support.
– Unscrew screws -5- and -6- for assembly carrier.
Note
Release the screw -1- downwards by slightly pressing the as‐

sembly carrier and take out the wheel-bearing housing.
Install
(Valid for vehicles with manual and automatic gearbox).
Remove possible corrosion in the thread/serration of the outer
joint.
– Insert track control arm and secure.
– Secure assembly carrier.
– Moisten the serration of the wheel hub with oil.
– Insert outer joint as far as possible into the serration of the
wheel hub.
– Screw the steering joint and track control arm with the new
screws in the former positions.
– Screw the pendulum support to the gearbox.
– If necessary, screw the coupling rod with the track control arm
or with the suspension strut.
– Moisten the contact surface of the twelve-point nut as well as
the serration and the thread of the outer joint with oil and screw
on new twelve-point nut as far as possible.
– Insert the outer joint into the wheel hub until the outer joint rests
in the wheel bearing.
– Install noise insulation ⇒ Engine, Mechanics; Rep. gr. 10 .
– Attach the wheel.
– Lower vehicle, when doing so, ensure that the wheels do not
yet touch the ground.
Use new screws! Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
If the wheel bearings are loaded through the vehicle's own weight,
the wheel bearing will be initially damaged. This shortens the life
of the wheel bearing.
– Depress brake pedal (assistance of second mechanic re‐
quired).
– Tighten new twelve-point nut to 225 Nm and release by 1/2 a
turn.
– Torque wheel hub a further min. 90°.
– Tighten twelve-point nut:
Tightening torque:
50 Nm + 60°.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
The torque wrench is recommended e.g. for tightening the twelve-

point nut -V.A.G 1756- .

Octavia 1997 ➤
Tightening torques:
Assembly carrier to body 100 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new screws!
Steering joint to track control arm 20 Nm + 90°

♦ Use new screws and new lock washer!
Pendulum support to gearbox 40 Nm + 90°

♦ Use new screws!
Coupling rod to track control arm 15 Nm + 90°

♦ Use new screws!
29
Octavia 1997 ➤
1.3 Pressing out and in the bearing for the

track control arm
♦ Pressure plate -MP 3-406-
♦ Pipe section -MP 3-414-
♦ Pressure washer -MP 3-456-
♦ Assembly device -MP 5-402-
♦ Pressure spindle -MP 6-405-
♦ Base -MP 6-407-
♦ Pressure pipe -MP 6-408-
♦ Workshop press, e.g. -V.A.G 1290 A-
♦ acid-free lubricant, e.g. -G 294 421-
Press off front bearing for track control arm
Press in front bearing for track control arm

– Insert bearing into pipe section -MP 3-414- .
Note
Use acid-free lubricant, e.g. -G 294 421- , when pressing in the

bearing. Under no circumstances use grease or detergent.
30
Octavia 1997 ➤
Fitting position of rear bearing for track control arm

One of the embossed arrows points to the impression in the track
control arm, the kidney-shaped recess (-arrow A-) in the bearing
points to the centre of the vehicle.
Pressing out and in the rear bearing for the track control arm
Pay attention to the fitting position when pressing in ⇒ page 31 .
1.4 Removing and installing assembly car‐
rier
♦ Gearbox jack with adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1383A- with -V.A.G
1359/2-
Removing
– Remove wheel trim caps of the front wheels, for light-alloy
wheels remove the caps (pull-off hook in tool kit).
– Slacken left and right twelve-point nut.
– Raise vehicle and remove wheel.
– Unscrew left and right twelve-point nut.
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ Engine - Mechanics; Rep. gr. 10 .
Note

31
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Release screws -1-.
– Press out left and right drive shaft. To do so position the tool
as shown in the fig.
Note
clearance.
– Separate left and right track control arm from steering joint.
– Swivel out the wheel-bearing housing with the steering joint
and support.
– Release screws -1- and -2- and remove pendulum support.

– Release screws for power-steering gear -5-.
– Unscrew nut -7- for coupling rod from anti-roll bar.
– Unscrew screws -6- for exhaust system.
– Position the gearbox jack with adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1383/A-
with -V.A.G. 1359/2- , under the assembly carrier.
– Lower assembly carrier with gearbox jack.
Note
Ensure that the steering gear loosens from the assembly carrier.
– Support steering gear, if necessary clamp with tensioning

strap to the top.
Install
Before inserting the screws for the assembly carrier, position the
steering gear on the assembly carrier and insert the screws for
the steering gear.
32
Octavia 1997 ➤
The threaded bush -1- must fit in the hole of the assembly carrier.
Further installation occurs in reverse order.
Tightening torques ⇒ page 23 .
Once the steering gear has been installed it is then important to
check the position of the steering wheel during a test drive.
If the vehicle drifts, a chassis alignment must be performed.
1.5 Pressing out and in rubber-metal bear‐

ing
♦ Counterholder -MP 6-410-
♦ Workshop press, e.g. -V.A.G. 1290A-
♦ Gearbox jack with adapter, e.g. -V.A.G. 1383/A- with -V.A.G
1359/2-
♦ acid-free lubricant, e.g. -G 294 421 A1- .
Pressing out and in the rubber-metal bearings is only possible
after removing the assembly carrier.
– Removing and installing assembly carrier ⇒ page 31 .
Pressing out the rubber-metal bearing
33
Octavia 1997 ➤
Pressing in rubber-metal bearing
Note
Coat rubber-metal bearing and assembly carrier with acid-free

lubricant before pressing them in, e.g. -G 294 421 A1- . Under no
circumstances use grease or detergent.
1.6 II - Summary of components of the

wheel bearing, suspension strut, drive
shaft, brake
Note

damaged.
and wheel control components of the front wheel suspension.
♦ Always replace self-locking nuts.
34
Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Self-locking nut, 60 Nm
2 - Stop
3 - Suspension strut
⇒ page 43
♦ repairing ⇒ page 48
4 - Drive shaft with inner CV
joint
⇒ page 53
5 - Shim
6 - Fillister head screw with in‐
ternal serrations
♦ initially tighten to 10 Nm
and subsequently tighten
crosswise to final torque:
M8 = 20 Nm + 180°
M10 = 50 Nm + 45°
Catalogue
Protected of Copying
by copyright. Original Partsor commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
for private
7 -with
Drive shaft
respect to thewith innerof tripod
correctness information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
joint
⇒ page 53
8 - Fillister head screw with internal serrations
♦ initially tighten to 10 Nm and subsequently tighten crosswise to final torque:
M8 = 20 Nm + 90°
M10 = 50 Nm + 45°
9 - Brake disc (FS-III)
♦ without marking for axial run-out
♦ with a fixing hole for the wheel hub
10 - Wheel screw, 120 Nm
11 - Self-locking twelve-point nut
♦ slacken and tighten ⇒ page 25
12 - 4 Nm
13 - Brake discs (FS-III)
35
Octavia 1997 ➤
14 - Brake caliper (FS-III)

Including for vehicles with engine up to 92 kW.
♦ do not release brake hose when working on the front wheel suspension
♦ tie up with wire or anything similar
15 - Guide bolt (FS-III), 30 Nm
16 - Cap (FS-III)
17 - Brake disc (FN 3)
♦ with marking for maximum axial run-out
♦ with 5 fixing holes for the wheel hub
18 - Wheel hub with pulse rotor for wheel speed sensor
♦ with marking for minimum axial run-out
♦ only on vehicles with ABS
♦ pressing out ⇒ page 38
♦ installing ⇒ page 38
♦ Pull off the inner ring of the bearing ⇒ page 38
♦ Check axial run-out of pulse rotor ⇒ page 247
♦ AssignmentProtected
⇒ Electronic
by copyright.Catalogue of Original
Copying for private Parts
or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
19 - Brake discswith
(FN-3)
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

20 - Retaining spring (FN-3)
21 - Brake carrier (FN-3)
22 - Brake caliper (FN-3)
Including for vehicles with engine as of 96 kW.
♦ do not release brake hose when working on the front wheel suspension
♦ tie up with wire or anything similar
♦ Removing and installing brake pads ⇒ page 486
23 - Guide bolt (FN-3), 30 Nm
24 - Cap (FN-3)
25 - Screw with securing collar (FN-3), 124 Nm
♦ Clean ribbing on the underside
26 - Wheel-bearing housing
Including for vehicles with engine as of 96 kW.
♦ before pressing in the wheel bearing, coat the entire wheel bearing seat in the wheel bearing housing evenly
with -G 052 723 A2-
36
Octavia 1997 ➤
27 - Cover plate
29 - Steering joint
♦ Inspect rubber bellows for damage, if necessary replace
Including for vehicles with engine up to 92 kW.
♦ before pressing in the wheel bearing, coat the entire wheel bearing seat in the wheel bearing housing evenly
with -G 052 723 A2-
31 - Self-locking nut, 20 Nm + 90°
32 - Screw
33 - 8 Nm
34 - ABS wheel speed sensor
♦ insert with solid lubricant paste -G 000 650- (e.g. Wolfrakote Top Paste)
♦ up to 05.98: 50 Nm + 90°
♦ as of 06.98: 60 Nm + 90°
36 - Track rod with track rod end
37 - 10 Nm
38 - Wheel bearing
♦ press out ⇒ page 38
♦ replace, is damaged when pressing out
♦ The spare part is only delivered as a set „wheel bearing with mounting parts“ (Pos. 11, 39, 38, 28, 31 and
35)
39 - Circlip Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ pay attention to correct position ⇒withpage
respect38
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

40 - Wheel hub without pulse rotor
♦ only on vehicles without ABS
♦ without marking for minimum axial run-out
37
Octavia 1997 ➤

♦ press out ⇒ page 38
♦ Pull off the inner ring of the bearing ⇒ page 38
1.7 Repairing wheel bearing housing

♦ Thrust plate -MP 3-467-
♦ Ring spanner SW 46 -MP 6-413-
♦ Assembly device -MP 6-414/1-
♦ Washer -MP 6-415-
♦ Thrust piece -MP 6-418-
♦ Pipe -MP 6-419-
♦ Pressure pipe -MP 6-420-
♦ Socket wrench insert SW 21 -MP 6-427-
♦ Spreader -VAS 3424-
♦ Puller Kukko -V 176- Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ Workshop press, e.g. -V.A.G 1290with
A-respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
♦ Cross member Kukko 18-0
♦ Grease -G 052 723 A2- (molykote grease)
It is only possible to repair the wheel-bearing housing, by pressing
out and in the wheel hub and the wheel bearing, after removing
the suspension strut and the wheel-bearing housing.
– Remove and install suspension strut and wheel bearing hous‐
ing ⇒ page 43 .
38
Octavia 1997 ➤
Press the wheel hub out of the wheel bearing
Removing and installing circlip

– Remove or replace circlip with commercially available circlip
pliers.
Note
♦ Replace.
♦ When inserting, pay attention to the correct position of the cir‐
clip.
Press the wheel bearing out of the wheel bearing housing
Pull the inner ring of the bearing off the wheel hub
– Insert washer -MP 6-416- as shown.
– Screw cross member Kukko 18-0 into washer -MP 6-416- .
– Position thrust plate -MP 3-467- onto wheel hub and pull off
the inner ring of the bearing by turning the threaded spindle.
39
Octavia 1997 ➤
Press the wheel bearing into the wheel bearing housing

-A- Wheel bearing
– Before pressing in the wheel bearing, coat the entire wheel
bearing seat in the wheel bearing housing evenly with -G 052
723 A2- .
Note
After pressing in the wheel bearing, the circlip must be inserted

⇒ page 39 .
Press the wheel hub into the wheel bearing
Note
♦ When pressing in the wheel hub, ensure that the washer -MP
6-415- rests against the inner ring of the bearing.
♦ For wheel bearing housing and wheel hub on vehicles includ‐
ing with engine as of 110 kW (brake FN-3) observe the as‐
signment of the wheel hub ⇒ electronic catalogue of original
parts .
♦ Wheel hubs with a 3 mm wide ink-jet marking for marking the
minimum axial run-out can also be combined with brake discs
without marking of the maximum axial run-out. Then the re‐
duction of the overall axial run-out of the brake FN 3 is not
effective.
1.8 Inspecting the steering joint
Inspecting axial play
Pull the track control arm down with force and push up again.
Inspecting radial play
Forcefully push the wheel at the bottom towards the inside and
the outside.
Note
♦ For these two tests no play may be felt or be visible.

♦ Observe the steering joint during the tests.
♦ Take into account possible wheel bearing play or „play“ in top
suspension strut bearing.
♦ Inspect rubber bellows for damage, if necessary replace.
40
Octavia 1997 ➤
1.9 Removing and installing the steering

joint
♦ Extractor Matra -V176-
Removing
It is only possible to remove the steering joint after removing the
suspension strut and the wheel bearing housing.
– Remove and install suspension strut and wheel bearing hous‐
ing ⇒ page 43 .
– Position the special tools as shown in the fig. and slacken the
hexagon nut.
-A- Torx screw -T 30-
– Place the extractor as shown in the fig. and push out the steer‐
ing joint.
Install
Installation is carried out in the reverse order.
Note
Replace hexagon collar nut.
41
Octavia 1997 ➤
Tightening torques:
Steering joint to wheel-bearing housing 20 Nm + 90°
42
Octavia 1997 ➤
1.10 Remove and install suspension strut

and wheel bearing housing
♦ Extractor Matra -V176-
Removing
– Remove wheel and raise vehicle.
Note


in the fig.
Note
clearance.
43
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Press the track rod off the steering arm using the extractor
Matra -V176- (commercially available).
– Disconnect the plug -1- of the ABS wheel speed sensor.
– Remove the ABS wheel speed sensor cable from the ties
-arrows-.
– Remove caps -2- and unscrew brake caliper. Secure brake

carrier with wire to body.
– Remove the brake disc (the brake disc is secured with a screw
to the wheel hub).
– If necessary, unscrew the coupling rod from the suspension
strut.
– Unscrew the suspension strut on the body with socket wrench

insert -MP 6-427- .
– Take out the suspension strut with the wheel bearing housing.
44
Octavia 1997 ➤
Separate the suspension strut from the wheel bearing housing

– Insert the spreader -VAS 3424- as shown and spread open
the wheel bearing housing.
– Remove the suspension strut.
Install
- Remove possible corrosion in the thread/serration of the outer
joint.
– Insert the suspension strut with the wheel bearing housing and
secure it to the suspension strut dome.
– If necessary, secure the coupling rod to the suspension strut.
wheel hub.
– Secure the brake caliper housing to the wheel bearing hous‐
ing.
Note
Tighten the FN-3 brakes at the wheel bearing housing to 124 Nm.
– Insert the cable of the ABS wheel speed sensor into the brack‐
ets.
– Mount the plug of the ABS wheel speed sensor.
- Moisten the contact surface of the twelve-point nut as well as
If the wheel bearings are loaded through
Protected the Copying
by copyright. vehicle's ownorweight,
for private commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
the wheel bearing will be initially damaged.
unless authorised ThisAUTO
by ŠKODA shortens theAUTO
A. S. ŠKODA life A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
of the wheel bearing. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

quired).
turn.
Tightening torque:
50 Nm + 60°
45
Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
A torque wrench is recommended for tightening the twelve-point

nut -V.A.G 1756- .
46
Octavia 1997 ➤
Tightening torques:
Suspension strut to suspension strut dome 60 Nm
Coupling rod to suspension strut 90 Nm
♦ Use new nuts!

♦ Use new nuts!
Brake caliper housing to wheel bearing housing 30 Nm

47
Octavia 1997 ➤
1.11 Repairing the suspension strut

♦ Spring tensioning device, e.g. -S 505 501 V- or -V.A.G 1752/1-
♦ Suspension strut support, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/2-
♦ Spring holder with protective lining, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/4-
1 - Shock absorber with spring

cap
♦ must be replaced com‐
pletely
♦ can be replaced individually
♦ Inspecting the shock ab‐
sorber ⇒ page 50
♦ disposing of ⇒ page 51
2 - Stop buffer
3 - Boot
4 - Coil spring
♦ removing ⇒ page 49
♦ check colour coding
♦ The surface of the spring
coil must not be damaged
♦ Protected
replace on bothCopying
by copyright. sidesforofprivate
the or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
axleauthorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
unless
♦ per axle only use coil
springs of the same make
5 - Spring cap
6 - Bush
♦ Only present on vehicles
with rough road suspension
(PR No. 1GB). This PR No.
can be found on the vehicle
data sticker in the luggage
compartment or in the Service Schedule ⇒ page 1
7 - Axial grooved ball bearing
8 - Suspension strut bearing
9 - Collar nut, 60 Nm
♦ loosen and tighten
48
Octavia 1997 ➤
10 - Spring cap
11 - Collar nut, self-locking, 60 Nm
♦ replace after each removal ⇒ page 49
Removing the coil spring

– Clamp the suspension strut support, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/2- , in
the vice.
– Clamp the suspension strut to the shock absorber pipe in the
suspension strut support.
– Preload the coil spring with spring tensioning device, e.g. -
V.A.G 1752/1- , until the top spring cap is released.

– Pay attention to the correct seating of the coil spring in the
adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/4- -arrow-.

– Unscrew the collar nut from the piston rod using the socket
wrench insert -MP 6-427-, to do so counterhold with Allen key.
– Remove individual parts of the suspension strut and the pre‐
loaded coil spring using the spring tensioning device, e.g. -
V.A.G 1752/1- .
Installing the coil spring

– unless
Position the preloaded coil spring with spring tensioning de‐
vice, e.g. -V.A.G
with respect 1752/1-
to the correctness , on the
of information bottom
in this spring
document. washer,
Copyright toAUTO
by ŠKODA do A. S.��
so the spring coil end must lie against the stop -arrow-.
49
Octavia 1997 ➤
1.12 Inspecting the shock absorber

Leaks on the shock absorbers
Minor oil leakage (sweating) on the piston rod seal does not entail
the replacement of the shock absorber.
If an oil leak is visible (but blunt, dull, possibly dried by dust) and
does not propagate any further than from the top shock-absorber
plug (piston rod seal) to the bottom spring cap -arrow-, the shock
absorber is deemed to be O.K.
Note
A slight oil leak is beneficial as the gasket is lubricated and this

increases the life time. This applies for shock absorbers on the
front as well as the rear axle.
Noises on the shock absorbers

Attention must be drawn to the fact that in the event of complaints
about noise, the shock absorbers are very often regarded as be‐
ing the source of noise.
Note
In the event of complaints about noises interpreted as knocking

or cracking noises, always first perform a test drive with the cus‐
tomer to determine where, when and how these noises occur
(preferably on a bumpy dry road).
Inspect shock absorber without gas pressure

Defective shock absorbers become noticeable while driving be‐
cause of the knocking noises - caused by wheel hopping - more
specifically on poor road and they must be replaced. The failure
is mainly caused by the loss of oil. The shock absorber then com‐
presses and/or expands in jolts. It has an "idle travel" before
taking effect.
Note
Shock absorbers are maintenance-free. It is not possible to top

up the shock absorber oil.
Inspect shock absorber with gas pressure

Defective shock absorbers with gas pressure are also noticeable
because of loud knocking noises caused by wheel hopping and
externally usually exhibit considerable oil leakage.
Manual testing, as described below, can determine if the shock
absorber is damaged or not:
– Compress the shock absorber by hand.
– While doing so, the piston rod can be moved during the entire
stroke time with a uniform resistance and without jerking.
– Release the piston rod. On sufficiently pressurized shock ab‐
sorbers it will automatically return to its original
Protected position.
– If this is not the case, the shock absorberwith
need not
respect necessarily
be replaced, as it will still operate as a conventional shock ab‐
sorber (see instructions below).
50
Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
♦ The absorbing function is still fully present without gas pres‐

sure as long as the oil leakage is not too important. However,
the noise intensity can deteriorate. On older vehicles it is pos‐
sible to continue using an operational yet pressureless shock
absorber without problem.
♦ The spring shock absorbers with gas pressure are only instal‐
led on the rear axle.
♦ The gas pressure in the shock absorber improves the noise
behaviour and the function when driving over poor road sur‐
faces.
1.13 Disposing of the shock absorber

♦ Pipe cutter, e.g. Stahlwille Express -150/3-
♦ Protective goggles
♦ Oil catching pan
WARNING
Cover the opening during degassing (gas pressure in as-new

condition up to 2.5 MPa) and wear protective googles.
Note
♦ Defective shock absorbers with gas pressure are also notice‐

able because of loud knocking noises caused by wheel hop‐
ping and externally usually exhibit considerable oil leakage.
♦ The oils used in the shock absorbers do not contain any harm‐
ful substances. These oils can be disposed of together with
drained engine and gearbox oil.
♦ Used oils (this concept refers to used engine and gear oils
including ATF as well as mineral hydraulic oils), suitable for
preparation must never be mixed with brake fluid, antifreeze
agent, artificial resin or thinners, chemicals etc.
♦ After "draining" the used parts must be allowed to drip ade‐
quately.
51
Octavia 1997 ➤
Drain front shock absorber

– Clamp shock absorber in a vice.
– Lever off protective cap with assembly lever or anything similar
and remove protective tube.
The protective cap and the protective tube are only present on
caulked shock absorbers.
– Position a pipe cutter, e.g. Stahlwille Express -150/3- , and cut
through the outer pipe.
– Pull the piston rod upwards and while doing so grip the inner
pipe with pipe pliers and press it down in such a way that it
remains in the outer pipe when the piston rod is slowly pulled
out.
– Pull the piston rod out of the inner pipe.
– Drain shock absorber.
Drain rear shock absorber (shock absorber with gas pressure)
– Clamp shock absorber vertically with the piston rod pointing
downwards in a vice.
– Drill a hole in the outer pipe ∅ 3 mm -arrow A-.
WARNING
Wear safety goggles.
Note
Gas will escape during drilling of the first pipe wall (only for pres‐
surized shock absorbers).
– Drill further until the inner pipe has also been drilled through
(approx. 25 mm deep).
– Drill a second hole (-arrow B-) ∅ 6 mm through the inner pipe.

– Hold the shock absorber over an oil catching pan, move the
piston rod several times up and down over its entire stroke until
no more oil escapes.
52
Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
The shock absorber can also be opened with a pipe cutter

⇒ page 52 . First the shock absorber must be depressurized by
center drilling the outer pipe (-arrow A-) previous fig. ⇒ page 52 .
1.14 Removing and installing a drive shaft

Removing
Note
♦ The wheel bearing must not be loaded when the twelve-point

nut is loose. At full load the wheel bearing is initially damaged
through the vehicle's own weight, thus shortening the life of
the wheel bearing.
♦ When moving vehicles
unless authorised with AUTO
by ŠKODA driveA.shaft removed,
S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S.itdoes
is advisable
not guarantee or accept any liability
to install an
withexternal joint
respect to the instead
correctness of the drive
of information shaft and
in this document. tighten
Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
damaged.
Assignment of the drive shaft and marking ⇒ electronic catalogue

of original parts .
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ Engine - Mechanics; Rep. gr. 10 .
– Unscrew the drive shaft from the flange shaft/gearbox.
Note

53
Octavia 1997 ➤

in the fig.
Note
♦ While pushing out the drive shaft make sure there is sufficient
clearance.
♦ The drive shaft must not hang down while being pressed out.
Otherwise overstretching will cause damage to the inner joint.
– Remove the drive shaft.
Note
The following working step must only be performed on vehicles

with automatic gearbox.
– Slacken screws of gearbox-pendulum support -arrow- at as‐

sembly carrier.
54
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Lever out the engine/gearbox assembly with a tyre iron in di‐

rection of travel, at the same time the drive shaft with tripod
can be removed.
– The -arrow- shows the direction of travel.
Install (vehicles with manual and automatic gearbox)
- Remove possible corrosion in the thread/serration of the outer
joint.
– Insert drive shaft.
wheel hub.
– Screw drive shaft onto flange shaft.
– Screw the pendulum support to the assembly carrier.
- Moisten the contact surface of the twelve-point nut as well as
– Install noise insulation ⇒ Engine, Mechanics; Rep. gr. 10 .
– Lower vehicle, when doing so,
Protected ensureCopying
by copyright. that the wheels
for private do notpurposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
or commercial
yet touch the ground. unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
quired).
turn.
Tightening torque:
50 Nm + 60°.
Note

55
Octavia 1997 ➤
Tightening torques:
Tighten drive shaft to flange shaft diagonally across in 2 steps (I and II)
I. 2nd
Screw M8 x 18 10 Nm 20 Nm + 90°
Screw M8 x 48 10 Nm 20Nm + 180°
♦ Use new screws!
Tighten drive shaft to flange shaft diagonally across in 2 steps (I and II)
I. 2nd
Screw M10 10 Nm 50 Nm + 45°
♦ Use new screws!
Pendulum support to assembly carrier 20 Nm + 90°

♦ Use new screws!
56
Octavia 1997 ➤
2 Repairing drive shaft

Repairing drive shaft with outer and inner CV joint
♦ Circlip pliers, e.g. -VW 161 A-
♦ Strutting bushing -MP 6-428-
♦ Tensioner -MP 6-429-
♦ Tensioning pliers, e.g. -V.A.G 1682-
♦ Sealant -D 454 300 A2-
Note
♦ Assignment of the drive shafts ⇒ Electronic Catalogue of

Original Parts .
♦ Grease joint if necessary, when replacing the joint boot.
♦ Spread the grease mass evenly in the joint boot - only on the
side of the joint.
2. Repairing drive shaft 57

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Right joint boot (tubular

shaft)
ternal serrations
♦ initially tighten to 10 Nm,
subsequently tighten cross‐
wise to final torque:
M8 x 48 = 20 Nm + 180°
M10 x 52 = 50 Nm + 45°
3 - Shim
4 - Open warm-type clamp
♦ replace
♦ tensioning ⇒ page 64
5 - Joint boot for inner CV joint,
∅ 94 mm
♦ inspect for tears and chaf‐
ing points
♦ remove from CV joint with
drift
♦ The fitting position of the Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
joint boot for the inner CV with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
joint for the right shaft is the
same as the fitting position
of the joint boot for the outer
CV joint ∅ 84mm
⇒ page 65
♦ before installation coat the inside of the cap with sealant -D 454 300 A2-
6 - Joint boot for inner CV joint, ∅ 100 mm
♦ inspect for tears and chafing points
♦ remove from CV joint with drift
♦ Fitting position for the left shaft ⇒ page 63
♦ Fitting position for the right shaft ⇒ page 64
♦ before installation coat the inside of the cap with sealant -D 454 300 A2-
7 - Disc spring
8 - Inner CV joint
♦ must be replaced completely
♦ pressing on ⇒ page 63
58
Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ grease ⇒ page 79
9 - Gasket
♦ The adherend on the inner CV joint must be free of grease and oil!
♦ replace
♦ Remove the protective foil from the gasket and stick it into the inner joint
10 - Circlip
♦ replace
♦ remove with circlip pliers, e.g. -VW 161 A- ,
11 - Left drive shaft (solid shaft)
♦ replace
13 - Joint boot for outer CV joint
♦ pay attention to different version: ∅ 84 mm, ∅ 90 mm
♦ The fitting position of the joint boot for the outer CV joint ∅ 90 mm for the left shaft ⇒ page 65
♦ The fitting position of the joint boot for the outer CV joint ∅ 90 mm for the right shaft is determined by the
fitting position on the shaft, identical as ⇒ page 65
♦ The fitting position of the joint boot for the outer CV joint ∅ 84 mm for the left shaft ⇒ page 65
♦ The fitting position of theProtected
joint boot for the
by copyright. outer
Copying CV joint
for private ∅ 84 mm
or commercial forinthe
purposes, part right shaft
or in whole, ⇒permitted
is not page 65
14 - Open warm-type clamp with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
♦ replace
♦ tension with tensioning pliers, e.g. -V.A.G 1682- , ⇒ page 64
15 - Disc spring
16 - Thrust ring
17 - Circlip
♦ replace
♦ insert into the groove at the shaft
18 - Outer CV joint
♦ install: drive onto the shaft with a plastic hammer until the compressed circlip expands

Octavia 1997 ➤
19 - 22 Nm
20 - M8 = 20 Nm, M10 = 33 Nm
21 - Protective housing
2.1 Repairing drive shaft with outer and in‐

ner CV joint VL 3700
♦ ⇒ page 57
Note

1 - Outer CV joint
pletely
♦ install: drive onto the shaft
with a plastic hammer until
the compressed circlip ex‐
pands
2 - Circlip
♦ replace
♦ insert into the groove at the
shaft
3 - Thrust ring
♦ Fitting position
⇒ page 63
4 - Disc spring
⇒ page 63
♦ replace
♦ tension with tensioning pli‐
ers, e.g. -V.A.G 1682- ,
⇒ page 64
♦ Material: Hytrel (Polyelas‐
tomere) Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ inspect for tears and chaf‐ with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
ing points
60
Octavia 1997 ➤

♦ replace
8 - Drive shaft
9 - Joint boot for inner CV joint
♦ Material: Arnitel (Polyelastomere)
♦ replace
11 - Cover
♦ before installation coat the sealing surface of the cap with sealant -D 454 300 A2-
♦ The sealing
unlesssurface must
authorised by beAUTO
ŠKODA freeA.of
S. oil andAUTO
ŠKODA grease!
A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
12 - Inner CV joint
13 - Circlip
♦ replace
♦ remove with circlip pliers, e.g. -VW 161A- ,
14 - Fillister head screw with internal serrations
♦ initially tighten to 10 Nm, subsequently tighten crosswise to final torque:
M8 x 48 = 20 Nm + 180°
M10 x 52 = 50 Nm + 45°
15 - Shim
16 - Gasket
♦ replace
♦ Remove the protective foil from the gasket and stick it into the inner joint

Octavia 1997 ➤
17 - Cover
♦ before installation coat the sealing surface of the cap with sealant -D 454 300 A2-
♦ The sealing surface must be free of oil and grease!
Grease quality and grease quantity
Note
The outer joints of the drive shaft are filled with:
– Grease for operating at normal temperatures part no.: -G 052

738 A2-
– Grease from the relevant repair kit
– High temperature grease, part no.: -G 052 133 A2- , or part
no.: -G 052 133 A3-
♦ The inner joints of the drive shaft must only be filled with high
temperature grease from the relevant repair kit or with grease
part no.: -G 052 133 A2- , or part no.: -G 052 133 A3- ⇒ elec‐
tronic catalogue of original parts
Grease quantity ⇒ page 79
Removing outer CV joint
– Drive off joint boot with a drift.
– Drive off the drive shaft with a strong blow of a plastic hammer.
Pressing out the
unless authorised innerAUTO
by ŠKODA CV joint
A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
Note
Support ball hub
62
Octavia 1997 ➤
Fitting position of the disc spring on the outer joint (gearbox side)
-1- Disc spring
Fitting position of the disc spring and thrust ring on the outer joint
-1- Disc spring
-2- Thrust ring
Pressing in the inner CV joint

– Press the joint up to the stop.
– Insert the circlip.
Note
Chamfer on inner diameter of the ball hub (serration) must point

towards the bearing collar of the drive shaft.
Fitting position of the joint boot for the inner CV joint ∅ 100 mm
on the left shaft
Dimension -a- = 17 mm
Note
Mark thebydimension
Protected -a-forbefore
copyright. Copying private orinstalling the jointin boot
commercial purposes, onwhole,
part or in theisdrive
not permitted
shaft, e.g. using
unless authorised colour
by ŠKODA or A.adhesive
AUTO S. ŠKODA AUTOtape.A. Under noguarantee
S. does not circumstances
or accept any liability
thewith
paintwork must be damaged with a sharp object.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Fitting position of the joint boot for the inner CV joint ∅ 100 mm
on the right shaft
The ventilation chamber -A- must be located on the large pipe
diameter.
-B- Ventilation hole.
Tighten the open warm-type clamp on the outer joint (at the large
diameter)
Note
♦ In view of the hard material (as opposed to rubber) of the joint

boot, which requires the use of a stainless steel open warm-
type clamp, the latter can only be correctly tightened with
tensioning pliers, e.g. -V.A.G 1682- .
♦ Tightening torque: 25 Nm.
♦ Use a torque wrench.
♦ Make sure the thread of spindle -A- of the tensioning pliers is
smooth. If necessary grease with grease, e.g. molykote MoS2.
♦ If it is not smooth, e.g. if the thread is dirty, the necessary
clamping force of the open warm-type clamp is not reached at
the given torque.
– Position the tensioning pliers, e.g. -V.A.G 1682- , as shown in

the fig. Make sure the cutting edges of the pliers are positioned
in the corners (-arrows B-) of the open warm-type clamp.
– Tighten the open warm-type clamp by turning the spindle with
a torque wrench (do not tilt the pliers during this process).
-A- Spindle of tensioning pliers
-B- Cutting edges of tensioning pliers
Tighten the open warm-type clamp on the outer joint (small di‐
ameter)
– Position the tensioning pliers, e.g.by-V.A.G
Protected copyright.1682-
Copying ,for
as shown
private in
the fig. Make sure the cutting edges
unless of the
authorised pliersAUTO
by ŠKODA are A.positioned
S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
in the corners (-arrows B-) ofwiththe open
respect warm-type
to the correctness ofclamp.
information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

-C- Torque wrench
64
Octavia 1997 ➤
Tighten the open warm-type clamp on the inner joint

in the corners (-arrows B-) of the open warm-type clamp.
-C- Torque wrench
Fitting position of the joint boot for the outer CV joint ∅ 90 mm on

the left shaft
The sealing surface of the joint boot must rest up to the stop on
the shoulder of the shaft
Fitting position of the joint boot for the outer CV joint ∅ 84 mm on

the left and right shaft
On the drive shaft, 1 to 1 1/2 groove must be visible
Note
The condition mentioned above regarding the fitting position is

also valid for the joint boot for the inner CV joint ∅ 94 mm.
Fitting position of the joint boot for the inner CV joint at the left and
right shaft

Octavia 1997 ➤
Fitting position of the joint boot for the outer CV joint at the left
shaft
Fitting position of the joint boot for the outer CV joint at the right
shaft
2.2 Inspecting outer CV joint

Disassemble the joint to replace badly soiled grease or if the con‐
tact surfaces of the balls must be inspected for wear and damage.
Removing
– With an electric stylus or rubstone mark the position of the ball
hub relatively
with respect toto
thethe ball cage
correctness and housing
of information before
in this document. disassem‐
Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
bling -arrow-.
– Rotate the ball hub and ball cage.
– Remove the balls one after the other.
– Turn the cage until the two rectangular cage windows

(-arrow-) rest on the joint part.
– Remove cage with hub.
66
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Turn the hub segment in the rectangular window of the cage.

– Swivel the hub out of the cage.
Note
♦ The 6 balls of each joint belong to a tolerance group. Inspect

the axle studs, hub, cage and balls for small depressions (pit‐
ting = point erosion) and seizing marks. Load alteration shocks
indicate too much torsional clearance in the joint, if this is the
case replace the joint. Smoothing and bearing marks do not
justify a joint replacement.
♦ Inspect the cage for tears.
Install
– Press the required quantity of grease into the joint part.
Grease quality and grease quantity ⇒ page 79 .
– Insert the cage with the hub in the joint part.
Note
The cage must be inserted in the correct position.
– Press in opposite balls one after the Protected

other, during this
by copyright. process
Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
observe the prior position of the ball hub relatively to the ball
cage and to the joint part.
– Insert new circlip in the groove of the shaft.
– Spread any residual grease in the joint boot ⇒ page 79 .
– Installing the joint boot ⇒ page 63 .
2.3 Inspecting inner CV joint

Disassemble the joint to replace badly soiled grease or if the con‐
tact surfaces of the balls must be inspected for wear and damage.
Removing
Note
The ball hub and joint part are paired and must be marked before
removal. Do not interchange the bearing track assignment.
– Swivel the ball hub with the ball cage.

– Press the ball hub and the ball cage out of the joint part
-arrow-.
– Press out the balls from the cage.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Swivel the ball hub out of the ball cage over the ball bearing
track -arrows-.
– Inspect the joint part, ball hub, ball cage and balls for small
broken out depressions (pitting = point corrosion) and seizing
marks.
Note
Load alteration shocks indicate too much torsional clearance in

the joint. If this is the case, replace the joint. Smoothing and bear‐
ing marks do not justify a joint replacement.
Install
– Insert the ball hub in the ball cage over the two chamfers. The
fitting location is random. Press the balls into the cage.
– Insert the hub with cage upright into the joint part.
Note
♦ When inserting make sure the greatest distance -a- on the joint
part is close to the short distance -b- on the hub after it has
been swivelled in -arrow-.
♦ Chamfer on inner diameter of the ball hub (serration) must
point towards the largest diameter of the joint part.
– Swivel in the hub. To do so swivel the hub out of the cage

-arrows- until the balls are at bearing track distance.
68
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Lock the hub with the balls into position by exerting consider‐
able pressure on the cage -arrow-.
Inspect the operation of the inner CV joint
• The CV joint is correctly assembled if the ball hub in the joint
part can be rolled by hand up and down the entire linear com‐
pensation.
– Push the clamp and the joint boot onto the drive shaft.
– Install drive shaft.
– Press the specified grease quantity for the inner joint into the
joint from both sides.
– Spread the prescribed grease quantity evenly into the joint
boot.
Grease quality and grease quantity ⇒ page 79 .
– Installing the joint boot ⇒ page 63 .
2.4 Repairing drive shaft with inner tripod

joint AAR 2900 and outer CV joint
♦ Tensioning pliers, e.g. -V.A.G 1275- , -V.A.G 1682-
♦ Circlip pliers (commercially available) unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
Note
♦ The inner joints and the inner tripod joints must only be filled
with high temperature grease from the relevant repair kit ⇒
electronic catalogue of original parts .
♦ Grease quantity for outer CV joint ⇒ page 79 .
♦ Grease quantity for inner tripod joint ⇒ page 79 .
Note
♦ Assignment of the drive shafts ⇒ electronic catalogue of original parts

♦ On tripod joints only apply grease in the joint, never in the grease boot.

Octavia 1997 ➤

❑ inspect for tears and
chafing points
❑ Assignment ⇒ Electron‐
ic Catalogue of Original
Parts
❑ replace
❑ tensioning ⇒ page 64
❑ replace
4 - Drive shaft
Parts
5 - Joint part
❑ grease ⇒ page 79
Parts
ternal serrations
❑ replace after each re‐
moval
❑ initially tighten to 10 Nm,
subsequently tighten
crosswise to final tor‐
que:
M8 x 18 = 20 Nm + 90°
M10 x 23 = 50 Nm + 45°
Parts
7 - Rollers
8 - Tripod spider
❑ Chamfer -arrow- points towards the drive shaft serration
9 - Circlip
❑ replace
❑ insert into the groove at the shaft
10 - O-ring seal
❑ no longer necessary for the assembly of the repaired drive shaft
11 - Oblong gasket ring
❑ The gasket ring belongs to the repair set
❑ The gasket ring is not fitted in the series, it is only necessary for the spare parts sector
❑ Assignment ⇒ Electronic Catalogue of Original Parts
12 - Cover
❑ is damaged when removing.
❑ is no longer necessary for the assembly of the repaired drive shaft and is therefore only available as a
spare partunless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
70
Octavia 1997 ➤

❑ for tripod joint
❑ always replace
14 - Joint boot for tripod joint
❑ inspect for tears and chafing points
❑ always replace
16 - Disc spring
❑ Fitting position ⇒ page 63
17 - Thrust ring
18 - Circlip
❑ replace
19 - Outer CV joint
❑ must be replaced completely
❑ removing ⇒ page 62
❑ install: drive onto the shaft with a plastic hammer until the compressed circlip expands
❑ check ⇒ page 66
2.5 Disassembling and assembling the tri‐

pod joint AAR 2900
♦ ⇒ page 69
⇒ page 79
Dismantling
– Open warm-type clamp on joint part.
– Open the open warm-type clamp at the drive shaft and push
back the joint boot.
– Clamp the drive shaft on the joint part in a vice with protective
jaws.
– Lever off the cover with a screwdriver -1-.
Note
♦ If the cover cannot be levered off, do likewise on the opposite

side of the cover.
♦ The cover is damaged when levering off, it is no longer nec‐
essary for the assembly of the repaired drive shaft.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Remove O-ring seal -arrow- from slot.

– Mark fitting position of parts -1- ... -3- with the help of lines.
-1- Joint part
-2- Tripod spider
-3- Drive shaft
Note
♦ If the parts -1- ... -3- are not marked and if they are not fitted
in their original position again when assembling, at a later
stage this could cause noises during driving.
♦ Use a waterproof marker for marking.
– Hold the joint part and remove drive shaft from the vice.
Ensure that the rollers do not topple off the tripod spider and fall
onto the floor!
– Hold the drive shaft with the joint part vertically and with the
other hand gradually push back the joint part.
– Clamp the drive shaft in a vice with protective jaws.

– Mark the fitting position of the rollers -1- to the tripod spider
-2- with a felt-tip pen.
– Remove rollers -1- and place them down on a clean surface.
– Remove circlip.
-1- Circlip pliers (commercially available)
– Insert the drive shaft
unless in theby press.
authorised ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
72
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Hold the drive shaft and press out of the tripod spider.
– Remove the joint part along with the joint boot from the drive
shaft.
– Clean the drive shaft and the joint part.
Assembling together
– Push a small open warm-type clamp for the joint boot onto the
drive shaft.
– Insert the joint boot on the drive shaft.
– Insert the joint part on the drive shaft.
Mounting the tripod spider
Note
Chamfer -arrow- on the tripod spider must point towards the drive
shaft. Chamfer serves as an assembly aid.
– Position the tripod spider on the drive shaft according to the

marking and drive in up to the stop.
– Insert new circlip and pay attention tounless
correct position.
– Fit the rollers corresponding to the markings onto the tripod
spider.
– Remove the drive shaft from the vice.
– Slide the joint part over the rollers and hold down.
– Clamp joint part into the vice.
– Insert the oblong gasket ring -A- from the repair set into the
groove -arrow-.
Note
♦ Direct sealing occurs between the tripod joint (joint part) and
the joint flange (on the gearbox side) due to the oblong profile
shape of the gasket ring.
♦ The cover is no longer necessary.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Press the high temperature grease from the repair set evenly
into the tripod joint (on the tripod spider side) -arrow A- and
into the rear side of the tripod joint -arrow B-.
⇒ page 79
– Installing the joint boot.
– Tighten open warm-type clamp using pliers.
Tighten open warm-type clamp on the drive shaft side with ten‐
sioning pliers e.g. -V.A.G 1275- .
– Cover the tripod joint with a cardboard disc -A- and adhesive
tape -B-.
Note unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
♦ Cover the tripod joint after the repair with a self-cut, clean
cardboard disc -A- and adhesive tape -B-. This prevents the
tripod spider, the joint part and the grease mass from clogging
up with dirt. In addition, this prevents that the tripod joint is
inadvertently pushed back when installing the drive shaft.
♦ The adhesive tape and the cardboard disc should be removed
only immediately before screwing the drive shaft together with
the joint flange.
2.6 Repairing drive shaft with inner tripod

joint AAR 2000 and outer CV joint
♦ Spacer sleeves -MP 3-458/2-
74
Octavia 1997 ➤

♦ Tensioning pliers, e.g. -V.A.G 1275- , -V.A.G 1682-
♦ Circlip pliers (commercially available)
Note
♦ The inner joints and the inner tripod joints must only be filled
with high temperature grease from the relevant repair kit ⇒
electronic catalogue of original parts .
♦ Grease quantity for outer CV joint ⇒ page 79 .
♦ Grease quantity for inner tripod joint ⇒ page 79 .
Note
♦ Assignment of the drive shafts ⇒ electronic catalogue of original parts

♦ On tripod joints only apply grease in the joint, never in the grease boot.

Octavia 1997 ➤

❑ inspect for tears and
chafing points
Parts
❑ replace
ternal serrations
❑ replace after each re‐
moval
❑ initially tighten to 10 Nm,
subsequently tighten
crosswise to final tor‐
que:
M8 x 28 = 20 Nm + 90°
Parts
4 - Shim
Parts
5 - Joint part
Parts
6 - Tripod spider with rollers
❑ Chamfer -arrow- points
towards the drive shaft
serration Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
7 - Circlip with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
❑ replace
8 - O-ring seal
❑ replace
9 - Cover
❑ replace
❑ always replace
11 - Joint boot for tripod joint
❑ inspect for tears and chafing points
12 - Drive shaft
❑ replace
76
Octavia 1997 ➤
14 - Disc spring
15 - Thrust ring
16 - Circlip
❑ replace
17 - Outer CV joint
❑ must be replaced completely
❑ removing ⇒ page 62
❑ install: drive onto the shaft with a plastic hammer until the compressed circlip expands
❑ check ⇒ page 66
2.7 Disassembling and assembling the tri‐

pod joint AAR 2000
♦ ⇒ page 74
⇒ page 79
Dismantling
– Open warm-type clamp on joint part.
– Push back the joint boot.
– Straighten the metal tabs -arrows- with a screwdriver and lever
off cover.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Remove O-ring seal -arrow- from slot.

– Mark fitting position of parts -1- ... -3- with the help of lines.
-1- Joint part
-2- Tripod spider
-3- Drive shaft
Note
♦ If the parts -1- ... -3- are not marked and if they are not fitted
in their original position again when assembling, at a later
stage this could cause noises during driving.
♦ Use a waterproof marker for marking.
– Hold the joint part and remove drive shaft from the vice.

– Remove circlip.
-1- Circlip pliers (commercially available)
– Insert the drive shaft in the press.
– Hold the drive shaft and push tripod spider off the drive shaft.
– Remove the tripod spider with rollers and lay
Protected aside Copying
by copyright. on a clean
for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
surface. unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Remove the joint part from the drive shaft.
– Remove the joint boot from the drive shaft.
– Clean the drive shaft and the joint part.
Assembling together
– Insert the joint boot on the drive shaft.
– Insert the joint part on the drive shaft.
Install tripod joint
Note
Chamfer on the tripod spider must point towards the drive shaft.
Chamfer serves as an assembly aid.
78
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Position the tripod spider on the drive shaft according to the

marking and drive in up to the stop.
– Insert new circlip and pay attention to correct position.
– Slide the joint part over the rollers and hold down.
– Remove the drive shaft from the special tool and clamp in the
vice.
– Press the high temperature grease from the repair set evenly
into the tripod joint (on the tripod spider side) -arrow A- and
into the rear side of the tripod joint -arrow B-.
⇒ page 79
– Installing the joint boot.
Note
The bead in the joint boot must fit into the groove of the joint part.
– Remove drive shaft from the vice and clamp the joint part.
– Insert new gasket ring -arrow- from the repair kit in the groove.
– Fit the new cover on the joint part.
Note
The bores of the cover and joint part must be flush.

– Tighten open warm-type clamp using pliers.
Grease quantity

Octavia 1997 ➤
Outer joint ∅ mm Total quantity of grease (g) Inner joint ∅ mm Total quantity of grease (g) of which in
Spread evenly in the joint Joint (g) Joint boot (g)
81 90 94 (synchronous running) 1) 90 45 45
90 110 100 (synchronous running) 1) 120 60 60
90 110 108 (tripod) 1) 110 110 _
90 110 124 (tripod) 1) 140 140 _
98 130 100 (synchronous running) 2) 190 190 _
80
Octavia 1997 ➤
1)Valid for all vehicles, except 1.9 ltr./74 kW PD and 1.9 ltr./96
kW PD engines.
2)Valid for vehicles with 1.9 ltr./74 kW PD and 1.9 ltr./96 kW PD
engines.
Grease quality - outer CV joint
The outer CV joints can be filled with the following grease quali‐
ties:
♦ Grease for operating at normal temperatures, part no.: -G 052
738 A2-
♦ Grease from the relevant repair kit
♦ High temperature grease, part no.: -G 052 133 A2- , or part
no.: -G 052 133 A3-
Grease quality - inner CV joint
The inner CV joints can be filled with the following grease quali‐
ties:
♦ Grease from the relevant repair kit
♦ High temperature grease, part no.: -G 052 133 A2- , or part
no.: -G 052 133 A3-
Note
♦ -G 052 133 A2- Can with a grease quantity of 90 g

♦ -G 052 133 A3- Can with a grease quantity of 120 g
♦ Spread the quantity of grease for the joint evenly in the joint
on the left and right.
♦ Spread the quantity of grease for the joint boot evenly in the
joint boot - only on the side of the joint.
81
Octavia 1997 ➤
42 – Rear suspension
1 Repairing rear axle - drum brake
1.1 Removing and installing rear suspen‐

sion
♦ Tester for brake-power regulator, e.g. -V.A.G 1310-
♦ Gearbox jack with adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1383 A- with -V.A.G
1359/2-
♦ Brake filling and bleeding device, e.g. -VAS 5234-
♦ Remove plugs for brake line
♦ Brake fluid ⇒ page 15
♦ Assembly paste -G 052 150 A2-
Removing
– Remove wheels.
– Release the hand-brake.
Note
Do not slacken the mounting bracket on body for the removal of

the rear axle, otherwise the overall track of the rear axle must be
checked, adjusted if necessary.
– Remove the screws -1- while the vehicle is standing on its

wheels. To do so, raise the vehicle if necessary until the
screws can be reached.
– Raise the vehicle to the height required for installation in order
to relieve tension from coil spring.
– Tilt the rear centre console, if necessary remove ⇒ Body
Work; Rep. gr. 68
82 unless authorised
Rep. gr.42 by ŠKODA
- Rear AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
suspension
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Release adjusting nut -arrow-.
– Remove the hand-brake cables -1- from the hand-brake lever.

– Pull hand-brake cables out of guide tubes.
– Unclip brake cables -arrows-.

– Detach retaining clips -2- from brake hose fixture.
– Separate brake lines.
Note
Seal lines with plugs.
– Unplug connectors from the wheel speed sensors.

– Unclip the wheel speed sensor cable from the bracket.
Only on vehicles fitted with brake-power regulator (vehicles with‐
out ABS):
– Unscrew bolt -1- of the brake-power regulator.

Valid for all vehicles:
– Support the rear axle with gearbox jack with adapter, e.g. -
V.A.G 1383A- with -V.A.G 1359/2- .
1. Repairing rear axle - drum brake 83

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew bolt -1- of the brake-power regulator.

Install
– Before inserting the rear axle, grease the kidney-shaped cav‐
ities of the rubber-metal bearings with assembly paste -G 052
150 A2- .
Note
♦ When tightening the screw of the rubber-metal bearing, the

axle body must be in the horizontal position (unladen condi‐
tion).
♦ When installing the hand brake cables, pay attention to the
correct fitting position ⇒ page 506 .
– Bleeding Brake System ⇒ page 552 .

– If fitted, inspect the load-sensitive brake pressure regulator
and set if necessary ⇒ page 550 .
Note
After slackening or changing the mounting bracket, check the

overall track of the rear axle, adjust if necessary.
Tightening torques:
Shock absorber to body 30 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new screws!
Rear suspension to bearing bracket 45 Nm + 90°

Pipe screws, screws to brake lines 14 Nm
84 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension

Octavia 1997 ➤
1.2 Summary of components of rear axle
Note
♦ Welding and straightening on axle body and axle studs not allowed.
♦ Always replace the self-locking nuts and screws.
♦ Pipe screws of brake hoses are tightened to a tightening torque of 14 Nm.

2 - 4 Nm
3 - Brake disc
♦ reset brake before remov‐
ing the brake drum
4 - Cap
♦ press off ⇒ page 129
♦ inserting ⇒ page 131
5 - Self-locking twelve-point
nut 70 Nm +40°
6 - Wheel hub with wheel bear‐
ing and pulse rotor
♦ The wheel bearing and the
wheel hub are fitted togeth‐
er in one housing
♦ this component is mainte‐
nance-free and requires no
clearance adjustment; ad‐
justment as well as repair
work are not possible
⇒ page 128
ing without pulse rotor
♦ only on vehicles without
ABS
wheel hub are fitted together in one housing
♦ this component is maintenance-free Protected
and requires no clearance adjustment; adjustment as well as repair
work are not possible unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
8 - 50 Nm + 60°

Octavia 1997 ➤
9 - Brake carrier with brake shoe

10 - Holder for hand-brake cable
♦ replace
11 - Hand-brake cable
13 - Self-locking screw, 30 Nm + 90°
♦ if the thread of the weld nut is damaged, it can be repaired using Heli-Coli threaded insert; while paying
attention to the fitting instructions of the manufacturer
♦ the rework of the thread for the weld nut is permissible on maximum 2 screw points per vehicle side
14 - 45 Nm + 90°
♦ insert from the outside of the vehicle
♦ when tightening the screw, the axle body must be in the horizontal position (unladen condition)
15 - Mount for rear axle
♦ check the overall track of the rear axle after installation and adjust if necessary
♦ avoid slackening in order to remove the rear axle
18 - Socket nut
19 - Brake-power regulator
♦ testing and adjusting ⇒ page 550
20 - 20 Nm
21 - 16 Nm
22 - 20 Nm + 45°
23 - Balancing weight
24 - Axle body
♦ The locating face and the threaded holes for axle studs must be free from enamel and dirt
26 - 8 Nm
27 - bottom base
28 - Coil spring
♦ check for paint damage, if necessary eliminate paint damage
♦ only use helical springs of the same make on the rear axle
86
Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
Octavia 1997 ➤
29 - top base
30 - 40 Nm + 90°
♦ insert from the inside of the vehicle
♦ when tightening, take the installation angle of the rear axle to the shock absorber into account
⇒ page 88
♦ While the vehicle is standing on its wheels, load the luggage compartment with approx. 100 kg and tighten
the screw
♦ if thread of the weld nut is damaged, it can be repaired using Heli-Coli threaded insert; while paying attention
to the notes of the manufacturer
♦ the rework of the thread for the weld nut is permissible on maximum 1 screw point per vehicle side
32 - Shock absorber
♦ Inspecting the shock absorber ⇒ page 50
♦ only use helical springs of the same make on the rear axle
Note
34 - Brake line
35 - Axle stud
♦ Straightening work is not allowed!
♦ Re-cutting the thread is not allowed
36 - Protection against stones
37 - Fixing element for protection against stones
♦ Protection against stones included in the scope of delivery

Octavia 1997 ➤
Installation angle of rear axle/shock absorber

1 - Shock absorber
2 - track control arm
α - approx. 104°
1.3 Replacing the rubber-metal bearing
1.3.1 Replacing the rubber-metal bearing -

version 1
♦ Assembly device -MP5-400/1-
♦ Assembly device (screw) -MP5-401/2-
♦ Assembly device (nut) -MP5-401/3-
♦ Assembly device (bearing) -MP5-402-
♦ Pipe -T10263/6-
♦ Engine/gearbox jack with adapter , e.g. -V.A.G. 1383/A- with
-V.A.G. 1359/2-
Removing:
– Raise vehicle and remove rear wheels.
– Unscrew screws of front wheelhouse liners on both vehicle
sides ⇒ Body Work; Rep. gr. 66 .
– Unhook handbrake cable from the holders -arrows- (on both
vehicle sides).

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Release the clamps -arrow A- for attaching the brake lines

from the brake line holders (on both vehicle sides).
– Remove the screw -1- from the brake line holder on the right
vehicle side.
– Unhook the brake lines from the line holders. Do not separate
the brake lines.
Vehicles with ABS
– Unhook the ABS line from the clips.
Vehicles fitted with load-sensitive brake pressure regulator (ve‐

hicles without ABS)
– Release screw -1-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Insert wooden insert -A- into the adapter e.g. -V.A.G 1359/2-
– Support the axle with engine/gearbox jack with adapter.
Vehicles with fixing screws mounted on the outside

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew the nuts of the fixing screws -1- from the axle.
– Remove fixing screws -1- from the axle.
Vehicles with fixing screws mounted on the inside
– Remove the screws -2- of the bearing bracket for the axle on
the right vehicle side from the body.
Note
Before removing the screws of the bearing brackets for the axle,
mark the position of the bearing bracket on the body.
– Remove the fixing screw -1- for the axle on the left vehicle side
from the bearing bracket for the axle.
– Slightly lower the rear axle out of the bearing brackets so that
the brake line is not damaged.
– Remove the fixing screw -1- for the axle on the right vehicle
side from the bearing bracket for the axle.
– Remove the bearing bracket from the axle.
– Secure axle e.g with wire to body.
– Position assembly devices, as shown, and pull the rubber-

metal bearing -1- out of the axle body -2-.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
♦ The pipe -T10263/6- must be installed on the rubber-metal

bearing in such a way that the contact surface of the pipe -1-
rests evenly against the rubber-metal bearing.
♦ Cut off the rubber edge in the contact point e.g with a sharp
knife so that the pipe cutout -arrow- rests fully on the plastic
shoulder/rubber-metal bearing.
♦ When pulling out the rubber-metal bearing, the plastic shoul‐
der/rubber-metal bearing breaks off. In case of breakage, a
loud crack can be heard.
– Pull out rubber-metal bearing by turning the assembly device

(nut) -MP5-401/3- .
– Counterhold the assembly devices by hand when completing
the pull-out process.
– Remove assembly devices and unscrew assembly device
(nut) -MP5-401/3- .
– Clamp the pipe -T10263/6- in the vice, as shown in the fig.

– Remove the rubber-metal bearing from the pipe -T10263/6- ,
for example using a screwdriver, drive out with a hammer if
necessary.
Installing:
– Fasten rubber-metal bearing -1- with assembly devices and

nut -2- and insert into the axle body -3-.
– Pay attention to the correct fitting position of the rubber-metal
bearing.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Fitting position of the rubber-metal bearing

– Align orientation nubs -1- or orientation bead -2- to edge of
track control arm -3- -arrow-.
– Insert the rubber-metal bearing -1- by turning the nut -MP

5-401/3- up to the stop in the axle body -2-.
– Check the fitting position of the rubber-metal bearing.
– Grease the kidney-shaped cavities of the rubber-metal bear‐
ing with assembly paste -G052 150 A2- .
– Carefully raise the rear axle so that the rubber-metal bearing
engages in the bearing brackets for the axle.
– Insert the new fixing screws -1- into the bearing brackets for
the axle.
– Screw new nuts onto the fixing screws -1- for bearing brackets
of the rear axle and tighten.
– Position the bearing bracket for the axle on the right vehicle
side on the rubber-metal bearing.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Insert a new fixing screw -1- from the inside into the bearing
bracket for the axle on the right vehicle side.
engages on the left vehicle side in the bearing bracket for the
axle.
– Ensure that the bearing bracket for the axle on the right vehicle
side rests at the same time against the body in the marked
position.
– Screw the new fixing screws -2- of the bearing bracket for the
axle on the right vehicle side into the body and tighten.
Note
When tightening the rubber-metal bearing screws and nuts, the

axle body must be in the unladen condition (unladen weight po‐
sition).
Vehicles with ABS

– Hook on the ABS line in the clips.
hicles without ABS)
– Screw in the screw -1-.

– Inspecting or adjusting the brake-power regulator
⇒ page 550 .
Continued for allbyvehicles
unless authorised ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Install the screw -1- for the brake line holder on the right vehicle
side.
– Hook on the brake lines in the line holders.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Push clamps -arrow A- into the brake hose fixtures (on both
vehicle sides).
Note
When installing the hand brake cables, pay attention to the correct
fitting position ⇒ page 506 .
– Hook hand brake cables into the holders -arrows- (on both
vehicle sides).
– Screw in screws of front wheelhouse liners on both vehicle
– Attach the wheels.
– Perform chassis alignment ⇒ page 179 .
– Perform a test drive.
– Check the steering wheel position during the test drive.
Caution
If after the test drive and with the front wheels pointing straight
ahead the steering wheel is off straight, perform a chassis
alignment ⇒ page 179 .

Octavia 1997 ➤
Tightening torque:
Rear axle to bearing bracket for axle 45 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new screws and nuts!
♦ Tighten in unladen weight position
Bracket of rear axle to structure 30 Nm + 90°

♦ Use new screws!
♦ Install in the marked position
Brake line holder to vehicle body 16 Nm

Screw for brake-power regulator 16 Nm
95
Octavia 1997 ➤

version 2
♦ Assembly device (nut) -T10254/4-
♦ Assembly device (screw) -T10254/5-
♦ Pipe -T10263/6-
♦ Hydraulic cylinder -VAS 6178-
♦ Foot pump -VAS 6179-
-V.A.G. 1359/2-
Removing:
vehicle sides).

96 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Octavia 1997 ➤
vehicle side.
the brake lines.
Vehicles with ABS

hicles without ABS)
97
Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
– Connect hydraulic line -1- of hydraulic pump -VAS 6179- with

quick coupling to hydraulic cylinder -VAS 6178- .
– Connect compressed air supply -2- with quick coupling to hy‐
draulic pump -VAS 6179- .
– Position assembly devices, as shown, screw together and

counterhold by hand.
Note

98
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Carefully depress the pedal of the hydraulic pump -VAS 6179-

-arrow A-.
The hydraulic cylinder -VAS 6178- is therefore activated.
– Pull the rubber-metal bearing -1- out of the axle body -2-.

-arrow B-.
While doing so, the hydraulic cylinder -VAS 6178- returns to the
initial position.
(nut) -T10254/4- .

necessary.
Installing:
99
Octavia 1997 ➤

2 - Axle body
bearing.

-arrow A-.
– Insert the rubber-metal bearing -1- up to the stop into the axle
body -2-.
100
Octavia 1997 ➤

-arrow B-.
initial position.
(nut) -T10254/4- .
the axle.
axle.
position.
Note
When tightening the rubber-metal bearing screws and nuts,
unless authorised by ŠKODAtheAUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
axle body must be in the unladen condition (unladen
with respectweight po‐ of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
to the correctness
sition).
Vehicles with ABS

hicles without ABS)
101
Octavia 1997 ➤

⇒ page 550 .
side.
vehicle sides).
Note
vehicle sides).
Caution
102
Octavia 1997 ➤
Tightening torque:

♦ Use new screws!

103
Octavia 1997 ➤
1.4 Removing and installing shock absorb‐

er/spring
1359/2-
Note
♦ The coil spring does not have to be removed in order to remove

the shock absorber
.
♦ The shock absorber does not have to be removed in order to
remove the coil spring.
Remove the shock absorber

– Raise the relevant side of the axle body with the gearbox jack.
– Screw out screws -1- and -2- and take out shock absorber.
Remove spring
– Pull the wheel speed sensor cable out ofauthorised
unless the supports.
by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Raise the relevant side of the axle body with the gearbox jack.
– Lower the gearbox jack and remove the helical spring.
Install
Note
♦ Make sure that the top base (rubber) for the spring is correctly
fitted when inserting it into the support of the body.
♦ Pay attention to colour coding.
♦ The bottom short circuit in coil must always point to the centre
of the vehicle.
104
Octavia 1997 ➤
– The beginning of the spring -arrow- must be positioned at the

stop at the top of the base.
Tightening torques:
⇒ page 85 .
1.5 Disassembling and assembling shock absorber
1 - Shock absorber
⇒ page 104
sorber ⇒ page 50
Note
2 - Protective cap
3 - Protective tube
4 - Stop buffer
5 - Top shock absorber bush‐
ing
6 - Self-locking screw, 25 Nm
♦ counterhold the piston rod
of the shock absorber in or‐
der to slacken and tighten
the nut
7 - Protective cap
105
Octavia 1997 ➤
2 Repairing rear axle - disc brake
2.1 Removing and installing rear suspen‐

sion
1359/2-
♦ Remove plugs for brake line
Removing:
Note
Do not slacken the bracket for bonded rubber bush on body for
the removal of the rear axle, otherwise the overall track of the rear
axle must be checked, adjusted if necessary.
– Remove the screws -1- while the vehicle is standing on its

wheels. To do so, raise the vehicle if necessary until the
screws can be reached.
– Raise the vehicle to the height required for installation in order
to relieve tension from coil spring.
– Remove wheels.
– Unclip brake cables -arrows-.

– Detach retaining clips -2- from brake hose fixture.
– Separate brake line.
Note
Seal lines with plugs.
106
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew the fixing screws -A- of the brake caliper housing and
secure the brake caliper housing with wire to the body.
– Unplug connectors from the wheel speed sensors.
– Unclip the speed sensor cable from the brackets.
– Support the rear axle with gearbox jack with adapter, e.g. -
V.A.G 1383 A- with -V.A.G 1359/2- .
– Release the hexagon screws -1- of the rubber-metal bearing

and remove the rear axle.
Install
– Before inserting the rear axle, grease the kidney-shaped cav‐
ities of the rubber-metal bearings with assembly paste -G 052
150 A2- .
Note
♦ When tightening the screw of the rubber-metal bearing, the

axle body must be in the horizontal position (unladen condi‐
tion).

Note
After slackening or changing the mounting bracket, check the

overall track of the rear axle, adjust if necessary.
Tightening torques:
Shock absorber to body 30 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new screws!
Rear suspension to bearing bracket 45 Nm + 90°

Pipe screws to brake lines 14 Nm

Fixing screws for brake caliper 30 Nm + 30°
2. Repairing rear axle - disc brake 107

Octavia 1997 ➤
2.2 Summary of components of rear axle
Note
♦ Welding and straightening on axle body and axle studs not

allowed.
♦ Pipe screws of brake hoses are tightened to a tightening tor‐
que of 14 Nm.

2 - 4 Nm
3 - Brake disc
4 - Cap
♦ press off ⇒ page 131 , -
Pos. 5
♦ drive in ⇒ page 131 , - Pos.
5 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
5 - Self-locking twelve-point with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
nut 70 Nm +40°
ing and pulse rotor
er in one housing
⇒ page 131
pletely
7 - 30 Nm + 90°
8 - Cover plate
♦ replace
11 - 45 Nm + 90°
♦ when tightening the screw, the axle body must be in the horizontal position (unladen condition)
108
Octavia 1997 ➤

♦ the rework of the thread for the weld nut is permissible on maximum 2 screw points per axle
♦ avoid slackening in order to remove the rear axle
17 - 20 Nm + 45°
18 - Balancing weight
20 - 8 Nm
21 - Axle body
♦ The locating face and the threaded holes for axle studs must be free from enamel and dirt
22 - bottom base
23 - Coil spring
♦ per rear axle only use helical springs of the same make
24 - top base Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ installing ⇒ pagewith126
25 - 40 Nm + 90°
♦ when tightening, take the installation angle of the rear axle to the shock absorber into account
⇒ page 110
♦ While the vehicle is standing on its wheels, load the luggage compartment with approx. 100 kg and tighten
the screw
26 - Self-locking screw, 30 Nm + 90
♦ the rework of the thread for the weld nut is permissible on maximum 2 screw points per axle
27 - Shock absorber

Octavia 1997 ➤

♦ Inspecting the shock absorber ⇒ page 50
♦ per rear axle only use shock absorbers of the same make
Note
29 - Axle stud
30 - Protection against stones
31 - Fixing element for protection against stones
♦ Protection against stones included in the scope of delivery
32 - Brake line
33 - 30 Nm + 30°
34 - Brake caliper
Installation angle of rear axle/shock absorber

1- Shock absorber
2- track control arm
α - approx. 104°
2.3 Replacing the rubber-metal bearing

version 1
110
Octavia 1997 ➤

♦ Assembly device (screw) -MP5-401/2-
♦ Assembly device (nut) -MP5-401/3-
♦ Assembly device (bearing) -MP5-402-
♦ Pipe -T10263/6-
-V.A.G. 1359/2-
Removing:
vehicle sides).

vehicle side.
the brake lines.
Vehicles with ABS

Octavia 1997 ➤

hicles without ABS)
Note
112
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Position assembly devices, as shown, and pull the rubber-

metal bearing -1- out of the axle body -2-.
Note

– Pull out rubber-metal bearing by turning the assembly device

(nut) -MP5-401/3- .
(nut) -MP5-401/3- .

necessary.
Installing:

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Fasten rubber-metal bearing -1- with assembly devices and

nut -2- and insert into the axle body -3-.
bearing.

– Insert the rubber-metal bearing -1- by turning the nut -MP
5-401/3- up to the stop in the axle body -2-.
the axle.
114
Octavia 1997 ➤
axle.
position.
Note

sition).
Vehicles with ABS

hicles without ABS)

⇒ page 550 .
side.

Octavia 1997 ➤
vehicle sides).
Note
vehicle sides).
Caution
116
Octavia 1997 ➤
Tightening torque:

♦ Use new screws!

117
Octavia 1997 ➤

version 2
♦ Assembly device (nut) -T10254/4-
♦ Assembly device (screw) -T10254/5-
♦ Pipe -T10263/6-
♦ Hydraulic cylinder -VAS 6178-
♦ Foot pump -VAS 6179-
-V.A.G. 1359/2-
Removing:
vehicle sides).

118
Octavia 1997 ➤
vehicle side.
the brake lines.
Vehicles with ABS

hicles without ABS)
119
Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
– Connect hydraulic line -1- of hydraulic pump -VAS 6179- with

quick coupling to hydraulic cylinder -VAS 6178- .
– Connect compressed air supply -2- with quick coupling to hy‐
draulic pump -VAS 6179- .

Note

120
Octavia 1997 ➤

-arrow A-.
– Pull the rubber-metal bearing -1- out of the axle body -2-.

-arrow B-.
While doing so, theProtected
hydraulic cylinder -VAS 6178- returns to the
initial position. unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
(nut) -T10254/4- .

necessary.
Installing:
121
Octavia 1997 ➤

2 - Axle body
bearing.

-arrow A-.
– Insert theProtected
rubber-metal bearing
by copyright. -1-
Copying for up or
private tocommercial
the stoppurposes,
into the axle
in part or in whole, is not permitted
body -2-.unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
122
Octavia 1997 ➤

-arrow B-.
initial position.
(nut) -T10254/4- .
the axle.
axle.
position.
Note

sition).
Vehicles with ABS

hicles without ABS)
123
Octavia 1997 ➤

⇒ page 550 .
side.
vehicle sides). Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Note
vehicle sides).
Caution
124
Octavia 1997 ➤
Tightening torque:

♦ Use new screws!

125
Octavia 1997 ➤
2.4 Removing and installing shock absorb‐

er/spring
1359/2-
Note
♦ The coil spring does not have to be removed in order to remove

the shock absorber.
♦ The shock absorber does not have to be removed in order to
Remove the shock absorber

– Screw out screws -1- and -2- and take out shock absorber.
Remove spring
– Disconnect the plug connection of the wheel speed sensor
cable.
– Lower the gearbox jack and remove the helical spring.
Install
Installation is carried outbyincopyright.
Protected the reverse order.
Note
♦ Make sure that the top base (rubber) for the spring is correctly
fitted when inserting it into the support of the body.
♦ Pay attention to colour coding.
♦ The bottom short circuit in coil must always point to the centre
of the vehicle.
– The beginning of the spring -arrow- must be positioned at the

stop at the top of the base.
126
Octavia 1997 ➤
2.5 Disassembling and assembling shock absorber
1 - Shock absorber
⇒ page 126
sorber ⇒ page 50
Note
2 - Protective cap
3 - Protective tube
4 - Stop buffer
5 - Top shock absorber bush‐
ing
♦ counterhold piston rod of
shock absorber at the tip in
order to slacken and tighten
the hexagon nut
7 - Protective cap
127
Octavia 1997 ➤
3 Repairing the wheel bearing
3.1 Repairing the wheel bearing, vehicles

with front-wheel drive - drum brake
♦ Drive bushing -MP 3-427-
♦ Hub cap extractor -MP 5-404-
♦ Puller Kukko -20/2-
1 - 4 Nm
2 - Brake drum
♦ reset brake before remov‐
ing the brake drum
⇒ page 129
3 - Cap
♦ press off ⇒ page 129 and
⇒ page 130
nut 70 Nm +40°
ing and pulse rotor
♦ The wheel bearing and theauthorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
unless
er in one housing
♦ replace completely after
each removal
♦ Remove wheel hub with
wheel bearing from axle
stud ⇒ page 130
♦ Pull wheel hub with wheel
bearing onto axle stud
⇒ page 130 and
⇒ page 131
Note
128
Octavia 1997 ➤
6 - Wheel hub with wheel bearing without pulse rotor

♦ The wheel bearing and the wheel hub are fitted together in one housing
♦ this component is maintenance-free and requires no clearance adjustment; adjustment as well as repair
♦ replace completely after each removal
♦ Remove wheel hub with wheel bearing from axle stud ⇒ page 130
Note
♦ Pull wheel hub with wheel bearing onto axle stud ⇒ page 130 and ⇒ page 131
7 - Axle stud
8 - Axle body
Resetting brake
– To do so, use a screwdriver to push the wedge up through a
hole in the brake drum.
– Remove the brake drum ⇒ page unless
491 authorised
. by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
Press off cap

– Release cap from its position by gently tapping the claw.
3. Repairing the wheel bearing 129

Octavia 1997 ➤
Press off cap
Remove the wheel bearing housing from the axle stud

Use puller (commercially available) Kukko -20/2- .
Remove inner ring of the bearing from axle stud

Note
Do not damage the ABS wheel speed sensor when pulling off the
inner ring of the bearing.
Pull wheel hub with wheel bearing onto axle stud

Use assembly device -MP 5-403- .
– Screw wheel hub with wheel bearing up to the stop onto axle
stud.
– Screw on assembly device -MP 5-403- and pull wheel hub with
wheel bearing up to the stop.
130
Octavia 1997 ➤

– Unscrew assembly device -MP 5-403- and screw on new
twelve-point nut and tighten.
– Install brake drum ⇒ page 491 .
Drive in cap
Note
♦ Replace cap after each removal.

♦ Damaged caps allow moisture to penetrate. Therefore abso‐
lutely use the shown tool.
Tightening torques:
Wheel hub with wheel bearing on axle stud 70 Nm + 40°
3.2 Repairing the wheel bearing - disc brake

♦ Drive bushing -MP 3-427-
♦ Hub cap extractor -MP 5-404-

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Brake disc, internally venti‐

lated
3 - 4 Nm
4 - Brake disc
Assignment ⇒ Electronic
5 - Cap
♦ press off ⇒ page 133 and
⇒ page 133
nut 70 Nm +40°
ing and pulse rotor
er in one housing
♦ this wheel hub/wheel bear‐
ing unit is maintenance-free
and has no play; it is not
possible to undertake any
kind of adjustment or repair
work on it!
♦ only replace completely af‐
ter each removal
♦ Remove wheel hub with wheel bearing
Protected from axle
by copyright. Copyingstud ⇒ page
for private 133 purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
or commercial
♦ Pull wheel hub with wheel bearing ontotoaxle
with respect stud ⇒ ofpage
the correctness 134inand
information ⇒ page
this document. 134 by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
Copyright
Note
8 - Axle body
9 - Brake caliper
♦ dismantling ⇒ page 133
10 - Axle stud
♦ Re-cutting the thread is not allowed.
132
Octavia 1997 ➤
Press off cap

– Release cap from its position by gently tapping the claw.
Press off cap
Remove brake caliperunless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Unscrew screws -A-, remove brake caliper and attach e.g. with
wire to body.
Note
Do not unscrew the brake hose to remove the brake caliper.
– Unscrew the fixing screw of the brake disc and remove brake
disc.
Remove the wheel bearing housing from the axle stud


Octavia 1997 ➤
Remove inner ring of the bearing from axle stud

Note
Do not damage the ABS wheel speed sensor when pulling off the
inner ring of the bearing.

Use assembly device -MP 5-403- .
– Fit the wheel hub with wheel bearing as far as possible onto
the axle stud.
– Screw on assembly device -MP 5-403- and pull wheel hub with
wheel bearing up to the stop.

– Screw on assembly device -MP 5-403- and tighten wheel hub
with twelve-point nut.
– Install brake disc, screw
Protected in phillips
by copyright. head
Copying screw
for private and tighten.
Drive in cap
Note
♦ Replace cap after each removal.

♦ Damaged caps allow moisture to penetrate. Therefore abso‐
lutely use the shown tool.
– Install brake caliper and tighten Allen screws.
Tightening torques:
Wheel hub with wheel bearing on axle stud 70 Nm + 40°
Securing screw for brake disc 4 Nm
Screws for brake caliper 65 Nm
134
Octavia 1997 ➤
4 Repairing rear axle (vehicles with

four-wheel drive)
4.1 Rear axle with four-wheel drive - Over‐

view
Note

♦ Always replace the rusted screws/nuts.
♦ Summary of components
⇒ page 143
2 - Final drive
♦ removing and installing ⇒
manual gearbox; Rep. gr.
39 .
♦ repairing ⇒ Manual Gear‐
box; Rep. gr. 39
3 - Cross member
4 - Clamp
5 - Anti-roll bar
♦ If necessary eliminate paint
damage and carry out pro‐
tection work against corro‐
sion
6 - Pressurized shock absorb‐
er
⇒ page 136
⇒ page 141
7 - The wheel bearing
out ⇒ page 145
8 - Trailing arm
⇒ page 143
9 - Suspension arm Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ Summary of components with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
⇒ page 143
10 - Spacer
♦ only on vehicles with rough road suspension
♦ on vehicles without spacer, none must be subsequently fitted
♦ Summary of components ⇒ page 136
4. Repairing rear axle (vehicles with four-wheel drive) 135

Octavia 1997 ➤
11 - Stop buffer
12 - Coil spring
13 - Propshaft
♦ removing and installing ⇒ manual gearbox; Rep. gr. 39 .
♦ repairing ⇒ Manual Gearbox; Rep. gr. 39
14 - 60 Nm
15 - Support for final drive
4.2 Coil spring and shock absorber on vehicles with four-wheel drive - Summary
of components
1 - 60 Nm
2 - Shock absorber bushing
3 - Pressurized shock absorb‐
er
⇒ page 141
♦ disposing
Protectedof ⇒ pageCopying
by copyright. 51 for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ can bewith
replaced individually
♦ per rear axle only use

shock absorbers of the
same make
4 - Anti-roll bar
5 - Self-locking nut 25 Nm
6 - 110 Nm
7 - Coupling rod
8 - Trailing arm
♦ The thread -arrow A- for the
support of the stop buffer
⇒ Item 10 (page 137) is no
longer applicable as of
08.99
♦ if it is intended to install the
stop buffer
⇒ Item 11 (page 137) in the
trailing arm before the man‐
ufacturing date 08.99, the
thread -arrow A- must be bored out to ∅ 10.5 mm
9 - Spacer
136
Octavia 1997 ➤

10 - Stop buffer with threaded pin, 10 Nm
♦ is no longer inserted as of 08.99
♦ the stop buffer is delivered as a spare part ⇒ Item 11 (page 137)
11 - Stop buffer with positioning pin
♦ as of 08.99
♦ the correct installation position is determined by the positioning pin
♦ the positioning pin must be removed on the underside when using vehicles produced before 08.99
♦ The beginning of the spring coil must lie against the leg -arrow-
♦ Fitting position of the coil spring ⇒ page 140
12 - Coil spring
♦ check colour coding
♦ replace axle-wise
♦ authorised
unless per rear axle only
by ŠKODA AUTO use shockAUTO
A. S. ŠKODA absorbers of guarantee
A. S. does not the same make
13 - Base
14 - Thread in the frame side rail
♦ if the thread of the weld nuts in the frame side rail is damaged, it can be repaired using Heli-Coli threaded
insert
♦ the rework of the thread for the weld nuts is permissible on maximum two screw points per vehicle side
♦ Observe the installation instructions of the manufacturer
15 - Thread in the cross member
♦ if the thread of the weld nut in the cross member is damaged, it can be repaired using Heli-Coli threaded
insert
♦ Observe the installation instructions of the manufacturer
4.3 Removing and installing coil spring

♦ Spring tensioning device, e. g. -V.A.G 1752/1-
♦ Spring holder set, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/15-
The spring holder set consists of:
♦ Spring holder, -V.A.G 1752/1 5 L. U- . (bottom left)
♦ Spring holder, -V.A.G 1752/1 5 L. O- . (top left)
♦ Spring holder, -V.A.G 1752/1 5 R. U- . (bottom right)
♦ Spring holder, -V.A.G 1752/1 5 R. O- . (top right)

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
♦ The spring holder set -V.A.G 1752/15- was developed spe‐

cially for vehicles with four-wheel drive. This enables to se‐
curely remove and install the coil springs.
♦ Extremely high forces are produced when tensioning the coil
springs. Thus pay particular attention to the following safety
instructions.
WARNING
♦ Ensure that the spring holders are positioned as close as

possible to the spring coils.
♦ During the tensioning operation, ensure that the spring
holder is correctly located at the spring coils.
♦ Do not use impact screwdriver!
Remove left coil spring

– Mount the spring holder, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/1 5 L. U- , on the
spring tensioning device, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/1- .
– Position the spring holder, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/1 5 L. O- , onto

the highest spring coil within reach.
– Insert spring tensioning device, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/1- .
Note
Do not use any impact screwdriver or anything similar when ten‐

sioning the coil spring.
138
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Turn the spindle of the spring tensioning device clockwise until

the claws -arrows- of the spring tensioning device and the
spring holder engage.
– Insert the screw -1- from below onto the top spring holder,
screw on hexagon nut and tighten.
– Turn the spindle of the spring tensioning device until the coil
spring is slightly tensioned.
- Check if the spring holders are correctly positioned at the spring
coils, if necessary correct position
–
Note
Make sure to end the tensioning operation once the spring coils
touch each other
– Tension coil spring sufficiently until it can be removed.

– Take the coil spring with the spring tensioning device out of
the vehicle.
– Take the coil spring out of theProtected
springbytensioning device.
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
1 - Spring holder, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/1- .
2 - Spring holder, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/1 5 L. O- .

3 - Spring holder, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/1 5 L. U- .
Install left coil spring
The beginning of the spring coil must be positioned in the spring

holder as shown on the spring holder -arrow-.
1- Beginning of spring coils
– Insert the coil spring into the spring tensioning device, e.g. -
V.A.G 1752/1- , with the spring holders, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/1 5
L. U- and -V.A.G 1752/1 5 L. O- position.
- Check if the spring holders are correctly positioned at the spring
coils, if necessary correct position.
Note
♦ Do not use any impact screwdriver or anything similar when

tensioning or detensioning the coil spring.
♦ Make sure to end the tensioning operation once the spring
coils touch each other.
– Tension the coil spring sufficiently until it can be installed in

the vehicle.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Check which version of the stop buffer is mounted on the trail‐

ing arm.
-I- - Stop buffer without stop for the coil spring -arrow-
-Il- - Stop buffer with stop for the coil spring -arrow-
– Insert the coil spring with the spring tensioning device into the
vehicle according to the fitting position.
Fitting position of the left coil spring
Vehicles without stop on the stop buffer:

The beginning of the spring coil -3- must be at the 9.00 o'clock
(9:00) position.
-1- Coil spring
-2- Stop buffer without stop for the coil spring
-F- direction of travel
Note
♦ The theoretical line between 12.00 o'clock (12:00) and 6.00

o'clock (6:00) faces parallel to the longitudinal vehicle axis in
direction of travel.
♦ The 9.00 o'clock (9:00) position is the same for the left and
right coil spring.
♦ Never apply a mirror-image procedure for installing the right
coil spring.
Vehicles with stop on the stop buffer:

The beginning of the spring coil -3- must be positioned at the stop
-arrow-.
-1- Coil spring
-2- Stop buffer with stop for the coil spring
-F- direction of travel
Note
♦ The fitting position is the same for the left and right coil spring.
♦ Never apply a mirror-image procedure for installing the right
coil spring.
– Release the tension of the coil spring by turning the spindle of

the spring tensioning device anti-clockwise.
- Check the correct fitting position of the coil spring while carrying
out the detentioning procedure.
140
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew the hexagon nut -1- and remove the screw with the
spring holder.
– Take the coil spring out of the spring tensioning device.
Removing and installing right coil spring
The removal and installation procedure of the right coil spring is
carried out in the same way as for the left coil spring
⇒ page 137 .
Instead of the special tools
♦ Spring holder, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/1 5 L. U- . (bottom left)
♦ Spring holder, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/1 5 L. O- . (top left)
the
♦ Spring holder, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/1 5 R. U- . (bottom right)
♦ Spring holder, e.g. -V.A.G 1752/1 5 R. O- . (bottom right) must
be used.
Fitting position of the right coil spring
The fitting position of the right coil spring is identical to the fitting
position of the left coil spring ⇒ page 140 .
4.4 Removing and installing shock absorber

♦ Gearbox jack, e.g. -V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1359/2-
Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove coil spring ⇒ page 137 .
– Unclip wheel speed sensor cable from holder.
– If necessary, partially slacken the wheel house trim panel.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew top screw of shock absorber -arrow-.

– Slowly lower trailing arm with gearbox jack and adapter, e.g.
-V.A.G 1383 A- with -V.A.G 1359/2- .
– Unscrew bottom screw of shock absorber -arrow-.

– Remove shock absorber.
Install
– If necessary, unbolt the coupling rod by
unless authorised from
ŠKODAtheAUTO
anti-roll bar AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
A. S. ŠKODA
-arrow-. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
In doing so, this facilitates the positioning of the bottom screw for
the shock absorber.
Tightening torques:
Shock absorber to body 60 Nm
♦ Use new screws!
Shock absorber at trailing arm 110 Nm

♦ Therefore the vehicle must be positioned on its wheels with the weight load of
a person seated on the rear seat.
Anti-roll bar to coupling rod 25 Nm

♦ Use new screws!
Wheel bolts 120 Nm
142
Octavia 1997 ➤
5 Trailing arm and suspension arm -

Summary of components
Note
♦ Never load the wheel bearing if the drive shaft was removed!
♦ If the vehicle should be lowered onto its wheels and moved,
the outer joint of a drive shaft must be temporarily inserted.
and wheel control components of the wheel suspension.
♦ Self-locking nuts must always be replaced.
1 - 39 Nm
♦ initially tighten crosswise to
10 Nm, then tighten cross‐
wise to the recommended
tightening torque
2 - Shim
⇒ page 163
4 - Drive shaft with inner CV
joint
⇒ page 171
5 - 70 Nm + 90°
♦ M12 x 1.5 x 80
6 - Screw
♦ M12 x 1.5 x 75
7 - Top suspension arm
⇒ page 159
♦ different versions, assign‐
ment ⇒ Electronic Cata‐
logue of Original Parts
8 - Guide joint
9 - Collar screw, 80 Nm unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
10 - Brake carrier with brake caliper
♦ Removing and installing brake pads ⇒ page 514
5. Trailing arm and suspension arm - Summary of components 143

Octavia 1997 ➤
11 - 10 Nm
♦ tighten ⇒ page 171
13 - 4 Nm
14 - Brake disc
15 - Brake disc, internally ventilated
♦ The pulse rotor is welded with the wheel hub
17 - Circlip
♦ pay attention to correct position
18 - Wheel bearing
♦ replace, is damaged when pressing out
♦ The spare part only as a set „wheel bearing with mounting parts“ (- Pos. 12 and - Pos. 17)
19 - Cover plate
20 - Self-locking nut, 70 Nm + 90° unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
21 - Bottom suspension arm
22 - Guide joint
23 - 90 Nm
♦ for trailing arm
25 - Trailing arm
♦ The thread -arrow A- for the support of the stop buffer - Pos. 29 is no longer applicable as of 08.99
♦ if it is intended to install the stop buffer - Pos. 30 in the trailing arm before the manufacturing date 08.99, the
thread -arrow A- must be bored out to ∅ 10.5 mm
26 - 75 Nm
144
Octavia 1997 ➤

♦ the track can be corrected by moving the mounting bracket
28 - Spacer
29 - Stop buffer with threaded pin, 10 Nm
♦ is no longer inserted as of 08.99
♦ the stop buffer is delivered as a spare part - Pos. 30
30 - Stop buffer with positioning pin
♦ as of 08.99
♦ the correct installation position is determined by the positioning pin
♦ the positioning pin must be removed on the underside when using vehicles produced before 08.99
♦ The beginning of the spring coil must lie against the leg -arrow-
♦ Fitting position of the coil spring ⇒ page 137 and ⇒ page 141
31 - Wheel speed sensor
♦ insert with solid lubricant paste -G 000 650- (e.g. Wolfrakote Top Paste)
32 - 8 Nm
33 - Flange shaft of the rear axle gearbox
5.1 Pressing out and pressing in

♦ Gearbox jack with adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1383 A- with -V. A. G
1359/2-
♦ Foot pump with high-pressure hose, e.g. -V.A.G 1389 A/1-
(Paschke)
♦ Hydraulic removal and installation device for wheel bearing,
e.g. -V.A.G 1459 B- (Paschke)
with the following individual tools:
♦ Hollow piston cylinder, e.g. -HKZ-15- , with pressure plate, e.g.
-E-0-204T-
♦ Tie bolt, e.g. E-0-217 + 218
♦ Special nut, e.g. -E-8-214-
♦ Pressure plate, e.g. -E-5-
♦ Centering with clamp, e.g. -E-76-2-
♦ Supplementary kit, e.g. -V.A.G 1459 B/2-
with the following individual tools:
♦ Pressure bushing, e.g. -E-44-
♦ Bell, e.g. -E-40-Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ Pressure plate, e.g.
with -E-6-1-
♦ Pressure plate, e.g. -E-13-1-

Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ Thrust washer, e.g. -E-39- ( -VAS 5146- )

♦ Thrust plate -MP 3-467-
♦ Extractor -Kukko 18-0-
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Removing drive shaft ⇒ page 171
– Unscrew fixing screws -1- from brake carrier and remove
brake carrier with brake caliper.
Note
Top fixing screw of the brake carrier covered.
– Tie brake caliper to the body. The brake line must not be ex‐
posed to tension.
– Screw out the Phillips head screws of the brake disc and re‐
move brake disc.
– Remove the ABS wheel speed sensor from the trailing arm
housing ⇒ page 269 .
Press out the wheel hub
– Insert the thrust washer -1-.

Position the thrust washer -1- in such a way that it rests fully on
the screw heads -2-.
1- Thrust washer, e.g. -E-39- ( -VAS 5146- )
– Mount centering with clamp, e.g. -E-76-2- .

1- Hollow piston cylinder, e.g. -HKZ-15- , with pressure plate,
e.g. -E-0-204T- hydraulic
2- Tie bolt, e.g. -E-0-217-
3- Centering with clamp, e.g. -E-76-2-
4- High-pressure hose with quick coupling, component part of
the foot pump, e.g. -V.A.G 1389 A/1-
146
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Mount hollow piston cylinder -1- with tie bolt -2-, bell -5- and
special nut -4-.
e.g. -E-0-204T-
2- Tie bolt, e.g. -E-0-217-
3- Pressure plate, e.g. -E-39- ( -VAS 5146- )
4- Special nut, e.g. -E-8-214-
5- Bell, e.g. -E-40-
– Build up a pressure by pumping with the foot pump.
– Check if all the tools are correctly centred, if necessary correct
position.
Note
Place gearbox jack with adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1383/A- with -V.A.G
1359/2- underneath (risk of accident due to falling parts while the
wheel hub is being pressed out).
– Press the wheel hub out of the wheel bearing by pumping.

Press out the wheel bearing
– Remove circlip -1-.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Position the pressure plate -3- onto the reverse side of the
wheel bearing.
– Mount hollow piston cylinder -1- with tie bolt -2- and special
nut -4-.
e.g. -E-0-204T-
2- Tie bolt, e.g. -E-0-217-
3- Pressure plate, e.g. -E-5-
5- Bell, e.g. -E-44-
position.
– Press the wheel bearing out of the wheel bearing housing of
the trailing arm by pumping.
– Pull the inner ring of the bearing off the wheel hub.
– Insert washer -MP 6-416- as shown.
– Screw theunless
extractor -Kukko
authorised 18-0-
by ŠKODA AUTOinto
A. S.the washer
ŠKODA AUTO A.-MP 6-416-
S. does .
– Position thrust plate -MP 3-467- onto wheel hub and pull off
the inner ring of the bearing by turning the threaded spindle.
Press in the wheel bearing
– Position the wheel bearing at the wheel-bearing housing.
148
Octavia 1997 ➤
wheel bearing housing.
– Position hollow piston cylinder -1- with tie bolt -5-, thrust piece
-2- and special nut -4-.
e.g. -E-0-204T-
2- Pressure plate, e.g. -E-5-13-1-
3- Pressure plate, e.g. -E-6-1-
5- Tie bolt, e.g. -E-0-217-
position.
– Press the wheel bearing into the wheel bearing housing of the
trailing arm by pumping.
Note
♦ Replace circlip after each disassembly. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
♦ When inserting the circlip, pay attention to the correct position

of it.
– Insert the new circlip -1-.

Pressing in the wheel hub
– Position the wheel hub at the wheel bearing.
– Mount centering with clamp, e.g. -E-76-2- .

e.g. -E-0-204T-
2- Tie bolt, e.g. -E-0-217-
3- Centering with clamp, e.g. -E-76-2-

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
The shoulder -arrow- of the pressure plate -4- must point to the
special nut -3-.
– Position hollow piston cylinder -1- with tie bolt -2- and special
nut -3-.
e.g. -E-0-204T-
2- Tie bolt, e.g. -E-0-217-
4- Pressure plate, e.g. -E-5-
position.
– Then press in the wheel hub by pumping with the foot pump.
– Install ABS speed sensor ⇒ page 269 .
– Install brake disc.
– Install brake carrier with brake caliper.
– Install drive shaft ⇒ page 171 .
Tightening torques:
Screw for ABS wheel speed sensor 8 Nm
Screw for brake disc 4 Nm
Brake carrier with brake caliper to trailing arm 80 Nm
Tighten drive shaft to flange shaft M8, diagonally across in 2 steps (I and II) I II
♦ Use new screws! 10 Nm 39 Nm
Wheel bolt 120 Nm
Nut to wheel hub 50 Nm + 60°
♦ Always use new nut!
Tightening process ⇒ page 171 .
5.2 Removing and installing rubber-metal

bearing for trailing arm
♦ Protected
Assembly device -T10030-
♦ Assembly
with respect to device -T30016-
the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
150
Octavia 1997 ➤
Remove trailing arm

– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove coil spring -1- ⇒ page 137 .
– Unbolt the bracket for brake line -2- from the trailing arm.
– Unclip the brake line from the holder.
– Mark the fitting position of the mounting bracket on the body

-arrows-.
– Unscrew mounting bracket from body.
– Mark the fitting position of the mounting bracket -3- to the trail‐
ing arm -1-, e.g. with a felt-tip pen.
See arrows and dot-dash line.
– Unscrew screw -2- and remove mounting bracket -3- from
trailing arm.
Remove rubber-metal bearing from trailing arm.
– Position the special tools as shown in the fig.

– Pull out the rubber-metal bearing by turning the spindle.
-A- Ring spanner
Insert rubber-metal bearing

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Position the special tools as shown in the fig.

– Insert the rubber-metal bearing by turning the spindle.
Install trailing arm
The installation is carried out in the reverse order ⇒ page 155 .
If the fitting position of the mounting bracket to the trailing arm
was not marked, the fitting position must be determined
⇒ page 155 .
5.3 Removing and installing guide joint

♦ Assembly device -T10030-
WARNING
If the top and bottom guide joint must be replaced, first of all

Remove guide joint
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Unscrew bottom suspension arm from trailing arm -arrow-.
– Screw the wheel screw into the brake disc up to the stop.
– Fit the socket with two extensions onto the wheel screw.
– Press the extension slightly towards the top -arrow- and re‐
lease screw -2-. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
1 - Do not slacken the screw for the top suspension arm!

3 - Trailing arm
4 - Do not remove bottom suspension arm!
– Press the bottom suspension arm downwards only as far as
necessary so that the assembly device can be mounted.
152
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Position the special tool as shown.

– Pull out the guide joint by turning the spindle.
Install bottom guide joint
– Before positioning, mark the pressure piece -T10030/1A-

along the entire circumference.
Distance: 3 mm
The marking must be to the open side.
Note
The marking is needed for positioning the guide joint in the trailing
arm.

– Press in the guide joint -1- by turning the spindle until the
marking on the pressure piece -T10030/1 A- reaches the sup‐
port on the trailing arm.
– Slacken special tools, do not remove.
– Check whether the guide joint is centred in the support of the
trailing arm.
– If this is not the case, correct the fitting position of the guide
joint accordingly.
– Install bottom suspension arm ⇒ page 155 .
– Lower the vehicle.
Remove top guide joint
WARNING
If the top and bottom guide joint must be replaced, first of all
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew screws -A-, remove brake caliper and tie up with wire
or anything similar.
Note
Do not unscrew the brake hose to remove the brake caliper.
– Screw out the screw for the brake disc and remove the brake
disc.
– Unscrew screw -1- from the assembly carrier.

– Unscrew nut -2- for top suspension arm.
– Unscrew the nut of screw -1-.

– Screw the wheel screw into the wheel hub up to the stop.
lease screw -1-.
– Press the extension downwards only as far as necessary

-arrow 1- so that the top suspension arm -arrow 2- can be re‐
moved upwards.
Note with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
If the extension is pressed downwards too much, the drive shaft

can get damaged.
– Pull the screw and the top suspension arm out of the assembly
carrier.
154
Octavia 1997 ➤

– Pull out the guide joint by turning the spindle.
Install top guide joint.
– Before positioning, mark the pressure piece -T10030/1A-

along the entire circumference.
Distance: 3 mm
The marking must be to the open side.
Note
The marking is needed for positioning the guide joint in the trailing
arm.
– Position the special toolbyas

Protected shown.
– Press in the guide with
joint -1- tobytheturning
respect the
correctness spindleinuntil
of information the Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
this document.
marking on the pressure piece -T10030/1 A- reaches the sup‐
port on the trailing arm.
– Slacken special tools, do not remove.
– Check whether the guide joint is centred in the support of the
trailing arm.
– If this is not the case, correct the fitting position of the guide
joint accordingly.
– Install top suspension arm ⇒ page 155 .
5.4 Removing and installing trailing arm

Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Remove coil spring -1- ⇒ page 137 .

– Unbolt the bracket for brake line -2- from the trailing arm.
– If necessary, unclip the brake line from the holder.
– Remove rear centre console ⇒ Body Work; Rep. gr. 70 .
– Release the adjusting nut -1- so far until the hand-brake cable
can be unhooked from the compensating clamp -2-.
– Raise vehicle.
– Lift off the clip -1- with a screwdriver and pull down to remove.
– Press the brake lever -2- in the -direction of the arrow- and
unhook the hand-brake cable -3-.
– Remove the rubber grommet -arrow A- from the trailing arm.

– Unhook the hand-brake cable out of the bracket -arrow- and
pull it out of the trailing arm in -direction of arrow-.
– Remove drive shaft on the side ⇒ page 171 .
156
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unclip cable for ABS wheel speed sensor from bracket

-arrows-.
housing.

Note
– Tie brake caliper to the body. The brake line must not be ex‐
posed to tension.
– Screw out the Phillips head screws of the brake disc and re‐
move brake disc.
– Release the screws -1- and -2- for the suspension arm.
3 - Top suspension arm unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
5 - Trailing arm
– Position the gearbox jack with adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1383A-

with -V.A.G 1359/2- , under the trailing arm.
– Unscrew screw -1- of shock absorber.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Separate the brake lines at the pipe connection -1-.

– Close off immediately brake lines.
– Mark the installed position of the bracket on the body.
– Unscrew mounting bracket from body -arrows-.
Note
♦ If it is intended to replace the trailing arm, the mounting bracket

must be modified.
♦ The installation position of the mounting bracket must then be
adjusted as described on page ⇒ page 158 .
Determine the fitting position of the bracket to the trailing arm
Dimension -a- is 53.5 + 2 mm

1 - Bearing bracket
2 - Trailing arm
Install
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
– Bleeding Brake System ⇒ page 552 . with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
– Setting the hand-brake ⇒ page 516 .

After installing, check the track and the camber on the wheel
alignment tester, adjust if necessary ⇒ page 179 .
Tightening torques:
Mounting bracket to trailing arm 90 Nm
Bracket to body 75 Nm
Suspension arm to trailing arm 70 Nm + 90°

Tighten drive shaft to flange shaft M8 diagonally across in 2 steps (I and II) I II
♦ Use new screws! 10 Nm 39 Nm
Pipe connection of brake line 14 Nm
Wheel bolt 120 Nm
Nut to wheel hub 50 Nm + 60°
♦ Always use new nut!
Tightening process ⇒ page 171 .
158
Octavia 1997 ➤
5.5 Removing and installing suspension

arm
WARNING
If the top and bottom suspension arm must be replaced, first

of all remove the coil spring.

Remove bottom suspension arm
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Unscrew bottom suspension arm from trailing arm -arrow-.
lease screw -2-.
1 - Do not slacken the screw for the top suspension arm!
3 - Trailing arm
– Screw out the screw -2- on the assembly carrier.
– Remove the bottom suspension arm -4- from the assembly
carrier.
Install bottom suspension arm
The screws for the bottom suspension arm must only be tightened
when the vehicle is standing on its wheels!
Tightening torques:

Octavia 1997 ➤
Suspension arm to assembly carrier 70 Nm + 90°

Remove top suspension arm
WARNING
If the top and bottom suspension arm must be replaced, first

of all remove the coil spring.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Unscrew screw -1- from the assembly carrier.
– Unscrew nut -2- for top suspension arm.
– Unscrew the nut of screw -1-.

lease screw -1-.
160
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Press the extension downwards only as far as necessary

-arrow 1- so that the top suspension arm -arrow 2- can be re‐
moved upwards.
Note
If the extension is pressed downwards too much, the drive shaft

can get damaged.
– Pull the screw and the top suspension arm out of the assembly
carrier.
Install top suspension arm
The screws for the top suspension arm must only be tightened
when the vehicle is standing on its wheels!
Tightening torques:
Suspension arm to assembly carrier 70 Nm + 90°

Assembly carrier to body 110 Nm + 90°

♦ Use new screw!

Octavia 1997 ➤
6 Summary of components - Assembly carrier with final drive
1 - 60 Nm
2 - Cross member
3 - Rubber-metal bearing for fi‐
nal drive
⇒ page 168
♦ Observe fitting position:
kidney-shaped openings or
arrow must point vertically
upwards or downwards
4 - Rubber-metal bearings for
assembly carrier
♦ are supplied as spare parts
in a sealed plastic bag
♦ do not use any rubber-met‐
al bearings which have
been stored openly
⇒ page 166
♦ Observe fitting position: rib‐
bed side must point up‐
wards
5 - 110 Nm + 90°
⇒ page 163
7 - Support for final drive
8 - 40 Nm + 45°
♦ M10 x 40
9 - 40 Nm + 45°
♦ M10 x 55
10 - Rear final drive
♦ removing and installing ⇒ manual gearbox; Rep. gr. 39 .
12 - Anti-roll bar
13 - 20 Nm
♦ mate both screws and initially tighten to 5 Nm, subsequently tighten
14 - Clamp
15 - Coupling rod
162
Octavia 1997 ➤
6.1 Removing and installing assembly car‐

rier with final drive
♦ Support, e.g. -T10031-
Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– Remove coil springs ⇒ page 137 .
– Open double pipe clamp downstream of catalytic converter
and remove rear exhaust pipe.
– Remove heat shield from rear silencer.
Note
After unscrewing the propshaft, absolutely mark the fitting posi‐

tion. In the event of an offset installation, the imbalance is too
great.
– Unscrew the propshaft from the final drive.

1 - Propshaft with mass damper
2 - Flange for propshaft
Do not turn the propshaft or the flange for the propshaft.
– Mark the fitting position of the propshaft and the flange for the
propshaft -Pfeile- .
– Remove the centre console ⇒ Body Work; Rep. gr. 68 .
– Raise vehicle.
6. Summary of components - Assembly carrier with final drive 163

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Press the brake lever -2- in the -direction of the arrow- and
unhook the hand-brake cable -3-.
Note
If it is intended to only lower the assembly carrier, e.g. when re‐

placing the rubber-metal bearings, the hand-brake cables must
not be pulled out of the trailing arm.

– Unclip cable for ABS wheel speed sensor from holder

-arrows-.
housing.
– Separate the brake lines at the pipe connection -1-.

– Close off immediately brake lines.
164
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew bottom screw of shock absorber -arrow-
– Position the gearbox jack with adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1383 A-

with -T10031- , under the assembly carrier -1-.
– Guide the bolts -1- into the holes of the assembly carrier
-arrows-.
– Disconnect vacuum line and electrical line.
– Mark the installed position of the bracket on the body.
– Unscrew mounting bracket
with respect from body
to the correctness -arrows-.
of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Release screws for assembly carrier -arrows-.

– Slowly lower rear axle with gearbox jack and adapter, e.g. -
V.A.G 1383 A- with -T10031- .
Install
– Tighten the screws for the assembly carrier and the mounting
brackets on the marked fitting position.
Tightening torques:
♦ Use new screws!
Assembly carrier to body 110Nm + 90°

♦ Use new screws!
Propshaft at final drive 60 Nm


Wheel bolt 120 Nm

bearing for assembly carrier
Removing unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– Remove assembly carrier with final drive ⇒ page 163 .
166
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Position the special tools.

Install
Note
♦ The rubber-metal bearings are supplied as spare parts in a

sealed plastic bag.
♦ Do not use any rubber-metal bearings which have been stored
openly!
– Mount the rubber-metal bearing with the special tools.

For the correct installation position of the rubber-metal bearing in
the assembly carrier, the ribbed side must point in the
-direction of the arrow B-.
The collar of the special tool -T10030/4- -arrow A- points to the
rubber-metal bearing -1-.
– If necessary, coat the rubber-metal bearing with water for in‐
serting.
– Position the rubber-metal bearing and the special tools on the

assembly carrier.
-A- Ring spanner
– The ribbed side of the rubber-metal bearing must point up‐
wards -arrow-.
Note
For removing and installing the front rubber-metal bearings on the

assembly carrier, the spindle must be inserted from below.

– Install assembly carrier with final drive ⇒ page 163 .
Tightening torques:
♦ Use new screws!

♦ Use new screws!

♦ Therefore theProtected
vehicle must be positioned on its wheels with the weight load of

Octavia 1997 ➤

Wheel bolt 120 Nm

bearing for final drive
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– Remove assembly carrier with final drive ⇒ page 163 .
– To do so, use gearbox jack with adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1383 A-
with -T10031- .
– Support final drive -1-.
Note
For reason of clarity the surrounding was not shown in the fig.
S42-0100.
– If necessary, remove the anti-roll bar -3-.

– Remove the clamp -2- and the anti-roll bar with bearing and
coupling rod.
Note
S42-0101.
– Remove plug connection -1- from holder.

– Unscrew splined nut -arrows-.
– Remove suspension arm -2- from final drive.
168
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Slacken the internal serration screw -1- of the support for final
drive -2- on both sides.
– Move the final drive by approx. 15 to 20 mm -arrow-.

Install
The kidney-shaped openings -A- or the arrow on the rubber-metal

bearing -1- must point vertically upwards or downwards.
Permissible variation of the vertical line ± 2°.
– If necessary, coat the rubber-metal bearing with water for in‐
serting.

1- Rubber-metal bearing
– Install assembly carrier with final drive ⇒ page 166 .

Octavia 1997 ➤
– If removed, install the anti-roll bar -3- with the coupling rod, a
2nd mechanic is required.
– Position the clamp -2- on the bearing, mate both screws -1-
and initially tighten to 5 Nm.
– Tighten both screws to the specified tightening torque.
Tightening torques:
♦ Use new screws!

♦ Use new screws!
Anti-roll bar to assembly carrier 20 Nm

Cross member for final drive to assembly carrier 60 Nm

Support for final drive to assembly carrier 60 Nm
Wheel bolt 120 Nm
170
Octavia 1997 ➤
7 Repairing drive shaft
7.1 Removing and installing a drive shaft

Removing
Note
♦ The wheel bearing must not be loaded when the twelve-point

nut is loose. At full load the wheel bearing is initially damaged
through the vehicle's own weight, thus shortening the life of
the wheel bearing.
damaged.
Assignment ⇒ Electronic Catalogue of by

Protected Original
copyright. Parts
Left and right drive shaft with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
Thus the wheel must still touch the ground.
– Raise the vehicle to working height.
– Unscrew the drive shaft -1- from the flange shaft of the final
drive -2-.
Left drive shaft

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Press the exhaust system -1- to the side using an assembly

lever.
– Remove inner joint of drive shaft -2- from final drive.
The further work procedure is now valid again for both sides.
Note
clearance.
– Push out the drive shaft.

A - Wheel bolts
– Remove the drive shaft.
Install
Remove possible paint and/or corrosion residue from the thread/
the serration of the outer joint
– Before inserting the drive shaft, moisten the following parts
with oil.
♦ Serration of the outer joint
♦ Thread of the outer joint
♦ Serration of the wheel hub
♦ The contact surface and the thread of the new twelve-point nut
– Insert drive shaft.
wheel hub.
– Insert the outer joint into the wheel hub by screwing on the
twelve-point nut until the outer joint rests in the wheel bearing.
– Position the inner joint of the drive shaft onto the flange shaft
of the final drive and tighten the screws to 39 Nm.
quired) or pull on the handbrake.
– Tighten new twelve-point nut to 250 Nm andunless
release by one
turn. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

Tightening torque:
50 Nm + 60°
172
Octavia 1997 ➤
Note

7.2 Repairing drive shaft with CV joint

♦ Circlip pliers, e.g. -VW 161 A-
♦ Tensioning pliers, e.g. -V.A.G 1682-
Note

♦ Spread the grease mass evenly in the joint boot.

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Outer CV joint
pletely
♦ install: drive onto the shaft
with a plastic hammer until
the compressed circlip ex‐
pands
2 - Circlip
♦ replace
♦ insert into the groove at the
shaft
3 - Thrust ring
⇒ page 176
4 - Disc spring
♦ Fitting position Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
⇒ page 176 unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
♦ replace
♦ tension with tensioning pli‐
ers, e.g. -V.A.G 1682-
⇒ page 177
6 - Joint boot
♦ Material: Hytrel (Polyelas‐
tomere)
♦ inspect for tears and chaf‐
ing points
♦ replace
8 - Drive shaft (solid shaft)
9 - 39 Nm
♦ M8 x 48
10 - Shim
♦ replace
12 - Joint boot for inner CV joint
♦ Material: Hytrel (Polyelastomere)
♦ remove with a drift
174
Octavia 1997 ➤
13 - Disc spring
14 - Inner CV joint
♦ pressing off ⇒ page 176
15 - Gasket
♦ replace
♦ Remove the protective foil and stick the gasket into the inner joint
16 - Circlip
♦ replace
♦ remove and install with sprung pliers, e.g. -VW161 A-
Note
The CV joints are filled with grease for operating at normal tem‐
peratures e.g. -N 052 738.00- .
Grease of which in:

Outer joint Total amount Joint Joint boot
∅ mm [g] [g] [g]
90 90 40 40
Inner joint
100 120 50 70
Removing outer CV joint

– Drive off the drive shaft
with respect with
to the a strong
correctness blow ofinathis
of information plastic hammer.
document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

Octavia 1997 ➤
Pressing out the inner CV joint
Note
♦ First of all drive off joint boot with a drift.

♦ Support ball hub.
Fitting position of the disc spring at inner joint

1 - Disc spring
Fitting position of the disc spring and thrust ring on the outer joint
1- Disc spring
2- Thrust ring
176
Octavia 1997 ➤
Pressing in the inner CV joint
Note
Chamfer on inner diameter of the ball hub (serration) must point

towards the bearing collar of the drive shaft.
– Press the joint up to the stop.

– Insert the circlip.
Note
♦ In view of the hard material (as opposed to rubber) of the joint

boot, which requires the use of a stainless steel open warm-
type clamp, the latter can only be correctly tightened with
tensioning pliers, e.g. -V.A.G 1682- .
♦ Tightening torque: 20 Nm
♦ Use a torque wrench.
♦ Make sure the thread of spindle -A- of the tensioning pliers is
smooth. If necessary grease with grease, e.g. molykote -
MOS2- .
♦ If it is not smooth, e.g. if the thread is dirty, the necessary
clamping force of the open warm-type clamp is not reached at
the given torque.
Tighten the open warm-type clamp on the outer joint (at the large
diameter)
in the corners -arrows B- of the open warm-type clamp.
A - Spindle of tensioning pliers
B - Cutting edges of tensioning pliers
Tighten the open warm-type clamp on the outer joint (small di‐
ameter)
C - Torque wrench

Octavia 1997 ➤
Tighten the open warm-type clamp on the inner joint

C - Torque wrench
178
Octavia 1997 ➤
44 – Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry

1 Vehicle alignment
1.1 General points

The vehicle must only be aligned using an alignment gauge re‐
leased by the manufacturer!
It is recommended to align the front and rear axles during each
vehicle alignment procedure.
Otherwise correct vehicle driving behaviour cannot be guaran‐
teed!
Note
♦ Only perform a vehicle alignment after the first 1000 to 2000

km to allow the helical springs to fully settle.
♦ During adjustment work try to approximate the nominal values.
♦ For vehicles equipped with ESP, the „basic setting“ must be
carried out after the axial measurement, function 04, group
060 ⇒ page 320 .
If the fitting position of the rear axle and hence the running direc‐
tion of the vehicle are not considered this could result in a skewed
steering wheel.
Removing and installing steering wheel ⇒ Body Work; Rep. gr.
69 .
It is necessary to perform a vehicle alignment in the event of:
♦ incorrect driving behaviour;
♦ damage caused by accident and if parts have been replaced;
♦ axle parts have been removed;
♦ there is unilateral tyre wear.
Front axle part replaced Chassis align‐ Rear axle part replaced Chassis align‐
ment required ment required
yes no yes no
track control arm X Shock absorber X
Wheel-bearing housing X Coil spring X
Track rod/track-rod ends X Complete rear axle X
Steering gear X Assembly carrier 1) X
Assembly carrier X Bottom suspension arm 1) X
Top suspension arm 1)
Suspension strut X Trailing arm 1) X
1) Only on vehicles with four-wheel drive
1.2 Test conditions

• Determine the chassis version according to the vehicle data
sticker ⇒ page 1 .
1. Vehicle alignment 179

Octavia 1997 ➤
• Check the wheel suspensions, wheel bearing, steering and

steering linkage for impermissible play and damage, if neces‐
sary repair.
• Check tyre inflation pressure, if necessary correct ⇒ Mainte‐
nance ; Booklet Octavia or fuel-tank cap sticker.
• Check the tyre tread depth. The difference between the left
and right tyres on an axle must not exceed 2 mm.
• The unladen weight of the vehicle must correspond with the
vehicle documents.
Unladen weight: Weight of the vehicle with full fuel tank and full
water reservoir for windscreen wiper/washer and headlamp
cleaning system, spare wheel, tool kit, jack and without driver.
The spare wheel, tool kit and jack must be located in the position
prescribed by the vehicle manufacturer.
• Vehicle must be aligned, with the springs having been repeat‐
edly deflected and having returned to their original position.
• Make sure that during alignment no sliding base and no rotat‐
ing plate touch the limit stop.
• The steering wheel must be in the posItion required to drive
straight ahead .
Very important!
• The measuring device must be positioned and adjusted in
compliance with the specifications; observe the manufactur‐
er's instructions!
If necessary obtain information on your alignment gauge from the
manufacturer.
In the course of time the alignment platform and alignment gauge/
alignment computer may deviate from their original adjustment/
setting.
The alignment platform and alignment gauge/alignment computer
must be tested and adjusted during a maintenance operation at
least once a year or following the manufacturer's instructions and
if necessary be adjusted!
Treat these precision instruments with great care.
1.3 Measurement preliminaries

The lateral runout on the rims must be balanced (compensated).
Correct toe-in adjustment is impossible if the rim run-out has not
been compensated!
Comply with the instructions of the alignment gauge manufactur‐
er.
– Perform a rim runout compensation.
– Lower vehicle and deflect the springs.
180 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Insert brake pedal arrester, e.g. -V.A.G 1238/B- .

Overview of the work sequence for vehicle alignment
The following sequence of work steps must always be respected!
1- Determine what chassis has been mounted in the vehicle.
This information can be found on the vehicle data sticker
⇒ page 1 .
2- Check camber on front axle, if necessary take the mean
⇒ page 182 .
3- Check camber on rear axle ⇒ page 182 .
4- Checking the track on the rear axle, if necessary taking the
mean/adjusting ⇒ page 182 .
Vehicles with front-wheel drive: The track of the rear axle is not
adjustable, only take the mean of the track.
Vehicles with four-wheel drive: The track on the rear axle is ad‐
justable.
5 - Check the track on the front axle, if necessary adjust
⇒ page 183 .
The following always applies!
Always check the transversal inclination of the vehicle before ad‐
justment if one of the measuring values is outside the tolerance
⇒ page 181 .
1.4 Chassis terms

⇒ page 1
1.5 Nominal values for vehicle alignment

♦ Nominal values front axle ⇒ page 1
♦ Nominal values rear axle ⇒ page 1
1.6 Checking the transversal inclination of

the vehicle
Transversal inclination of the vehicle „straight-ahead position“
It is possible the vehicle is skew if the measured values lie outside
the tolerance of the nominal values for the front and rear axle
( ⇒ page 1 ).
RHD vehicles or e. g. vehicles with an automatic gearbox may be
slightly skew.
This is normal and is due to the fitting locations of the assemblies
and the related weight transfer.
– Deflect the vehicle repeatedly and allow the springs to return
to their original position.
Note Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Only determine dimension „a“ on the rear axle.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Determining dimension „a“ for the left and right vehicle side.
-a- left - left vehicle side
-a- right- right vehicle side
α = 90°
– Compare dimensions -a- left and -a- right.
The deviation between -a- left and -a- right must neither ex‐
ceed nor fall short of 5.0 mm.
– Correct any deviations outside the tolerance of 5.0 mm.
If the deviation is exceeded, e.g. 8,0 mm, correct the difference
on the rear axle on the relevant side by placing weights in the
boot.
Suitable weights are e.g. sand bags approx. 10 kg
1.7 Checking the camber on the front axle,

if necessary take the mean
The camber cannot be adjusted, it can only be centred!
If the values lie outside the tolerance the transversal inclination
must be checked and if necessary adjusted ⇒ page 181 .
It is only possible toProtected
evenlybycenter
copyright.the camber
Copying within
for private the tolerance
range by shifting the withcomplete engine-gearbox assembly carrier.
– Release screws -1- and - 2-.
– Move the assembly carrier until the camber is equal on both
sides.
Subsequently check the castor.
When moving the assembly carrier the castor may change.
– Tighten the assembly carrier with new screws.
Tightening torques:
♦ Screw position -1-
♦ Use new screws!

♦ Screw position -2-
♦ Use new screws!
1.8 Checking the camber on the rear axle

The camber cannot be adjusted.
If the measured values still lie outside the tolerance, check the
axle body for damage and if necessary replace.

Octavia 1997 ➤
1.9 Checking the track on the rear axle, if

necessary taking the mean/adjusting
Vehicles with front-wheel-drive
The overall track of the rear axle is not adjustable.
It is only possible to take the mean of the individual track values
equally by moving the mounting brackets.
– Loosen all screws of the mounting bracket -1-.
– Move the bracket of the rear axle -1- in transverse direction.
-2- Rear axle body
– Tighten screws: 30 Nm + 90°.
Always use new screws!
If the measured values still lie outside the tolerance, check the
axle body for damage and if necessary replace.
Vehicles with four-wheel drive
The overall track value of the rear axle is adjustable.
– Loosen all screws of the mounting bracket -1-.

– Move the mounting bracket -1- in transverse direction.
2 - Trailing arm
– Tighten screws: 75 Nm.
Always use new screws!
– Check the overall track after adjusting the single track. The
overall track must correspond with the specified nominal value
⇒ page 1 .
1.10 Checking the track on the front axle, ad‐

justing if necessary
– Release counternut -1 -.
– Adjust track by turning the left and/or right track rod.
Position open-end
unless authorised bywrench on hexagon
ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA -arrow-.
AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
Check that the bellows have not become twisted after turning the
track rods!
Twisted bellows wear fast. Bellows replace if damaged.
– Tighten counternut -1- with 50 Nm and again check track val‐
ue.
After tightening counternut -1- the set value may change slightly.
Make sure this value remains within the tolerance for the nominal
value. If this is not the case repeat the track adjustment operation.

Octavia 1997 ➤
1.11 Checking the left and right steering an‐

gle
This check is only required if:
♦ the steering angles differ by more than 2° from the steering
centre.
♦ at full steering angle the tyres come into contact with compo‐
nents on the front axle or body on one side,
♦ the left/right turning clearance circle differs.
The distance between the components on the front axle and the
tyres -arrow- must be the same on both sides at maximum steer‐
ing angle.
If the distance is unequal it is possible to correct the distance by
turning the left and right track rod.
Example:
The distance between the front axle components and the tyres is
smaller on the right than on the left.
– Release the counternuts on the track rods.
– Turn the track rod on the left (slightly unscrew from track-rod
end).
– Turn the track rod on the right to the same extent (screw into
track-rod end).
– Check overall track.
After this adjustment procedure the overall track must correspond
with the specified nominal value!
– Tighten counternuts to 50 Nm. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
After tightening the counternuts the setwith
value
respectmay
to thechange
correctnessslightly.
Make sure this value remains within the tolerance for the nominal
value. If this is not the case repeat the overall track adjustment
operation.
Check that the bellows have not become twisted after turning the
track rods!
– Twisted bellows wear fast. Bellows replace if damaged.
1.12 Calculation of the misalignment on the

rear axle
Note
The indicated values are only given as an example.
– For track values with the same preceding sign (+/+ or -/-) sub‐
tract the smaller value from the greater value and divide by 2.
Track value Track value
on the left rear wheel on the right rear wheel
+ 15' + 5'
15' - 5' = 10'
10' : 2 = 5'
Misalignment of the rear axle = 5'

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Value with a different preceding sign (+/-) are added up and

the sum is divided by 2.
Track value Track value
on the left rear wheel on the right rear wheel
+ 15' + 5'
15' + 5' = 20'
20' : 2 =10'
Misalignment of the rear axle = 10'

The relevant result is the actual deviation of the running direction
from the longitudinal vehicle axis.
185
1. Vehicle alignment
Octavia 1997 ➤
2 Wheels and tyres

Wheel/tyre combinations ⇒ page 17
2.1 General points

For safety reasons never change tyres individually but at least in
axle pairs.
Tyres with the greatest tread depth must always be fitted at the
rear.
It is recommended to fit tyres of the same make, same type and
tread pattern on all wheels.
When replacing the disc wheel or the tyre always replace the rub‐
ber valve.
Mount the tyre with the DOT marking pointing towards the outside
of the wheel. This applies only to the left side of the vehicle for
directional tyres.
For directional tyres mount a wheel/tyre combination for the right
side of the vehicle as spare wheel.
2.2 Disc wheel
Note
♦ Because of design variations the disc wheel and wheel trim

cap may differ from the figure.
♦ When using anti-theft wheel bolts, the anti-theft bolt must be
as close as possible to the valve.

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Tyres
2 - Wheel rims
♦ 6J x 14 H2, ET38
♦ 6J x 15 H2, ET38
4 - Remove wheel trim cap
5 - Pull-off hook
6 - Wheel bolt key
♦ included in tool kit
7 - Balancing weights
♦ max. 60 g allowed per rim
flange
8 - Retaining spring for balanc‐
ing weights
9 - Valve
♦ only use valve in accord‐
ance with spare part cata‐
logue
2.3 Light-alloy wheel
Note
Because of design variations the light alloy rim and wheel trim cap
may differ from the figure.
2. Wheels and tyres 187

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Tyres
2 - Light-alloy rim
♦ 6J x 15H2, ET38
♦ 6.5J x 15 H2, ET43
♦ 6.5J x 16 H2, ET42
4 - Wheel bolt key
5 - Pull-off shackle
♦ included in tool kit
6 - Cap
7 - Wheel trim cap
8 - Adapter for anti-theft wheel
bolt
9 - Cap for anti-theft wheel bolt
10 - Anti-theft wheel bolt, 120
Nm
11 - Balancing weights
♦ max. 60 g allowed per rim
flange
12 - Retaining spring for bal‐
ancing weights
13 - Valve
♦ only use valve in accord‐
ance with spare part cata‐
logue

Octavia 1997 ➤
3 Vehicles with tyre repair set

Škoda vehicles are equipped, depending upon vehicle equip‐
ment, with a spare wheel or a tyre repair set (BREAKDOWN
SET).
The tyre repair set is located in the luggage compartment where
the spare wheel is normally situated. In addition to the compres‐
sor -1-, it also contains a tyre inflation bottle with sealant -2-.
3.1 Tyre sealant

The tyre sealant in the bottle is perishable.
Therefore, the best before date is given on the bottle -arrow-.
In this example the best before date 05/2003 has expired, there‐
fore the bottle must be replaced. If the bottle was opened, e.g.
when having a flat tyre, it must also be replaced.
3.2 Tyre disassembly

A tyre which was filled or sealed with tyre sealant must be
cleaned, e.g. with a damp cloth, after detaching it from the wheel
rim (when it is repaired).
WARNING
The tyre sealant must not come in contact with the eyes or the
skin.
The tyre sealant is harmful to your health, it can cause eye
irritation or allergy.
Wear safety gloves and safety goggles during work.
– Detach the tyre from the wheel rim.

– Clean the wheel rim e.g. with a damp cloth.
Change the damaged tyre, if necessary contact Customer Serv‐
ice regarding a possible tyre repair.
3.3 Assembly of new tyres

• Ensure that the wheel rim is cleaned.
3. Vehicles with tyre repair set 189

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Fit a new tyre valve e.g. using the tool -VAS 6459- -1-.
– Screw out valve core.
– Inflate tyre to 0.3...0.4 MPa (3...4 bar), whereby the bead must
be heard to slip off the rim edge.
– Screw in valve core.
– Correct the pressure to the required value.
– Balance the wheel.
3.4 Disposing of tyre sealant

♦ Tyre sealant or residues of this should not be mixed with other
wastes / fluids.
♦ Residues of tyre sealant must be collected and stored in plas‐
tic tanks and transferred to the contract dealer who is respon‐
sable for waste materials. This is also valid for agents with
expired best before dates. Sealant as waste is listed in the
waste catalogue under the number 08 04 10 as hazardous
waste.

Octavia 1997 ➤
45 – Anti-lock brake system

1 Antilock braking system (ABS) ITT
Mark 20 IE
1.1 Safety precautions, basic information on

fault finding and on repairing ABS and
ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE
♦ The ABS, ABS/EDL are vehicle safety systems; system knowl‐
edge is required for working on such systems.
♦ Faults are indicated by the warning light for the -ABS K47-
-1- and the red warning light for the hand brake/brake fluid
level -KU/33- -2-. Certain faults are not detected until after a
minimum speed of 20 km/h has been exceeded (conduct a
road test).
♦ If the ABS warning light -K47- and the warning light for the
hand brake/brake fluid level -K14/33- do not light up and if in
spite of this the brake system is not fully operational, look for
the fault in the conventional brake system ⇒ page 479 and
⇒ page 525 .
♦ Notes on rectifying sudden faults ⇒ Technical Service Hand‐
book ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Find‐
ing and Fitting Locations“
1.2 Notes on repair work on ABS and ABS/

EDL ITT Mark 20 IE
♦ Before commencing work on the ABS system it is necessary
to interrogate the fault memory in order to check complaints
and conduct specific fault finding.
♦ Do not separate plug connections unless the ignition is switch‐
ed off.
♦ Before commencing work on the ABS, ABS/EDL, switch off
the ignition and disconnect the earth strap at the battery. On
models fitted with a coded radio set, pay attention to the cod‐
ing; determine if necessary.
♦ Welding work using electric welding equipment may affect the
ABS, ABS/EDL system.
♦ Before commencing welding work using electrical welding
tool: Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
– Disconnect the terminal from the negative pole of the battery
and cover the negative pole, if necessary remove the battery.
– Connect the earth connection of the electric welding tool di‐
rectly to the part to be welded. There must not be any electri‐
cally insulated parts between the earth connection and the
welding point.
– Electronic control units and electrical wiring must not touch the
earth connection or the welding electrode.
♦ Do not drive the vehicle if the connector is unplugged from the
control unit.
♦ Only carry out work on the hydraulic control unit within the re‐
pair measures mentioned here.
1. Antilock braking system (ABS) ITT Mark 20 IE 191

Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ When carrying out work on the antilock brake system, ensure

scrupulous cleanliness, on no account use agents containing
mineral oils, such as oil, greases, etc.
♦ Thoroughly clean connection points and the surrounding area
before disconnecting, but do not use any aggressive cleaning
agents, such as brake cleaner, petroleum, thinner or similar.
♦ Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover.
♦ After separating the control unit/hydraulic unit use the trans‐
port protection for valve domes.
♦ Carefully cover or close opened components if the repair is not
completed immediately. (Use screw plug from the repair set
SP no. -1 HO 698 311 A- )
♦ Do not use fluffy cloths.
♦ Remove spare parts from their wrapping immediately before
fitting.
♦ Use only genuine wrapped parts.
♦ If the system is opened, avoid working with compressed air
and avoid moving the vehicle.
♦ Ensure that no brake fluid is able to flow into the connectors.
♦ Observe the current regulations when handling brake fluid
⇒ page 545 .
♦ After completing work which involved opening the brake sys‐
tem, bleed brake system with brake filling and bleeding device,
e.g. -VAS 5234- , ⇒ page 545 .
♦ During the subsequent road test, ensure that at least one con‐
trolled brake application is performed (pulsing must be felt on
the brake pedal).
1.3 Required technical information

♦ ⇒ Binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and
Fitting Locations“
♦ Self-study programme no. 26: „vehicle safety - new technical
information“
♦ Technical Service Handbook
192 Rep. gr.45 - Anti-lock brake system

Octavia 1997 ➤
2 Distinguishing features of the ABS

ITT Mark 20 IE and the ABS/EDL ITT
Mark 20 IE
2.1 General Instructions

The ABS prevents the wheels from locking during a brake appli‐
cation initiated by the driver.
The electronic differential lock, EDL, is a starting-off aid. A sup‐
porting torque is created for the differential by electronically con‐
trolling the braking of the driven wheel which is slipping. The
engine power is thus available for the gripping wheel with the
better adhesion. This also applies when reversing.
The brake system is split diagonally. Brake servo assistance is
provided pneumatically by the vacuum brake servo unit.
Vehicles fitted with ABS and ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE do not have
a mechanical brake pressure regulator. Specifically matched soft‐
ware in the control unit, the electronic brake pressure distribution,
EBD, regulates the brake pressure on the rear axle.
The hydraulic pump -V64- , the hydraulic unit -N55- and the con‐
trol unit -J104- form the hydraulic control unit. A repair is only
possible in the removed condition.
New control units supplied through the Parts Division are not co‐
ded. They must be coded after installation ⇒ page 211 .
2.2 ABS ITT Mark 20 IE

distinguishing features:
♦ Dimension -A-: 100 mm.
♦ 8 valve domes: The protective sleeves for the valves are visi‐
ble if the control unit is separated from the hydraulic unit
⇒ page 244 .
♦ Control unit identification. The control unit version is shown on
the display of the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- . Select
function 01 „interrogate control unit version “ ⇒ page 198 .
ABS without CAN BUS ABS with CAN BUS ⇒ electronic cata‐
logue of original parts
♦ Overview of selectable functions ⇒ page 200 .
2.3 ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE

♦ 10 valve domes: The protective sleeves for the valves are
visible if the control unit is separated from the hydraulic unit
⇒ page 244 .
ABS/EDL without CAN BUS ABS/EDL with CAN BUS ⇒ elec‐
tronic catalogue of original parts
2. Distinguishing features of the ABS ITT Mark 20 IE and the ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE 193
Octavia 1997 ➤
2.4 Fitting position ABS or ABS/EDL ITT

Mark 20 IE
Left-hand drive vehicles
1 - Brake servo unit 10''
2 - Hydraulic unit
3 - 25-pin control unit screwed to the hydraulic unit
Right-hand drive vehicles

1- Brake servo unit 7''/8''
2- Hydraulic unit
3- 25-pin control unit screwed to the hydraulic unit

Octavia 1997 ➤
3 Self-diagnosis
3.1 Self-diagnosis functions

Vehicles with data BUS (CAN BUS)
As the control units are interlinked over a data BUS line, always
start fault finding by interrogating the contents of the fault mem‐
ories of all the control units fitted to the vehicle.
The interrogation of the fault memory is performed with the key
function 00 - „Automatic test sequence“.
When doing so check whether a possibly stored fault might affect
the ABS system.
All vehicles
The 25-pin ABS control unit -J104- together with the hydraulic unit
forms a compact unit. The unit is located in the left of the engine
compartment. The control unit is equipped with a fault memory.
The connection for self-diagnosis is located in the storage com‐
partment on the driver's side.
Self-diagnosis relates to the electrical/electronic part of the ABS,
i. e. faults are detected only over the electrical connection to the
control unit (e.g. open circuit of a wheel speed sensor).
The control unit detects faults during the operation of the vehicle
and stores them in a permanent memory, whose information is
retained even if the battery voltage is disconnected.
Faults which occur sporadically (isolated) are likewise detected
and stored. If this fault no longer occurs during 50 vehicle starts
and driving-off procedures, it is erased from the fault memory
(fault delete counter), with the exception of the fault „Control unit
defective“.
After the ignition is switched on,
Protected the ABS
by copyright. warning
Copying light
for private -K47- and
the red warning light forunless
the hand brake/brake
authorised by ŠKODA AUTO fluid
A. S.level
ŠKODA-K14/33-
light up for approx. 2 seconds.
During this period a test sequence (self-check) is performed in the

control unit with the following functions:
♦ Test of supply voltage, min. 10.0 V
♦ Test of control unit including valve coils.
♦ Check of control unit coding
♦ Static test of the wheel speed sensor (without speed signal)
♦ After a start-up, should it appear that the speed signal is not
O.K as of approx. 20 km/h, the ABS warning light lights up
again -K47- .
Systematically initiate self-diagnosis at the start of fault finding
and retrieve the stored information using the
3. Self-diagnosis 195
Octavia 1997 ➤
vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- or fault read-out scan tool -

V.A.G 1551-
Note
♦ The following description only relates to the vehicle system

tester -V.A.G 1552- using the current program card.
♦ The use of the fault reader -V.A.G 1551- with integrated printer
is similar. A minor deviation on the display read-out is possible.
♦ To end the self-diagnosis or to switch to another address word
select function 06 „End output“.
♦ Identify the faults displayed by referring to the fault table and
subsequently carry out the fault elimination.
On vehicles with the ABS system, the functions „Reading meas‐

ured value block“, „Coding control unit“, „Basic setting“ (only
necessary for vehicles with EDL) and the „Final control diagnosis“
are added to the self-diagnosis.
3.2 Indication of faults by means of warning

lights -K47- and -K14/33-
♦ If the ABS warning light ( -K47- ) -1- does not go out after the
ignition is switched on and after completion of the test se‐
quence, the causes of the fault may be:
a - the voltage supply is less than 11 volts
b - An ABS fault is present. If an ABS fault is present, the anti-
lock brake system remains switched off while the conventional
brake system remains fully operational.
c - a wheel speed sensor fault existed after the last vehicle start
(sporadic fault). In case of a wheel speed sensor fault, the ABS
warning light goes out automatically after restarting the vehicle
and after a speed above 20 km/h is reached.
d - Line interruption between dash panel insert and control unit -
J104- ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding
and Fitting Locations“.
e - Dash panel insert defective
♦ If the ABS warning light goes out but the warning light for the
hand brake/brake fluid level ( -K14/33- ) remains lit -2-, the
causes of the fault may be:
a - the hand-brake is still applied
b - Brake fluid level too low
c - Line fault ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
Finding and Fitting Locations“.
♦ If the ABS warning light -1- and the warning light for the hand
brake/brake fluid -2- do not Protected
go out,bythen theCopying
copyright. ABS for
and EBD
private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
(Electronic Brake pressure unless
Distribution) have
authorised by ŠKODAfailed.
AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
In this case, a change in braking behaviour can be expected as
the brake pressure on the rear wheels is no longer regulated.
d - the switch -K14/33- for the warning light ( -F9- ) is defective or
incorrectly adjusted

Octavia 1997 ➤
3.3 Vehicle fitted with ABS/EDL - EDL does

not operate
♦ Vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552-
♦ Diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3-
Complaint: „Vehicle EDL system does not operate“
When dealing with this complaint a possible fault cause may be
that the brake light switch is incorrectly set or is not operating
⇒ page 214 , set display group number 003 and brake light switch
⇒ page 256 .
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability 3. Self-diagnosis 197
Octavia 1997 ➤
4 Perform self-diagnosis
4.1 Test requirements

• Approved tyre size fitted to all wheels; tyres inflated to the
specified pressure.
• Mechanical/hydraulic part of the brake system together with
the brake light switch and brake lights operating properly.
• No leaks in hydraulic connections and lines (visual inspection
of hydraulic unit, brake calipers, wheel brake cylinders, tan‐
dem brake master cylinder).
• Wheel bearings and wheel bearing play O.K.
• Control unit correctly bolted to the hydraulic unit.
• Plug connection on control unit -J104- correctly plugged in
(lock is engaged).
• Inspect plug contacts of ABS components for damage and
correct fitting.
• All fuses according to current flow diagram O.K (to check re‐
move fuses from the fuse holder).
• Supply voltage O.K. (minimum 10.0 V).
4.2 Connecting vehicle system tester -

V.A.G 1552- and selecting function
Note
♦ During self-diagnosis the ABS function is disconnected in the

control unit.
♦ After completing the repair and interrogating the fault memory,
it can be erased.
– When the ignition is switched off, connect vehicle system test‐

er -V.A.G 1552- with diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3- to the
diagnostic connector.
4.3 Interrogating control unit version
Readout on display: Vehicle system test HELP
Select function XX

Octavia 1997 ➤
If no readout appears in the display, check plug connection for

self-diagnosis - electrical test ⇒ page 230 and further, test steps
14 and 15.
Note
♦ Additional operating instructions can be displayed via the

HELP button of the -V.A.G 1552- according to the program.
♦ The → button is used for moving forward in the program.
– Switch on ignition.
Select function XX
– Enter 03 for address word „Brake electronics“ and confirm en‐

try with key Q.
Vehicles without CAN BUS
On the display appears, e.g. the display: 1J0907379 ABS ITTAE20GI V00 ->
Coding 03604 WSC XXXXX
The display shows:

♦ the control unit identification number, e.g. 1J0907379
♦ the system designation, e.g. ABSITTAE20GI
♦ the version number, e.g. V00
♦ the code No. of the control unit, e.g. 03604
♦ the workshop code (WSC) ⇒ Operating instructions vehicle
system tester -V.A.G 1552-
Vehicles with CAN BUS
On the display appears, e.g. the display: 1J0907379H ABS/EDL 20 IE CAN 0001 ->
Vehicles with MK 60
On the display appears, e.g. the display: 1C0907379C ABS FRONT MK60 0102 ->

Assignment of the control unit ⇒ electronic catalogue of original
parts . Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Code the control unit ⇒ page 211 . with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
If the control unit identification number is not displayed

⇒ page 200 .
– Press → key.
Note
After pressing the HELP button an overview of the possible func‐

tions is displayed:
If the → button is pressed, the programme returns to the initial

position.
Select function XX
Overview of selectable functions ⇒ page 200 .
4. Perform self-diagnosis 199

Octavia 1997 ➤
4.4 Overview of selectable functions

Octavia 1997 ➤
Page
00 - Automatic test sequence ⇒ page 202
01 - Interrogating control unit version ⇒ page 198
02 - Interrogating fault memory ⇒ page 202
03 - Actuator diagnosis ⇒ page 221
04 - Initiate basic setting 1) ⇒ page 226
05 - Erasing fault memory ⇒ page 211
06 - Ending output ⇒ page 211
07 - Coding control unit ⇒ page 211
08 - Reading measured value block ⇒ page 214
201
Octavia 1997 ➤
1) only required for vehicles with EDL
4.5 Interrogating fault memory

Select function XX
– Enter 02 for the function „Interrogate fault memory“ and con‐

firm the entry with the key Q.
The number of stored faults or „No fault recognised“ appears in X faults detected!
the display.
– → Press button. No fault detected!
The stored faults are displayed in sequence.

– Note the fault message displayed in the fault table
⇒ page 203 . For MK60 ⇒ page 381 .
If „No fault“ detected, the program returns to its initial position after
the → button is pressed:
Select function XX
– End output (function 06) ⇒ page 211 .

– Switch off ignition and disconnected vehicle system tester.
Note
If a fault is detected:
♦ 1. Rectify fault (repair)
♦ 2. Interrogate fault memory (function 02)
♦ 3. Erase fault memory (function 05)
♦ 4. End output (function 06)
♦ 5. Road test
♦ 6. Interrogate the fault memory again
4.6 Automatic test sequence
With the automatic test sequence, all fault memory contents of
the control units are interrogated.
– Switch on ignition
Select function XX
– Enter 00 for function „Automatic test sequence“ and confirm

entry with key Q.
The control unit identification is shown on the display. 1J0907379 H ABS/EDL 20 IE CAN 0001 ->
After this all the control unit identifications with possible entries in
the fault memories appear in the display.
202
Octavia 1997 ➤
4.7 Fault table
Note
♦ As the control units are interlinked over a data BUS line, al‐
ways start fault finding by activating the key function 00 „Au‐
tomatic test sequence“ on all control units fitted to the vehicle.
This allows to interrogate all the control units fitted in the ve‐
hicle in order to determine their possible faults.
♦ All the possible faults which can be detected by the ABS con‐
trol unit -J104- and can be displayed by the -V.A.G 1552- , are
listed according to their 5-digit fault code.
♦ The fault table may also display the fault type.
♦ The column „Fault elimination“ refers to certain test steps in
the electrical test.
♦ Before replacing components found to be faulty, test all cor‐
responding plug connections, lines and earth connections
according to the current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow
Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
♦ After carrying out the repair, always interrogate and erase the
fault memory using the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and
perform a test drive (at a speed above 20 km/h).
♦ After the test drive interrogate the fault memory again.
203
Octavia 1997 ➤
Readout on display -V.A.G 1552- Possible cause of fault Rectifying fault

No fault detected If after repair „No fault detected“ is displayed, the self-diagnosis is completed. If the ABS does not operate without fault in spite
of the display read-out „No fault detected“, proceed as follows: 1. Perform a test drive at a speed above 20 km/h, 2. Interrogate
the fault memory again, if still no fault is stored, 3. continue fault finding without self-diagnosis and perform the electrical test
completely ⇒ page 230 .
00283 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or to earth or loose – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the current
Front left wheel speed sensor -G47- contact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G47- flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
and ABS control unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
– Perform electrical Test ⇒ page 230 .

♦ Damage to the pulse rotor or to the wheel speed sensor - – Check the wheel speed sensor -G47- and the pulse rotor for
G47- damage.
♦ Wheel speed sensor coil -G47- defective – Replace pulse rotor or wheel speed sensor -G47-
⇒ page 247 and ⇒ page 250 .
♦ ABS control unit -J104- defective If the fault occurs again:
– Replace ABS control unit -J104- ⇒ page 244 .

00283 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or to earth or loose con‐ – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the current
Front left wheel speed sensor -G47- tact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G47- and flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
signal outside the tolerance 1) ABS control unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“

♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference (high- – Reading measured value block ⇒ page 214 display group
frequency irradiation, e.g. non-insulated ignition cable) number 001.
G47- damage.
♦ Air gap between wheel speed sensor -G47- and pulse rotor – Replace pulse rotor or wheel speed sensor -G47-
too great (signal N.O.K.) ⇒ page 247 and ⇒ page 250 .
204
Octavia 1997 ➤

00283 ♦ Air gap between wheel speed sensor -G47- and pulse rotor – Check the installation of the wheel speed sensor -G47- and
Front left wheel speed sensor -G47- too great (signal N.O.K.) the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247 and ⇒ page 250 .
mechanical fault 1)
– Reading measured value block ⇒ page 214 ; display group
number 002.
– Performing actuator diagnosis ⇒ page 230 .

♦ Exhaust valves in the hydraulic unit -N55- defective If the fault occurs again:
– Replace hydraulic unit -N55- ⇒ page 244 .
1) The type of fault can only be detected as of 20 km/h (perform test drive).

Front right wheel speed sensor -G45- contact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G45- flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
and ABS control unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“

G45- damage.
Front right speed sensor -G45- contact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G45- flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
signal outside the tolerance 1) and ABS control unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“ .

♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference (high- – Reading measured value block ⇒ page 214 ; display group
G45- damage.
too great (signal N.O.K.)
205
Octavia 1997 ➤

Front right speed sensor -G45- too great (signal N.O.K.) the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247 and ⇒ page 250 .
mechanical fault 1)
number 002.

1) The fault can only be detected as of 20 km/h (perform test drive).

Rear right wheel speed sensor -G44- contact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G44- flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
and ABS control unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“ .

G44- damage.
Rear right speed sensor -G44- contact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G44- flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
signal outside the tolerance 1) and ABS control unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“ .
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.�� – Perform electrical Test ⇒ page 230 .
G44- damage.
206
Octavia 1997 ➤

Rear right speed sensor -G44- too great (signal N.O.K.) the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247 and ⇒ page 250 .
mechanical fault 1)
number 002.


Speed sensor rear left -G46- tact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G46- and flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
ABS control unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“ .

G46- damage.
♦ Wheel speed sensor unless
coil -G46-
authoriseddefective
by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. – Replace
S. does pulse
not guarantee rotoranyorliability
or accept wheel speed sensor -G46-
with respect to the correctness of information in this document.⇒Copyright
page by 247 andAUTO
ŠKODA ⇒ page
A. S.��250 .

Rear left wheel speed sensor -G46- tact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G46- and flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
signal outside the tolerance 1) ABS control unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“ .

G46- damage.
207
Octavia 1997 ➤

Rear left speed sensor -G46- too great (signal N.O.K.) the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247 and ⇒ page 250 .
mechanical fault 1)
number 002.


00668 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the current
Onboard voltage tml. 30 flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
signal outside the tolerance Finding and Fitting Locations“
– Perform electrical test ⇒ page 230 and continue.

01044 ♦ ABS control unit -J104- incorrectly coded – Check coding of the ABS control unit -J104- ⇒ page 211
Control unit wrongly coded
♦ Bridge in the multi-pin connector to the ABS control unit - – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the current
J104- from contact 3 to contact 14 interrupted or short-circuit‐ flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
ed Finding and Fitting Locations“ .

01130 ♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference (high-fre‐ – Erase fault memory.
ABS operation quency irradiation, e.g. non-insulated ignition cable)
implausible signal1) – Perform a test drive at a speed above 20 km/h.
– Interrogate the fault memory again.

♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the current
flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
Finding and Fitting Locations“ .

♦ ABS control unit
Protected by -J104-
copyright. defective
Copying If the
for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not fault occurs again:
permitted
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or – accept any liabilityABS control unit -J104- ⇒ page 244 .
Replace
208
Octavia 1997 ➤

01276 ♦ Plug connection E-engine to control unit – Performing actuator diagnosis ⇒ page 221 .
ABS hydraulic pump -V64-
signal outside the tolerance 1)

♦ ABS hydraulic pump -V64- defective – If the hydraulic pump -V64- starts without fault when carrying
out the test step no. 18 in the electrical test ⇒ page 230 , then
the ABS control unit must be replaced -J104- .
♦ ABS control unit -J104- defective – Replace ABS control unit -J104- ⇒ page 244 .

01312 ♦ ABS control unit -J104- incorrectly coded – Check coding of the ABS control unit -J104- ⇒ page 211
Databus drive
defective 1) ♦ Engine control unit incorrectly coded – Check engine control unit ⇒ Rep. gr. 01 of the relevant engine
or identification character

Databus drive ♦ Ignition key turns too slowly in the ignition lock – Erasing fault memory ⇒ page 211
defective 1)
sporadic – No further measures required.
– Inform customer (inform).

01314 ♦ Open circuit in the data BUS lines, short-circuit to positive or – Check databus cables and plug connections according to the
Engine control unit to earth current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
no communication trical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
209
Octavia 1997 ➤

Gearbox control unit 2) to earth current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐

Brake control unit to earth current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐

1)The fault „data BUS drive defective“ does not result in the ABS warning light -K47- or the hand brake/brake fluid level warning light -K14/33- lighting up. The ABS
function is fully maintained.
2) Only on vehicles with automatic gearbox.

18256 ♦ Fault entry in 4AV control unit – Read out fault memory of the engine control unit ⇒ Rep. gr. 01 of the rele‐
Please read out fault memory of the engine CU vant engine identification character
65535 ♦ ABS control unit -J104- defective – Replace control unit -J104- ⇒ page 244 .
Control unit defective
210
Octavia 1997 ➤
4.8 Erasing fault memory

Requirements:
• Fault memory was interrogated
– Press → key.
Select function XX
– Enter 05 for the function „Erase fault memory“ and confirm the
entry with the key Q.
Readout on display: Vehicle system test ->
The fault memory is erased
– Press → key.
Select function XX
Note
If this readout appears in the display then the test sequence is

incorrect.
Caution!
Fault memory was not interrogated
Carefully follow the test sequence step by step: first interrogate

the fault memory, then erase.
4.9 Ending output

– Enter 06 for the function „End output“ and confirm with the key
Q.
Select function XX
– Switch off ignition.

– Disconnect plug connection from vehicle system tester.
– Switch on ignition. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
The ABS warning light -K47- and the
with respect to thehand brake/brake
correctness of informationfluid
in this level
warning light -K14/33- must go out after approx. 2 seconds.
4.10 Coding control unit

The control unit built into the vehicle is coded. New control units
supplied by the spare part storeroom are not coded and must be
recoded after being installed
Coding requirements
The coding is only possible if the workshop code (WSC) is entered
in the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- .
Test sequence
– Determine the engine identification characters and the type of
ABS hydraulic control unit fitted on the vehicle.
211
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Connect the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and enter the
address word 03 „brake electronics“ with the ignition switched
on ⇒ page 198 .
Select function XX
– Enter 07 for the function „Coding control unit“ and confirm the
entry with key Q.
Readout on display: Code control unit Q
Enter code number XXXXX (0-32767)
– Enter the correct code number for the vehicle and confirm with
key Q.
Table of codes ⇒ page 203 .
Table of codes
212
Octavia 1997 ➤
Engine identification characters Engine ABS version Code number - model year
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001►
AMD 1,4 Itr./44 kW ABS — — 03604 03604 —
AMD 1,4 Itr./44 kW ABS/EDL — — 03604 03604 —
AEE 1,6 Itr./55 kW ABS 03604 03604 03604 03604 —
AEE 1,6 Itr./55 kW ABS/EDL 03604 03604 03604 03604 —
AEH 1,6 Itr./74 kW ABS 03604 03504 03504 03504 —
AEH 1,6 Itr./74 kW ABS/EDL 03604 13504 13504 13504 —
AGN 1,8 Itr./92 kW ABS 03604 03504 03504 — —
AGN 1,8 Itr./92 kW ABS/EDL 03604 13504 13504 — —
AGU 1,8 Itr./110 kW ABS — 03504 03504 03504 —
AGU 1,8 Itr./110 kW ABS/EDL — 13504 13504 13504 —
AGP 1.9 Itr./50 kW ABS 03604 03604 03304 03304 —
AGP 1.9 Itr./50 kW ABS/EDL 03604 03604 03304 03304 —
AGR 1.9 Itr./66 kW ABS 03604 03504 03304 03304 —
AGR 1.9 Itr./66 kW ABS/EDL 03604 13504 13304 13304 —
AHF 1.9 Itr./81 kW ABS 03604 03504 03304 03304 —
AHF 1.9 Itr./81 kW ABS/EDL 03604 13504 13304 13304 —
AQY Protected by copyright. Copying for private
2.0 ltr./85 kW
or commercial ABS
purposes, —is not permitted
in part or in whole, — — 03304 —
AQY with respect to the correctness of information
2.0 ltr./85 kW ABS/EDL —
in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
— — 13504 —
ARX 1.8 ltr./110 kW 4x4 — — — — 13504
AGR 1.9 ltr./66 kW 4x4 — — — 13504 13504
ATD 1.9 ltr./74 kW 4x4 — — — — 13504
AZJ 2.0 ltr./85 kW 4x4 — — — — 13504
213
Octavia 1997 ➤

The control unit coding appears in the display, e.g. 03604: 1J0907379 A ABS/EDL ITT AE 20 GI V00 ->
Vehicles with CAN BUS

The control unit coding appears in the display, e.g. 13504: 1J0907379 H ABS/EDL 20 IE CAN 0001 ->

– Press → key.
Select function XX
Q.
Note
♦ The ABS warning light -K47- and the hand brake/brake fluid
level warning light -K14/33- will light up and will remain lit up
if the control unit is incorrectly coded.
♦ There is a simultaneous entry in the fault memory
⇒ page 200 ; interrogate fault memory 02.
♦ If the control unit is coded with an approved code, no fault entry
is made in the fault memory and the ABS warning light does
not flash.
♦ If the control unit is not coded (Code 00000), the ABS warning
light -K47- and the hand brake/brake fluid level warning light
flash -K14/33- (once per second). In this case no entry is made
in the fault memory.
4.11 Reading measured value block

♦ Vehicle system tester -V.A.G
unless authorised by ŠKODA 1552-
The control unit can transmit many measured values. These
measured values provide information about the operating condi‐
tion of the system or the connected sensors. In many cases the
transmitted measured values are useful for fault finding and fault
elimination. As all measured values cannot be analysed simulta‐
neously, they are concentrated in individual display groups which
can be selected via display group numbers.
Safety measures
If test and measuring devices are required during test drives ob‐
serve the following:
♦ Always secure the test and measuring devices on the rear seat
and have a second person operate them there.
♦ If the test and measuring devices are operated from the pas‐
senger seat, the passenger could be injured by the release of
the passenger airbag in the event of an accident.
Test sequence and test table with measured values
on ⇒ page 198 .
214
Octavia 1997 ➤

Select function XX
– Enter 08 for the function „Read measured value block“ and

confirm the entry with Q.
Test of the wheel speed sensor assignment
Display group number 001:
Readout on display: Reading measured value block
Enter display group number XXX
– Enter 01 for the display group number 01 and confirm entry

with key Q.
In the measured value block there are always 4 display fields Reading measured value block 1 ->
-arrows- 1 through 4. ->1 ->2 ->3 ->4
Read-out on display: (stationary vehicle) Reading measured value block 1 ->

0 km/h 0 km/h 0 km/h 0 km/h
The current wheel speeds are displayed. They serve to check the
wheel speed sensor assignment to the wheel. (To this end raise
the vehicle and turn the wheel by hand.)
Example:
Read-out on display: (moving wheels) Reading measured value block 1 ->
The current front right wheel speed is displayed.

To this end raise the vehicle and have a second mechanic turn
the wheel by hand.
215
Octavia 1997 ➤
Display field Denomination Readout on -V.A.G 1552-

1 Front left wheel speed (km/h) 0 ... 255 1)
2 Front right wheel speed (km/h) 0 ... 255 1)
3 Rear left wheel speed (km/h) 0 ... 255 1)
4 Rear right wheel speed (km/h) 0 ... 255 1)
216
Octavia 1997 ➤
Press the key C.

If the → button is pressed, subsequently enter 08 in order to return
to the work sequence „Read measured value block“.
Testing the wheel speed sensor

with key Q.
The ABS control unit stores the first usable voltage signals from
the wheel speed sensor when starting and displays them as fixed
values in the measured value block.
-arrows- 1 through 4. ->1 ->2 ->3 ->4
The values displayed in the display field 1 and 2 must on no ac‐

count be above 6 km/h.
The values displayed in the display field 3 and 4 must on no ac‐
count be above 2 km/h.
If the values are more, a fault can be present in the installation of
the wheel speed sensor.
Possible causes of fault:
♦ Air gap between wheel speed sensor and pulse rotor too great.
– Check if the wheel speed sensor is correctly bolted to the
♦ Exterior damage to the wheel speed sensor or the pulse rotor
(change damaged component).
– Replace the damaged component.
217
Octavia 1997 ➤
Display field Denomination Readout on -V.A.G 1552-

1 Front left wheel speed (km/h) 0 ... 255
2 Front right wheel speed (km/h) 0 ... 255
3 Rear left wheel speed (km/h) 0 ... 255
4 Rear right wheel speed (km/h) 0 ... 255
218
Octavia 1997 ➤
Readout on display (stationary vehicle): Reading measured value block 2 ->

255 km/h 255 km/h 255 km/h 255 km/h
– Drive off slowly until values are displayed on the display of the
vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- .
Deviations of the display fields 1 and 2 within 6 km/h are O.K. (see
example).
Deviations of the display fields 3 and 4 within 2 km/h are O.K. (see
example).
Example:
Read-out on display (when starting slowly): Reading measured value block 2 ->
Press the key C.

Test of the brake light switch for the ABS and the ABS/EDL func‐
tion
Display group number 003

with key Q.
-arrows- 1 through 4. ->1 ->2 ->3 ->4
Readout on display: Reading measured value block 3 ->

0
219
Octavia 1997 ➤
Display field Test conditions Readout on -V.A.G 1552-

1 ♦ Brake pedal not actuated not activated
♦ Brake pedal actuated activated
2 not assigned —
3 not assigned —
4 not assigned —
220
Octavia 1997 ➤
If the display of the -V.A.G 1552- , despite the foot brake activated
-0- or the foot brake not activated -1-, is:
There is also the possibility that the brake light switch is not cor‐
rectly set ⇒ page 254 .
Q.
4.12 Actuator diagnosis

The final control diagnosis is a part of the electrical test. The final
control diagnosis is used to test the pump motor, it is also used
to check the correct operation of the hydraulic circuits (assign‐
ment of brake pressure lines to the wheel brakes, and also the
operation of the valves) to ensure they are correctly connected
and are not leaking.
Note
♦ The vehicle must be raised so that the wheels are clear of the
ground (2nd mechanic required for rotating the wheels).
♦ It is possible to quit the test sequence at any time by pressing
key -C-.
♦ After depressing the brake pedal several times, the vacuum in
the brake servo unit is reduced. Greater effort is then required
to operate the brake pedal in order to achieve the same fluid
pressure in the brake system as with vacuum assistance.
♦ Once the vacuum in the brake servo unit has been reduced, it
is possible that the wheels do not lock ⇒ start engine in order
to build up vacuum in the brake servo unit.
♦ Operate the vehicle system tester by referring to the read-out
on the display.
Example:
Read-out on display of vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- during
the final control diagnosis
(e.g. front left wheel, FL) Final control diagnosis - ->
IFL:VBAT OFL:0V Wheel FL locked
IFL = Inlet valve front left

VBAT = V-Battery voltage, voltage present on valve
OFL = Outlet valve front left
0V = 0 Volt; no voltage on valve Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
locked/free = Wheel status; must be checked by 2nd mechanic
Final control diagnosis - ->
EDL valves/Hydr.p: VBAT Wheel FL/
FR block
Hydr-P = Hydraulic pump

Performing actuator diagnosis
on ⇒ page 198 .
221
Octavia 1997 ➤

Select function XX
– Enter 03 for the function „Actuator diagnosis“.

Readout on display: Vehicle system test Q
03-Actuator diagnosis
– Confirm the entry with key Q

The ABS hydraulic pump -V64- must run.
Note
During the next work steps, the ABS warning light flashes 2 times
and the hand brake/brake fluid level warning light flashes 4 times
per second.
Readout on display: Final control diagnosis - ->

Hydraulic pump ABS -V64
– Press the → button within the next 60 seconds.

Operate brake
– Actuate brake pedal.

– Press → key.
IFL: 0V OFL: 0V Wheel FL locked
– Instruct unless
the 2nd mechanic
authorised toAUTO
by ŠKODA rotate
A. S.the relevant
ŠKODA AUTO A.wheel
S. does by hand. or accept any liability
not guarantee
If the wheel does not lock, it is possible that there is a fault in the
mechanical/hydraulic part of the brake system.
– Press → key.
– Press → key.
The ABS hydraulic pump -V64- must run
Brake pedal must not yield.
If the brake pedal yields, there is a fault in the hydraulic unit. If this
is the case replace the hydraulic unit ⇒ page 244 .
IFL: 0V OFL: VBAT Wheel FL free
– Instruct the 2nd mechanic to rotate the relevant wheel by hand.

– Press → key.
ABS hydraulic pump -V64- no longer runs
IFL: 0V OFL: 0V Wheel FL free
– Press → key.
Brake pedal must be felt to yield.
222
Octavia 1997 ➤
If the brake pedal does not yield, there is a fault in the hydraulic
unit. If this is the case replace the hydraulic unit ⇒ page 244 .

– Press → key.
Release brake
– Take your foot off the brake pedal.

– Press → key.
Release brake
– Actuate brake pedal.

– Press → key.
IFR: 0V OFR: 0V Wheel FR locked
– Press → key.
IFR: 0V OFR: 0V Wheel FR free
– Press → key.
IFR: 0V OFR: 0V Wheel FR locked

– Press → key.
Release brake

– Press → key.
Readout on display:
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole,Final
is not permitted
control diagnosis - ->
Operate brake
– Actuate brake pedal
– Press → key.
IRL:0V ORL:0V Wheel RL locked
223
Octavia 1997 ➤

– Press → key.
IRL:VBAT ORL:0V Wheel RL locked
– Press → key.
IRL:VBAT ORL:VBAT Wheel RL free

If the wheel locks, it is possible that the brake pressure lines to
the wheel brakes are wrongly connected.
– Press → key.
ABS hydraulic pump -V64- no longer runs.
IRL:VBAT ORL:0V Wheel RL free
– Press → key.
unit. If this is the case replace the hydraulic unit ⇒ page 244 .
IRL:0V ORL:0V Wheel RL locked

– Press → key.
Release brake

– Press → key.
Operate brake
– Actuate brake pedal

– Press → key.
Readout on display: unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does notFinal guarantee or acceptdiagnosis
control any liability - ->
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright
IRR:0Vby ŠKODA
ORR:0V AUTO A. S.�� RR locked
Wheel

– Press → key.
IRR:VBAT ORR:0V Wheel RR locked
224
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Press → key.
The ABS hydraulic pump -V64- must not run.
IRR:VBAT ORR:VBAT Wheel RR free

If the wheel locks, it is possible that the brake pressure lines to
the wheel brakes are wrongly connected.
– Press → key.
ABS hydraulic pump -V64- no longer runs.
IRR:VBAT ORR:0V Wheel RR free
– Press → key.
unit. If this is the case byreplace
Protected copyright. the hydraulic
Copying unit
for private or ⇒ page
commercial 244 in. part or in whole, is not permitted
purposes,
Readout on display: Final
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA control
AUTO A. S.�� diagnosis - ->
IRR:0V ORR:0V Wheel RR locked

– Press → key.
Release brake

– Press → key.
Read-out on display: (for vehicles with EDL) Final control diagnosis - ->
EDL valves/ Hydr.p:VBAT Wheel FL/
FR block.

If the wheels do not lock, there is a fault in the hydraulic part of
the ABS system. If this is the case replace the hydraulic unit
⇒ page 244 .
– Press → key.
The ABS warning light -K47- goes out.
Readout on display: Function unknown or cannot - ->
be carried out at the moment
Note
The final control diagnosis is completed
– Press → key.
Select function XX
225
Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
♦ If the ABS warning light does not go out, there is a fault in the
system.
♦ Carefully follow the test sequence step by step: first interrog‐
ate the fault memory, then erase.
– Ending output ⇒ page 211 .
4.13 Basic setting

♦ Diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3, 3A, 3B oder 3C-
On models with EDL, the basic setting is used for bleeding the
hydraulic unit.
It is only necessary to carry out the basic setting if at least one
chamber of the brake fluid reservoir has run completely empty
(e.g. leakage in the brake system).
Note
Operate the vehicle system tester by referring to the read-out on

the display.
WARNING
When replenishing brake fluid with a brake filling and bleeding

appliance, it is important to ensure that the filling pressure of
0.1 MPa is not exceeded.
If the filling pressure of 0.1 MPa (1 bar) is exceeded, proper

bleeding of the hydraulic unit is no longer assured.
– Connect the brake filling and bleeding device.
– Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and enter the ad‐
dress word 03 - brake electronics - with the ignition switched
on ⇒ page 198 .
Select function XX
– Enter function 04 „Initiate basic setting“.
04 - Basic setting
– Confirm the entry with the key Q.

– Enter 001
Readout on display: System in basic setting
Depress pedal and hold...
226
Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ Pedal yields.
♦ Hydraulic pump starts running.
♦ Pedal moves back.
Readout on display: System in basic setting
Release pedal;FR
+FL bleeder screws OPEN ↑
– Press ↑ button.
Note
If you are using the -V.A.G 1551- a -3- appears instead of the
↑.
Readout on display: System in basic setting 2

Please wait . . . (10 sec.)

Readout on display:
♦ Pedal yields.
Release pedal;FR

Actuate pedal 10x; Bleeder screws CLOSED
↑
Readout on display:
System
in basic setting 5
♦ Pedal yields.
Release pedal;FR

↑
227
Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ Pedal yields.
Release pedal;FR

↑
♦ Pedal yields.
Release pedal;FR

↑
♦ Pedal yields.
Release pedal;FR

↑
228
Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ Pedal yields.
Release pedal;FR


↑
♦ Pedal yields. unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
Release pedal;FR


↑
Part bleeding ended...

Select function XX
– Enter 06 for the function „End output“.

06 - End output

Enter address word XX

– Disconnect the plug connection -V.A.G 1552- .
– Bleed brake system.
229
Octavia 1997 ➤
5 Electrical test of the ABS and ABS/

EDL ITT Mark 20 IE
♦ Test box -V. A.G 1598/21-
♦ Measuring tool set -V.A.G 1594 A-
♦ Handheld multimeter, e.g. -V.A.G 1526 A-
The test steps as of ⇒ page 232 apply to:
♦ Vehicles for which the final control diagnosis does not indicate
the fault source. In this case the full electric inspection must
be carried out.
♦ Vehicles for which the final control diagnosis does give a direct
indication of the fault source. Then only perform the test steps
recommended in the fault table (targeted approach).
5.1 Test conditions

• The fuses must be OK in compliance with the current flow di‐
agram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
Finding and Fitting Locations“ To check, remove fuses from
the fuse holder on the battery and the fuse
unless holder
authorised on the
by ŠKODA leftA. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
AUTO
of the dash panel. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
• Before starting the test switch off the ignition and electrical
consumers (headlights, lighting, blowers etc.).
• Remove the multi-pin plug connection from the ABS control
unit -J104- and connect the test box -V.A.G 1598/21- -1- to the
plug of the wiring loom -2-.
The specified values are specific to the -V.A.G 1526 A- and do
not necessarily apply for other measuring tools.
5.2 Multi-pin plug connection with contact

assignment
Note
All unlisted contacts are not yet assigned and must under no cir‐
cumstances be connected to other components!
Contact assignment of the multi-pin plug connection -T25- wiring

loom / ABS control unit -J104-
Contact Wiring to component ...

1 Front left speed sensor -G47-
2 Front left speed sensor -G47-
3 Jumper to contact -14-
230
Octavia 1997 ➤

4 Voltage supply terminal -15-
5 Rear left wheel speed sensor -G46-
6 Rear left wheel speed sensor -G46-
7 Plug connection -T16a/7 K- - cable
8 Earth terminal 31
9 Voltage supply of battery +
10 Data BUS cable (CAN-L) ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding
and Fitting Locations“
11 Data BUS cable (CAN-H) ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding
14 Jumper to contact 3
16 ABS warning light
18 Brake light switch -F-
19 Front right speed sensor -G45-
20 Front right speed sensor -G45-
22 Rear right wheel speed sensor -G44-
23 Rear right wheel speed sensor -G44-
24 Left earth point under battery
25 Voltage supply of battery +
Contact assignment of the plug connections for the voltage supply

and the self-diagnosis with the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552-
Contact 4 = Earth (terminal 31)
Contact 5 = Earth (terminal 31)
Contact 16 = Positive (terminal 30)
Contact 7 = -K- cable via cable connection - diagnosis - to ABS
control unit -J104- contact 7
5.3 Overview of test steps

Component to be tested Test steps in the test table
⇒ page 232
Voltage supply of the ABS hydraulic pump -V64- to the ABS control unit - - Perform test step 1.
J104-
Voltage supply
with respect of the valves
to the correctness in the
of information in thishydraulic unit -N55-
document. Copyright by ŠKODAto AUTO
the ABSA. S.��control - Perform test step 2.
unit -J104-
Voltage supply (terminal 15) to the ABS control unit -J104- - Perform test step 3.
Function of the brake light switch -F- - Perform test step 4.
Resistance of the front right speed sensor -G45- - Perform test step 5.
Resistance of the front left speed sensor -G47- - Perform test step 6.
Resistance of the rear right speed sensor -G44- - Perform test step 7.
Resistance of the rear left speed sensor -G46- - Perform test step 8.
Voltage signal of the front right speed sensor -G45- - Perform test step 9.
Voltage signal of the front left speed sensor -G47- - Perform test step 10.
Voltage signal of the rear right speed sensor -G44- - Perform test step 11.
5. Electrical test of the ABS and ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE 231

Octavia 1997 ➤
Component to be tested Test steps in the test table

⇒ page 232
Voltage signal of the rear left speed sensor -G46- - Perform test step 12.
Jumper - Perform test step 13.
Voltage supply for -V.A.G 1552- , plug connection -T16- - Perform test step 14.
Resistance of the K cable for -V.A.G 1552- , plug connection -T16- - Perform test step 15.
Function of the ABS warning light -K47- - Perform test step 16.
Function of the hand brake/brake fluid level warning light -K14/33- - Perform test step 17.
Function of the ABS hydraulic pump -V64- - Perform test step 18.
Checking the databus cables - Perform test step 19.
5.4 Test table

♦ The denominations of the bushes of the test box -V.A.G
1598/21- are identical to the contact denominations of the ABS
control unit -J104- in the current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Cur‐
rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Loca‐
tions“
♦ If the measured values deviate from the nominal values, per‐
form the fault eliminating measures listed in the right part of
the table.
♦ OnceProtected
thesebyvalues are
copyright. reached,
Copying for privateadditionally checkinthe
or commercial purposes, part cables
or in whole, is not permitted
for short-circuit
unless authorisedto
by positive
ŠKODA AUTO and earth.
♦ Electrical continuity tests with the measuring tool set -V.A.G
1594 A- (bridge structure).
♦ If the measured values only differ slightly from the specified
values, clean the bushes and plugs of the test devices and
measuring cables (e.g. with contact spray) and repeat test.
Before replacing the relevant components test the cables and
connections more specifically for nominal values below 10 Ω,
repeat the resistance measurement on the component.
Switch on measuring range: voltage measurement (20 V =)
Test -V.A.G Test covers • Test conditions Specified Measures for deviations from nom‐
step 1598/2 value inal value
1- – additional works
bushes
1 8 + 25 Voltage supply of • Ignition off 10.0-14.5V – Test wiring of contact 8 to earth.
the ABS hydraul‐
ic pump -V64- to – Test wiring of contact 25 via the
the ABS control fuse to battery positive ⇒ binder
unit -J104- „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
trical Fault Finding and Fitting
Locations“
2 9 + 24 Voltage supply of • Ignition off 10.0-14.5V – Test wiring of contact 24 to
the valves in the earth.
ABS hydraulic
unit -N55- to the – Test wiring of contact 9 via the
control unit - fuse to battery positive ⇒ binder
J104- „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
Locations“
3 4+8 Voltage supply • Ignition on 10.0-14.5V – Test wiring of contact 8 to earth.
(terminal 15) to
the control unit - – Test wiring of contact 4 to the
J104- connector of terminal 15 (relay
plate).
232
Octavia 1997 ➤

bushes
4 8 + 18 Function of the • Ignition off 0,0-0,5 V – Test fuses.
brake light switch
-F- • Brake pedal not – Test brake light switch -F- and
actuated read measured value block
⇒ page 214 ; display group num‐
ber 003
– Test wiring of contact 8 to earth.
– Test wiring of contact 18 to the

brake light switch ⇒ binder „Cur‐
rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical
Fault Finding and Fitting Loca‐
tions“
– Actuate brake approx. bat‐ – Check brake light switch -F-
pedal. tery voltage ⇒ page 254 .
Switch on measuring range: resistance measurement (2 kΩ)

bushes
5 19 + 20 Resistance of the • Ignition off 1,0 ... 1.3 kΩ – Disconnect plug connection on
front right speed speed sensor -G45- .
sensor -G45-
– Test the wiring according to the
current flow diagram ⇒ binder
„Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
Locations“
– Throughout the test, move ca‐

unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does blesnot(loose
guarantee contact).
If the lines are not found to be faulty:
– Replace speed sensor -G45-
⇒ page 247 .
6 1 +2 Resistance of the • Ignition off 1,0 ... 1.3 kΩ – Disconnect plug connection on
front left speed speed sensor -G47- .
sensor -G47-
Locations“

bles (loose contact).

⇒ page 247 .

Octavia 1997 ➤

bushes
7 22 + 23 Resistance of the • Ignition off 1,0 ... 1.3 kΩ – Disconnect plug connection on
rear right speed speed sensor -G44- .
sensor -G44-
Locations“


⇒ page 250 .
8 5+6 Resistance of the • Ignition off 1,0 ... 1.3 kΩ – Disconnect plug connection on
rear left speed speed sensor -G46- .
sensor -G46-
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. „Current
S.�� Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
Locations“


⇒ page 250 .
Switch on measuring range: voltage measurement (2 V ≈)

bushes
9 19 + 20 Voltage signal of • Vehicle raised – Check the installation of the
the front right wheel speed sensor -G45- and
speed sensor - • Ignition off the pulse rotor.
G45-
– Turn front right Alternating – Check wheel speed sensor -
wheel by approx. voltage min. G45- to ensure it is correctly
1 1/s 65 mV connected ⇒ read measured
value block, ⇒ page 214 , dis‐
play group number 001
the front left wheel speed sensor -G47- and
G47-
– Turn front left Alternating – Check wheel speed sensor -
wheel to approx. voltage min. G47- to ensure it is correctly
play group number 001.
234
Octavia 1997 ➤
Switch on measuring range: voltage measurement (2 V ≈)

bushes
the rear right wheel speed sensor -G44- and
G44-
– Turn rear right Alternating – Check wheel speed sensor -
wheel by approx. voltage min. G44- to ensure it is correctly
the rear left wheel speed sensor -G46- and
G46-
– Turn rear left Alternating – Check wheel speed sensor -
wheel to approx. voltage min. G46- to ensure it is correctly
Switch on measuring range: resistance measurement (200

Protected by copyright. Ω) for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Copying
Test -V.A.G Test covers • Test conditions Specified
with respect to the correctness Measures
of information for deviations
in this document. from AUTO
Copyright by ŠKODA nom‐A. S.��
bushes
13 3+14 Jumper • Ignition off 0.0 - 1.0 Ω – Check the cables and the con‐
tacts in the plug ⇒ binder „Cur‐
rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical
Fault Finding and Fitting Loca‐
tions“
If there is a deviation from the speci‐

fied value:
– Replace jumper.

bushes
14 - Voltage supply • Ignition off 10.0 - 14.5 V – Test wiring of -T16a/4- to earth.
for -V.A.G 1552- ,
plug connection - – Connect the – Test wiring of -T16a/16- via fuse
T16a- 1) handheld multi‐ to terminal 30 ⇒ binder „Current
meter -V.A.G Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
1552 A- with the Finding and Fitting Locations“
measuring tool
set -V.A.G 1594
A- to -T16a- 1)
Contact 4 - earth
contact 16 - positive
1)⇒ page 231 , contact assignment of the plug connection for the
voltage supply and the self-diagnosis with the vehicle system
tester -V.A.G 1552- .

Octavia 1997 ➤
Switch on measuring range: resistance measurement (200 Ω)

bushes
15 - Resistance of the • Ignition off max. 1.5 Ω – Check the cables of -T16a/7- via
-K- cable for - wiring -Diagnose - an Kontakt 7-
V.A.G 1552- , – Disconnect the ⇒ binder „Current Flow Dia‐
plug connection multi-pin plug grams, Electrical Fault Finding
-16a- 1) connection from and Fitting Locations“
the ABS control
unit -J104- .
– Connect test box

V.A.G 1598/21.
– Connect the
handheld multi‐
meter -V.A.G
1526- with the
measuring tool
set -V.A.G 1594-
to the contacts -
T16/7- 1) and -
T25/7- of the mul‐
ti-pin plug con‐
nection from the
ABS control unit -
J104- .
1)⇒ page 231 , contact assignment of the plug connection for the
voltage supply and the self-diagnosis with the vehicle system
tester -V.A.G 1552- .
Functional test: ABS warning light -K47-

Test -V.A.G Test covers • Test conditions Specified Measures for deviations from nomi‐
step 1598/2 value nal value
bushes
16 - Function of the • Ignition on The warn‐ – Test cable from contact 7 and 9
ABS warning light ing light - of the blue plug on the dash panel
-K47- K47- lights insert to earth.
up for ap‐
prox. 2 sec‐ – Test cable from contact 19 of the
onds and blue plug on the dash panel insert
goes out to contact 16 of the ABS plug ⇒
binder „Current Flow Diagrams,
Electrical Fault Finding and Fit‐
ting Locations“
Protected by copyright. Copying for – Check
private dashpurposes,
or commercial panel ininsert,
part or infault
whole,in
is not permitted
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.the dash
ŠKODA AUTO panel insert:
A. S. does ⇒ Electri‐
cal System;
with respect to the correctness of information Rep.Copyright
in this document. gr. 90by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
236
Octavia 1997 ➤
Functional test: Hand brake/brake fluid level warning light -K14/33-

Test - Test covers • Test conditions Specified Measures for deviations from nom‐
step V.A.G value inal value
1598/ – additional works
21-
bush‐
es
17 _ Function of the • Brake fluid level The warn‐ – Test cable from contact 7 and 9
hand brake/brake O.K. ing light - of the blue plug on the dash pan‐
fluid level warn‐ K14/33- el insert to earth.
ing light -K14/33- • Ignition on lights up for
approx. 2 – Test cable from contact 29 of the
seconds blue plug on the dash panel in‐
and goes sert to the brake fluid level warn‐
out ing contact -F34- .
– Test cable from contact 13 of the

green plug on the dash panel in‐
sert to the handbrake warning
switch -F9- .
– Test brake fluid level warning

contact -F34- in the cap ⇒ bind‐
er „Current Flow Diagrams,
Electrical Fault Finding and Fit‐
ting Locations“
– Check dash panel insert, fault in

the dash panel insert: ⇒ Electri‐
cal System; Rep. gr. 90
– Replace handbrake warning

switch -F9- ⇒ page 506
Functional test: Hydraulic pump -V64-

Test - Test covers • Test conditions Specified Measures for deviations from nomi‐
step V.A.G value nal value
21-
bush‐
es
18 _ Function of the • Ignition off
hydraulic pump -
V64- – Disconnect the
plug connection -
T2- of the hy‐
draulic pump -
V64- on the ABS
control unit -
J104- .
– Connect earth Hydraulic – ⇒ page 221 , Perform actuator di‐
and battery volt‐ pump starts agnosis.
age to the plug running
connection -T2/1- without fault – Replace ABS control unit -J104-
of the hydraulic (max. 10 ⇒ page 244
pump -T2/2- . secs.)
Hydraulic – Replace hydraulic unit -N55-
pump does ⇒ page 244
not run

Octavia 1997 ➤
Switch on measuring range: resistance measurement (200 Ω/20 MΩ)

Test - Test covers • Test conditions Specified Measures for deviations from nomi‐
step V.A.G value nal value
21-
bush‐
es
19 11 + Data BUS cables • Ignition off
10
• Measuring range
200 Ω set
– Disconnect the
multi-pin plug
connections from
the control units
connected to a
data BUS line.
– Connect test box

-V.A.G 1598/21- .
– Check the data max. 1.5 Ω – Test the wiring according to the
BUS cable for current flow diagram ⇒ binder
open circuit. „Current Flow Diagrams, Electri‐
cal Fault Finding and Fitting Lo‐
cations“
• Measuring range
20 MΩ set
– Remove fuse.
– Check cables for ∞Ω – Test the wiring according to the
short-circuit to current flow diagram ⇒ binder
positive term. or „Current Flow Diagrams, Electri‐
earth. cal Fault Finding and Fitting Lo‐
cations“
238
Octavia 1997 ➤
6 Electric/electronic components and

fitting locations ABS, ABS/EDL Mark
20
All the components marked with 1) are covered by the self-diag‐
nosis.
1 - Brake servo unit with mas‐

ter brake cylinder and brake
fluid reservoir
⇒ page 525
2 - Hydraulic control unit 1)
♦ Fitting position: in left of en‐
gine compartment
⇒ page 240
3 - Diagnostic connection
♦ Fitting location: in the stor‐
age compartment on the
driver's side
4 - ABS warning light -K47-
♦ Fitting location: in the dash
panel insert, function:
♦ The ABS warning light
comes on:
– for about 2 seconds af‐
ter the ignition is switch‐
ed on or the engine is
started
– if a fault is detected (e.g.
open circuit to wheel
speed sensor)
5 - Hand brake/brake fluid level

warning light -K14/33-
♦ The hand brake/brake fluid
level warning light comes on:
– if hand-brake is applied
– if low brake fluid level
– for about 2 seconds after ignition is switched on
– if the electronic brake pressure

Protected distribution
by copyright. fails,
Copying for private i.e. when
or commercial the ABS
purposes, warning
in part or in whole, islight comes on ⇒ page 196
not permitted
6 - Parts of ABS system on rear axle
(only disc brake shown in illustration)
♦ Rear right and left wheel speed sensors -G44- / -G44- 1)
– removing and installing ⇒ page 250
– Installing wheel speed sensor cables ⇒ page 250
6. Electric/electronic components and fitting locations ABS, ABS/EDL Mark 20 239

Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ Pulse rotor for the wheel speed sensor at the rear on the right and left
– check ⇒ page 250
– removing and installing: The pulse rotor must be changed together with the wheel hub ⇒ page 128 and
⇒ page 143
7 - Brake light switch -F-

♦ is open in off position
– setting up to MY 1999 ⇒ page 254 , vehicles as of MY 2000 ⇒ page 255
– removing and installing vehicles up to MY 1999 ⇒ page 254 , vehicles as of MY 2000 ⇒ page 255
♦ must be tested in the measured value block ⇒ page 214
8 - Parts of ABS system on front axle
♦ Front right and left wheel speed sensors -G45- / -G47- 1)
♦ Pulse rotor for front wheel speed sensor
– removing and installing: The pulse rotor must be changed together with the wheel hub ⇒ page 34
6.1 Removing and installing the hydraulic

control unit and the bracket
Note
Make absolutely sure that no brake fluid gets into the plug con‐
nector housing of the control unit. This may result in the corrosion
of the contacts and to system failure. Carefully clean out the plug
connector housing with compressed air if it gets dirty.

♦ Brake pedal arrester, e.g. -V.A.G 1238/B-
♦ Caps from the repair set SP no. -1 HO 698 311 A-
♦ Brake filling and bleeding device e.g. -VAS 5234-
♦ Extraction bottle (commercially available)
240
Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Hydraulic control unit

♦ the hydraulic pump -V64- ,
the hydraulic unit -N55- and
the ABS control unit -J104-
form the hydraulic control
unit.
♦ the hydraulic control unit
must be removed and in‐
stalled as a whole unit
2 - Brake line, 14 Nm
♦ between the master brake
cylinder/floating piston cir‐
cuit and ABS hydraulic unit
♦ ABS hydraulic unit to front
left brake caliper
♦ ABS hydraulic unit to wheel
cylinder/rear right brake
caliper
cylinder/rear left brake cali‐
per
right brake caliper
♦ between master brake cyl‐
inder/push rod piston circuit
and hydraulic unit
8 - Multi-pin connector/ABS control unit
♦ 25-pin
♦ do not disconnect the plug connector before the self-diagnosis is complete, switch off the ignition before
disconnecting the plug connector
10 - Support
11 - Dowel screw, 8 Nm
12 - Cap nut, 25 Nm
Remove the hydraulic control unit
Note
♦ Before disconnecting the battery determine the code of radio

sets fitted with anti-theft coding.
After by
♦ Protected connecting the battery, perform the following:
– on
with vehicles
respect to thewith radioof encoding,
correctness carry
information in this out Copyright
document. the coding,
by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

Octavia 1997 ➤
– re-set clock,
– initialise power windows on vehicles fitted with power windows
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet Octavia
– Disconnect battery.
Note
The following 2 work steps do not apply to the 1.6 ltr./55 kW en‐
gine:
– Disconnect the plug -1- of the air mass meter from the air guide
pipe of the air filter.
– Unscrew screws -2- at the air filter -3- and lay it aside.
– Remove the relay carrier above the brake servo unit on diesel
engines.
– Using an extraction bottle extract as much brake fluid as pos‐
sible from the brake fluid reservoir.
– Press brake pedal and lock in place with brake pedal load, e.g.
-V.A.G 1238/B- .
– Attach the bleeder hose of the bleeding bottle onto the bleeder
screw of the front left brake caliper and open the bleeder
screw. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
– Close the bleeder screw once the brake
with fluid
respectflowed out. of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
to the correctness
– Disconnect the bleeder hose from the bleeder screw.
– Release the multi-pin connector and remove it from the hy‐

draulic unit.
Note
Make sure that no brake fluid gets onto the contacts.
242
Octavia 1997 ➤
– In order to collect the brake fluid, position an absorption fleece

under the hydraulic control unit.
Note
The brake lines around the hydraulic unit must not be bent.
– Protect the brake lines from the master brake cylinder to the
hydraulic unit against dirt, see -arrows-, with the caps from the
repair set SP no. -1 HO 698 311 A- .
– On vehicles with the steering located on the left, tie up the
unscrewed brake lines with a welding wire as far to the top until
the cable extremities protrude beyond the brake fluid gauge of
the expansion reservoir -arrows-.
– Unscrew the remaining brake lines from the hydraulic unit.
– The connections of the hydraulic lines on the hydraulic unit

must be closed with the screw plugs -Pos. 2- and -Pos. 3- from
the repair set SP no. -1 HO 698 311 A- . -Pos. 1- Transport
protection for valve domes (foam material).

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew the screws -arrows- on the bracket for the hydraulic

control unit.
– Remove the hydraulic control unit .
Install the hydraulic control unit
Note
♦ Only then remove plugs from the hydraulic unit when the rel‐
evant brake line is installed.
♦ If the plugs were already removed from the hydraulic unit be‐
fore the brake line is installed, then brake fluid may escape
and adequate filling and bleeding can no longer be guaran‐
teed.
– Screw hydraulic control unit onto bracket.
Note
Do not tighten screws. This facilitates the screwing of the individ‐

ual brake lines onto the hydraulic control unit.
– Connect the brake lines to the hydraulic unit and tighten

⇒ page 240 .
– Tighten the hydraulic control unit -arrows-.

– Insert the multi-pin connector on the ABS control unit and lock.
– Connect battery ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr. 27 .
– Code the control unit ⇒ page 211 .
– Interrogate the fault memory ⇒ page 202 .
– Erasing fault memory ⇒ page 211 .
Removing and installing bracket
Removing
– Remove the hydraulic control unit ⇒ page 240 .
– Unscrew nuts -1- and cap nut -3-.

– Remove holder -2-.
Install
Tightening torques:
Nuts to body: 20 Nm
Use new nuts!
Cap nut to body: 25 Nm
6.2 Repairing the hydraulic control unit

244
Octavia 1997 ➤
Disassembly and assembly of the hydraulic control unit is descri‐

bed on an ABS unit. The work procedure for the other versions of
the ABS ITT Mark 20 IE is identical ⇒ page 193 .
The repair of the hydraulic control unit is carried out by separating
the ABS control unit -J104- from the hydraulic unit -N55- which is
connected to the hydraulic pump -V64- . The defective component
is replaced.
Disassembling the hydraulic control unit
– Disconnect the plug for the hydraulic pump motor from the
control unit.
– Unscrew screws -Pfeile- from the control unit and remove the
control unit.
Note
During the removal of the control unit -b- make sure that the valve
domes of the hydraulic unit -a- do not tilt along with the solenoid
coils of the control unit.
– Cover the solenoid coils of the control unit with a non-fluffing

cloth.

Octavia 1997 ➤
After separating the hydraulic unit from the ABS control unit, fit on
the transport protection -1- from the repair set SP no. -1H0 698
311 A- for the valve domes.
This is a requirement for possible guarantee claims.
ABS hydraulic unit ( -N55- ) and hydraulic pump ( -V64- ) -a-:

♦ Hydraulic unit: The valve block includes the control valves.
♦ Do not separate the hydraulic pump -V64- from the hydraulic
unit -N55- .
♦ When changing the hydraulic unit, the transport protection for
valve domes ( ⇒ page 246 , Pos. 1) must be inserted on the
old part and the old part must be closed with the screw plugs
( ⇒ page 246 , Pos. 2 and 3).
ABS control unit (J104) -b-:

Contact assignment ⇒ page 230
Test requirements ⇒ page 230
♦ There must be no impurities present around the control unit/
valve block.
♦ When assembling the control unit and the hydraulic unit make
sure the valve domes of the hydraulic unit do not tilt along with
the solenoid coils of the control unit.
– Screw the ABS control unit to the hydraulic unit. Tightening

torque max. 4 Nm (always use the supplied screws).
– Mount the plug of the hydraulic pump motor.
246
Octavia 1997 ➤
6.3 Checking/removing and installing parts

of the ABS system on the front axle
♦ Wiring loom repair kit, e.g. Skoda Car Tool Kit Škoda, Order
No.: S 504 500 V
♦ Solid lubricant paste -G 000 650-
Removing and installing wheel speed sensor
Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Separate plug connection of wheel speed sensor/wheel speed
sensor cable -arrow-.
– Take the wheel speed sensor -G45- / -G47- out of the wheel
bearing housing.
Install
– Clean the inner surface of the hole before inserting the wheel
speed sensor and coat with a solid lubricant paste -G 000
650- .
– Insert the wheel speed sensor in the bore of the wheel-bearing
housing and tighten the screw to 8 Nm.
– Fit together the plug connection of wheel speed sensor cable/
wheel speed sensor.
– Actuate steering from left to right up to the stop and check for
free movement of the wheel speed sensor cable.
– Lower
Protected the vehicle.
Check pulse rotor or remove
with respect to the correctness and
of information install
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– While turning the brake disc, check the pulse rotor -1- for any
dirt or damage.
– If the chunking of the pulse rotor is blocked by dirt, the pulse
rotor must be cleaned.
– If the pulse rotor is damaged, the wheel hub and the pulse rotor
must be replaced ⇒ page 38 .
Check axial run-out of pulse rotor
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Turn the wheel hub and check the distance between the pulse
rotor and the wheel speed sensor for evenness (axial run-out
tolerance). In this test, the wheel bearing play must be ac‐
counted for.
• The axial run-out tolerance of the pulse rotor is 0.3 mm.
– If the axial run-out tolerance is not kept, change the pulse rotor
together with the wheel hub ⇒ page 34 .
Removing and installing the wheel speed sensor cables
Removing
Note
♦ It is prohibited to repair shielded leads of the ABS system.

♦ After connecting the battery, perform the following:
– on vehicles with radio encoding, carry out the coding,

– set clock,
Note
gine:
– Disconnect the plug of the air mass meter -1- from the air guide
engines.
248
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Release the multi-pin connector and remove it from the ABS

control unit.
– Slacken the cap of the multi-pin connector using a screwdriver

and remove it.
– Release secondary lock (purple) with a small screwdriver in

the -direction of the arrow-.
Contact assignment of the plug connection wiring loom/ABS con‐

trol unit -J104- Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Contact Wiring to component ...with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
19 + 20 Front right wheel speed sensor -G45-
1 +2 Front left wheel speed sensor -G47-
22 + 23 Rear right wheel speed sensor -G44-
5+6 Rear left wheel speed sensor -G46-

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Press out the relevant contacts using a suitable ejection tool

from the wiring loom repair kit.
– Release plug connection on wheel speed sensor and separate
plug connector.
– Remove defective wheel speed sensor cable.
Install
– Draw in new wheel speed sensor cable.
– Connect wheel speed sensor cable to wheel speed sensor.
– Clip in wheel speed sensor cable -arrows-.
Note
When assembling the wheel speed sensor cable make sure it is

not twisted when installed in the wheelhouse.
– Insert contact in the plug housing and insert the single cable
seal with a suitable plug-in tool from the wiring loom repair kit
up to the stop.
– Secure the contacts with the secondary lock and position the
cap of the multi-pin connector.

of the ABS system on the rear axle
Protected (discCopying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
by copyright.
brake and drum brake) - front-wheel
drive
No.: -S 504 500 V-
250
Octavia 1997 ➤
Remove and install wheel speed sensor (disc brake - front-wheel

drive)
Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Separate plug connection -1- wheel speed sensor cable/wheel
speed sensor.
– Take the wheel speed sensor -G44- / -G46- out of the axle
stud.
Install
speed sensor and coat with a solid lubricant paste -G 000
650- .
– Insert the wheel speed sensor in the bore of the axle stud and
tighten the screw -2- to 8 Nm.
– Connect plug connection -1- wheel speed sensor cable/wheel
speed sensor.
Remove and install wheel speed sensor (drum brake)
Removing and installing the wheel speed sensor occurs in the
same way as for the disc brake version - front-wheel drive
⇒ page 250 .
1 - Plug connection wheel speed sensor cable/wheel speed sen‐
sor
2 - Screw for fixing the wheel speed sensor.
Check pulse rotor or remove and install (disc brake and drum
brake)
♦ The figures show only the rear axle with disc brake.
♦ Parts of the ABS system on the rear axle with drum brake are
analogous to the version with disc brake.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
Vehicles with disc brakes:
– Unscrew screws -A-, remove brake caliper and tie up laterally

with wire or anything similar.
Brake lines must not be exposed to tension.
Vehicles with drum brakes:
– Remove the brake drum ⇒ page 491 .
All vehicles:

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Check pulse rotor by turning the brake disc or the wheel hub
1- for contamination
2- Wheel speed sensor -G44- / -G46-
3- Wheel speed sensor screw
-Arrow- Plug connection of wheel speed sensor - wheel speed
sensor cable
must be replaced.
Vehicles with drum brakes ⇒ page 128 .
Vehicles with disc brakes ⇒ page 131 .
Remove and install the rear wheel speed sensor cables
Note


– set clock,
♦ The figures show only the rear axle with disc brake.
♦ Parts of the ABS system on the rear axle with drum brake are
analogous to the version with disc brake.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
252
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Release plug on wheel speed sensor and separate plug con‐

nection -arrow-.
1- Pulse rotor
2- Wheel speed sensor
3- Wheel speed sensor screw
– Remove luggage compartment side trim panel ⇒ Body Work;
Rep. gr. 70 .
– Locate the welded joint on the wheel speed sensor cable.

– Remove the isolating grommet from the welded joint.
– Separate the wheel speed sensor cable in front of the welded

joint using the wire stripper from the wiring loom repair kit and
remove the defective line piece.
– Strip as of 15 mm from the cable extremity using the wire

stripper and turn the stripped cable halfway.
wheel speed sensor.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
When assembling the wheel speed sensor make sure the wheel
speed sensor cable is not twisted when installed in the wheel‐
house.
– Separate the 2-pin plug, if present, on the new wheel speed

sensor cable using the wire stripper, strip as of 15 mm from
the cable extremity and turn the stripped cable halfway.
– Instead of the welding spot, the wheel speed sensor cable
must be connected using a suitable crimp connector from the
wiring loom repair kit.
– Install luggage compartment side trim panel ⇒ Body Work;
Rep. gr. 70 .
6.5 Removing and installing as well as ad‐

justing brake light switch up to model
year 1999
♦ Polycarbamide grease -G 052 152 A2-
Note
The brake light switch must be removed for setting.
– Remove footwell covering on driver's side ⇒ Body Work; Rep.

gr. 68 .
– Unplug connector from brake light switch.
254
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Remove brake light switch -1- by turning 90° to the left.

– To adjust, pull out the plunger -2- of the brake light switch fully.
Note
Before assembling the brake light switch grease the contact sur‐
face of the brake pedal tappet with polycarbamide grease -G 052
142 A2- .
– Press down brake pedal as far as possible by hand.

– Guide the brake light switch through the assembly opening
and install by turning 90° to the right.
– Release brake pedal.
– Mount plug on brake light switch.
– Install footwell covering on driver's side ⇒ Body Work; Rep.
gr. 68 .
– Check operation of the brake lights.
Actuate brake pedal ⇒ all the brake lights must light up.
Release brake pedal ⇒ brake lights must go out.
6.6 Removing and installing as well as ad‐

justing brake light switch as of model
year 2000
♦ Polycarbamide grease -G 052 152 A2-
Note
The brake light switch must be removed for setting.
– Unplug connector from brake light switch.

– Remove brake light switch by turning 45° to the left.
– To adjust, pull out the plunger as far as the stop. The plunger
is adjusted automatically when assembling the brake light
switch.
Note
Before assembling the brake light switch grease the contact sur‐
face of the brake pedal tappet with polycarbamide grease -G052
142 A2- .
– Guide the switch through the assembly opening,
unless authorised press
by ŠKODA AUTOagainst
the pedal and attach by turning it with
45°respect
to the right.
The brake pedal always remains in the off position in this case
(do not depress!).
– Insert the plug for the brake light switch.
– Inspecting proper operation of the brake light.
After installing the brake light switch, check whether brake pedal
is in the end position (release position).

Octavia 1997 ➤
7 Summary of Components of Hydraul‐

ic Control Unit, Brake Servo Unit/
Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles
with ABS, ABS/EDL Mark 20
Note
♦ The hydraulic control unit must be removed and installed com‐

pletely ⇒ page 240 .
♦ Repairing ⇒ page 244 .
♦ Generally tighten the brake line pipe screws to a tightening
torque of 14 Nm.
1 - Brake servo unit

♦ removing and installing -
LHD vehicles ⇒ page 532
RHD vehicles ⇒ page 534
2 - Screw cap
♦ with integrated brake fluid
level warning contact -F34-
3 - Brake fluid reservoir
4 - Sealing ring
♦ replace
6 - Retaining pin
7 - Master brake cylinder
♦ cannot be repaired, replace
completely in the event of
faults
RHD vehicles ⇒ topage
with respect 530 of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
the correctness
♦ only for vehicles with 74
kW, 92 kW and 110 kW en‐
gine
9 - Heat shield
♦ only for vehicles with 74
kW, 92 kW and 110 kW en‐
gine
256
Octavia 1997 ➤
10 - Cap nut, 25 Nm
11 - 8 Nm
12 - Dampening rubber
13 - Support
15 - Control unit for ABS or ABS/EDL
16 - Hydraulic control unit for ABS or ABS/EDL
17 - Brake line connection
♦ hydraulic unit to front left brake caliper
♦ Hydraulic unit to wheel cylinder/rear right brake caliper
♦ Hydraulic unit to wheel cylinder/rear left brake caliper
♦ Hydraulic unit to front right brake caliper
21 - Brake line
♦ Master brake cylinder/push rod piston circuit to hydraulic unit
22 - Brake line
♦ Master brake cylinder/push rod piston circuit THV to hydraulic unit
7. Summary of Components of Hydraulic Control Unit, Brake Servo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles with ABS, ABS/EDL Mark
20 257
Octavia 1997 ➤
8 Self-diagnosis of the ABS/EDL for

four-wheel drive vehicles with Haldex
coupling
The self-diagnosis for four-wheel drive vehicles with Haldex cou‐
pling is almost identical for vehicles with ABS/EDL.
Note
Only the differences to the „normal“ ABS/EDL system are descri‐

bed in the self-diagnosis.
Characteristic feature of four-wheel drive vehicles with the Haldex

coupling
A longitudinal acceleration sender is positioned in the ABS sys‐
tem -G251- .
♦ Fault table ⇒ page 258
The longitudinal acceleration sender must be switched off for
checking the brake system on a roller type test stand -G251-
⇒ page 264 , initiate basic setting, display group number 040.
The reactivation of the longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- is
performed by switching the ignition off and on once.
All four-wheel drive vehicles with Haldex coupling are fitted with
the EDL (electronic differential lock).

Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- ⇒ page 198 .
Interrogating control unit version page ⇒ page 202
Readout on display: 1J0 907 379L ABS/EDL 20 IE CAN V006 ->
The display shows:

♦ the control unit identification number, e.g. 1J0 907 379L
♦ the system designation, e. g. ABS/EDL 20 IE
♦ Data BUS: CAN Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ the version number, e.°g. V006with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

system tester V.A.G. 1552
parts
Code the control unit ⇒ page 211 .
Interrogate the fault memory ⇒ page 202 .
8.2 Fault table for the ABS/EDL of four-wheel drive vehicles with Haldex cou‐
pling
258
Octavia 1997 ➤

01279 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth – Read measured value block ⇒ page 260 , display
Longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- group 006
electrical fault in the circuit
– Check wiring and plug connections according to the
current flow diagram
– Perform electrical test ⇒ page 266

♦ The fitting position of the longitudinal acceleration – Check the fitting position of the longitudinal acceler‐
sender -G251- is not O.K. ation sender -G251-
♦ Longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- defective – Replace longitudinal acceleration sender -G251-
⇒ page 269
– Perform null balance:
– Initiate basic setting ⇒ page 264 , display group

number 069
01279 – Read measured value block ⇒ page 260 , display
Longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- group number 006
implausible signal ♦ The fitting position of the longitudinal acceleration – Check the fitting position of the longitudinal acceler‐
sender -G251- is not O.K. ation sender -G251-
⇒ page 269
– Perform null balance:
– Initiate basic setting ⇒ page 264 , display group

number 069
01324 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth in the – Read measured value block ⇒ page 262 , display
Four-wheel drive control unit -J492- no communica‐ data BUS lines group number 125
tion
– Test the wiring and plug connections of the data BUS
wiring according to the current flow diagram
259
Octavia 1997 ➤
8.3 Code ABS/EDL control unit

Code number for ABS/EDL four-wheel drive vehicles with Haldex
coupling ⇒ page 211 .
Reading measured value block
⇒ page 214
8.4 Check longitudinal acceleration sender

-G251-
Reading measured value block ⇒ page 214 .
Display group 006
– Enter 006 display group number 006 and confirm with key Q.
0.00 m/s2
260
Octavia 1997 ➤
Display field Test conditions Display on V.A.G. 1552

1 Longitudinal acceleration sender
♦ Specified value for vehicle at standstill: + 0.5m/s2
♦ Specified value forwards: Value increases constantly
♦ Specified value backwards: Value increases constantly with negative preceding sign (-)
2 not assigned —
3 not assigned —
4 not assigned —
261
Octavia 1997 ➤
If the readout differs from the specified values as of:

– Perform electrical test page ⇒ page 266 .
8.5 Checking the data BUS cable

Reading measured value block ⇒ page 214 .
– Enter 125 for display group number 125 and confirm entry with
key Q.
Engine 1 four-wheel 1 gearbox 1
262
Octavia 1997 ➤

1 Data BUS to engine control unit
♦ Connection available 1
♦ no connection 0
2 Data BUS to four-wheel drive control unit

♦ no connection 0
3 Data BUS to automatic gearbox control unit

♦ no connection 0
4 not assigned —
263
Octavia 1997 ➤
If the readout differs from the specified values as of:

– Read fault memory of the control units connected to the data
BUS
♦ Engine control unit
♦ Gearbox control unit (only for automatic gearbox)
♦ Four-wheel drive control unit.
– Test the wiring according to the current flow diagram ⇒ binder
„Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting
Locations“
8.6 Initiating basic setting

The function 04 „Initiate basic setting“ is extended by two display
groups for all four-wheel drive vehicles with Haldex coupling:
♦ The display group number 040 is required for switching off the
longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- , e.g. to check the
brake system on a roller type test stand ⇒ page 264 .
♦ The display group number 069 is required for the null balance
of the longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- ⇒ page 265 .
Note
The reactivation of the longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- is

performed by switching the ignition off and on once.
– Initiate basic setting ⇒ page 226 .
8.7 Switch off longitudinal acceleration

sender -G251-
Note
No „Login procedure“ is performed for switchingProtected

off thebylongitudi‐
nal acceleration sender. unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
Display group number: 040

Readout on display: Basic setting HELP
– Enter 0, 4 and 0 for the „display group number 040“ and con‐
firm with key Q.
– The ABS warning light flashes
– The longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- is now switched

off.
– After completing the test, the longitudinal acceleration sender
must be reactivated by switching the ignition off and on once
-G251- .
264
Octavia 1997 ➤
8.8 Null balance of the longitudinal acceler‐

ation sender -G251-
Note
The „Login procedure“ must be first of all performed for the null
balance. To do so first enter the workshop code in the vehicle
system tester -V.A.G 1552- .

Select function XX
– Enter 11 for the function „Login procedure“ and confirm with

Q.
Readout on display: Login procedure HELP
Enter code number XXXX
Enter code number 40168 and confirm with key Q.

Select function XX
– Select function 04 for „Initiate basic setting“ and confirm entry

with key Q.
– Enter 069 for the display group number 069 and confirm the
– ABS warning light flashes.
Balance o.k. 0.3m/s2
Thus the balance is completed.

The value does not precisely decrease to 0.00 m/s2.
If this readout appears on the display, the login procedure was Function is unknown or cannot ->
not successfully performed. be carried out at the mo-
ment
– Repeating the login procedure.

If this readout appears on the display, the measured values Copying
Protected by copyright. are for private or commercial
System in basicpurposes, in part or in whole, is69
setting not permitted
not within the tolerance range allowed for the nullauthorised
unless balance. Balance not possible 5.0m/s2
1- Interrogate fault memory (function 02)
2- Erase fault memory (function 05)
3- End output (function 06)
4- Switch off ignition.
5- Switch on ignition.
6- Perform null balance again.
– Press → .
Select function XX
– Enter 06, End output.

– The ABS warning light comes on for approx. 2 seconds.
265
Octavia 1997 ➤
9 Electrical test of the ABS/EDL for

four-wheel drive vehicles with Haldex
coupling
Electrical test ABS/EDL ⇒ page 230 .
Multi-pin plug connection with contact assignment ⇒ page 230 .
Additional contact assignment of the multi-pin plug connection -
T25- wiring loom/ABS control unit -J104-

13 ⇒ Longitudinal acceleration sender -G251-
Overview of test steps (test steps ⇒ page 231 )

Component to be tested Test steps in the test table ⇒ page 266
Actuate the longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- Perform test step 20.
9.1 Test table

Test steps 1 to 19 ⇒ page 232
♦ The denominations of the bushes of the test box -V.A.G
tions“ .
♦ If the measured values deviate from the nominal values, per‐
the table.
♦ Once these values are reached, additionally check the cables
for short-circuit to positive and earth.
♦ Electrical continuity tests with the measuring tool set -V. A. G
measuring cables (e.g. with contact spray) and repeat test.
Before replacing the relevant components test the cables and
connections more specifically for nominal values below 10 Ω,
repeat the resistance measurement on the component.
266
Octavia 1997 ➤
Test V.A.G Test cov‐ • Test conditions Speci‐ Measures for devia‐
step 1598/2 ers fied val‐ tions from nominal val‐
1 bush‐ – additional works ue ue
es
20 _ Cables for • Ignition off
longitudi‐
nal accel‐ • Set measuring range 200 Ω
eration – Disconnect the electrical plug con‐
sender - nection from the longitudinal accel‐
G251- eration sender -G251-
– Disconnect the multi-pin connector -

T25a- from the ABS control unit -
J104-
– Connect test box -V.A.G 1598/21-

– Check the cables between the multi- max. 1.5 – Test the wiring ac‐
pin connector of the longitudinal ac‐ Ω cording to the cur‐
celeration sender -G251- and the rent flow diagram ⇒
multi-pin connector of the ABS con‐ binder „Current
trol unit -J104- for interruption. Flow Diagrams,
Electrical Fault
Finding and Fitting
Locations“
• Set measuring range 20 MΩ
– Take out the fuse S9
– Check cables for short-circuit to pos‐ – Test the wiring ac‐
itive or to earth cording to the cur‐
rent flow diagram ⇒
binder „Current
Flow Diagrams,
Electrical Fault
Finding and Fitting
Locations“
9. Electrical test of the ABS/EDL for four-wheel drive vehicles with Haldex coupling 267
Octavia 1997 ➤
10 Electric/electronic components and fitting locations (four-wheel drive)

nosis.
1 - Brake master cylinder brake

servo unit
gine compartment
⇒ page 240
driver's side
comes on:
ter ignition is switched
on and/or engine start

speed sensor)
⇒ page 196

♦ The warning light lights up:

– if the electronic brake pressure distribution fails, i.e. when the ABS warning light comes on ⇒ page 196

♦ Rear right and left wheel speed sensors -G44- / -G46- 1)
– removing and installing: The pulse rotor must be changed together with the wheel hub ⇒ page 145 .
268
Octavia 1997 ➤

♦ Brake light switch is open in off position
– setting up to MY 1999 ⇒ page 254 , as of MY 2000 ⇒ page 255
– removing and installing up to MY 1999 ⇒ page 254 , as of MY 2000 ⇒ page 255
♦ Front right and left wheel speed sensors -G45- / -G47- 1)
♦ Pulse rotor for the wheel speed sensor at the front on the right and left
– removing and installing: The pulse rotor must be changed together with the wheel hub ⇒ page 33 .
9 - Longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- 1)

♦ Fitting location: on the central pipe to the right, near the right pillar -A-
10.1 Removing and installing longitudinal ac‐

celeration sender -G251-
Removing
– Remove the glove compartment in the dash panel ⇒ Body
Work; Rep. gr. 70 .
The longitudinal acceleration sender is located on the central pipe
to the right -1-.
– Disconnect plug connection -4-.
– Unscrew nut -2- (20 Nm) and remove longitudinal acceleration
sender -3-.
Install
– Installation is carried out in the reverse order.

of the ABS system on the rear axle (disc
brake) - four-wheel drive
No.: S 504 550 V
Removing and installing wheel speed sensor on the rear axle
(disc brake) - four-wheel drive
Removing
– Raise vehicle.
10. Electric/electronic components and fitting locations (four-wheel drive) 269

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Open the cover -2- of the plug connection -1-.

– Separate plug connection -1- wheel speed sensor/wheel
speed sensor cable.

– Pull the wheel speed sensor -G44- / -G46- from the trailing
arm.
Install
speed sensor and coat the wheel speed sensor with a solid
lubricant paste -G 000 650- .
– Insert the wheel speed sensor into the hole of the trailing arm
and tighten the screw -1- to 8 Nm.
– Connect the wheel speed sensor to the wheel speed sensor
cable and close the cover -2- of the plug connection -1-.
Check pulse rotor or remove and install (four-wheel drive)
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
270
Octavia 1997 ➤

Note
– Tie brake caliper to the body.

The brake line must not be exposed to tension.
– While turning the brake disc, check the pulse rotor for any dirt
or damage.
must be replaced ⇒ page 145 .
– Install brake caliper:
Tightening torques:
Wheel bolts 120 Nm
Remove and install the wheel speed sensor cables (four-wheel

drive)
Note


– re-set clock
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Open the cover -2- of the plug connection -1-.

– Disconnect the plug connection -1- from the wheel speed sen‐
sor cable/wheel speed sensor.
– Remove luggage compartment side trim panel ⇒ Body Work;
Rep. gr. 70 .
– Locate the welded joint on the wheel speed sensor cable.

– Remove the isolating grommet from the welded joint.
– Separate the wheel speed sensor cable in front of the welded

joint using the wire stripper from the wiring loom repair kit and
remove the defective line piece.
– Strip as of 15 mm from the cable extremity using the wire

stripper and turn the stripped cable halfway.
272
Octavia 1997 ➤

wheel speed sensor -1- and close cover -2-.
Note
When assembling the wheel speed sensor make sure the wheel
speed sensor cable is not twisted when installed in the wheel‐
house.
– Separate the 2-pin plug, if present, on the new wheel speed

sensor cable using the wire stripper, strip as of 15 mm from
the cable extremity and turn the stripped cable halfway.
– Instead of the welding spot, the wheel speed sensor cable
must be connected using a suitable crimp connector from the
wiring loom repair kit.
– Install luggage compartment side trim panel ⇒ Body Work;
Rep. gr. 70 .

Octavia 1997 ➤
11 Antilock braking system ABS/ EDL/

ESP Mark 20

fault finding and on repairing
♦ The ABS/EDL/ESP is a vehicle security system; system
knowledge is required for working on such systems.
♦ Indication of faults by means of warning lights:
– ABS ( -K47- ) -1-
– Hand brake/brake fluid level ( -K14/331- ) -2-
– ESP ( -K155- ) -3- ⇒ page 278 .
♦ Certain faults are not detected until after a minimum speed of
20 km/h has been exceeded (conduct a road test).
♦ If the ABS warning light -K47- and the warning light for the
hand brake/brake fluid level -K14/33- do not light up and if in
spite of this the brake system is not fully operational, look for
the fault in the conventional brake system ⇒ page 479 and
⇒ page 545 .
♦ Notes on rectifying sudden faults ⇒ Technical Service Hand‐
book ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Find‐
ing and Fitting Locations“ .
11.2 Notes on repair work on ABS/EDL/ESP

Mark 20
The same notes which apply for the ABS Mark 20 and the ABS/
EDL Mark 20 also apply for the repair work on the ABS/EDL/ESP
Mark 20 ⇒ page 191 .

♦ Binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and
♦ Self-study programme no. 26 „vehicle safety - new technical
information“
♦ Self-study programme no. 28 „electronic stability program, ba‐
sis, construction, function“
274
Octavia 1997 ➤
12 Distinguishing features of the ABS/

EDL ITT Mark 20 IE and the ABS/
EDL/ESP ITT Mark 20 IE

The ABS prevents the wheels from locking during a brake appli‐
cation initiated by the driver.
The electronic differential lock, EDL, is a starting-off aid. A sup‐
porting torque is created for the differential by electronically con‐
trolling the braking of the driven wheel which is slipping. The
engine power is thus available for the gripping wheel with the
better adhesion. This also applies when reversing.
A description of the structure and function of the ABS and the EDL
can be found in self-study programme No. 26.
The electronic stability program -ESP- recognises critical driving
conditions and stabilises the vehicle by individual wheel braking
and by intervention in the engine control. This occurs independ‐
ently of a brake or accelerator pedal activation.
The ESP is active over the entire speed range. If the ESP is in
regulating mode, the ESP warning lights flash three times per
second.
The description of the structure and function of the ESP can be
found in self-study programme No. 28.
The brake system is split diagonally. Brake servo assistance is
provided pneumatically by the vacuum brake servo unit.
Vehicles fitted with ABS/EDL/ESP ITT Mark 20 IE do not have a
mechanical brake pressure regulator. Specifically matched soft‐
ware in the control unit, the electronic brake pressure distribution,
EBD, regulates the brake pressure on the rear axle.
The hydraulic pump -V64- , the hydraulic unit -N55- and the con‐
trol unit -J104- form the hydraulic control unit. A repair is only
possible in the removed condition.
New control units supplied through the Parts Division are not co‐
ded. They must be coded after installation.
12.2 ABS/EDL/ESP ITT Mark 20 IE

Note

♦ Inlying electrical plug connection between hydraulic unit and
control unit.
♦ 12 valve domes: The protective sleeves for the valves are
visible if the control unit is separated from the hydraulic unit
⇒ page 364 .
♦ -1- 47-pin control unit.

12. Distinguishing features of the ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE and the ABS/EDL/ESP ITT Mark 20 IE 275
Octavia 1997 ➤
12.3 Fitting position ABS/EDL/ESP ITT Mark

20 IE
1- Brake servo unit 10''
2- Hydraulic unit

2- Hydraulic unit
276
Octavia 1997 ➤
13 Self-diagnosis of the ABS/EDL/TCS/

ESP Mark 20
13.1 Description of the function

As the control units are interlinked over a data BUS line, always
start fault finding by interrogating the contents of the fault mem‐
ories of all the control units fitted to the vehicle.
The interrogation of the fault memory is performed with the key
function 00 „Automatic test sequence“.
When doing so check whether a possibly stored fault might affect
the ABS system.
Self-diagnosis relates to the electrical/electronic part of the ABS,
i. e. faults are detected only over the electrical connection to the
control unit (e.g. open circuit of a wheel speed sensor).
The 47-pin ABS control unit -J104- together with the hydraulic unit
forms a compact unit. The unit is located in the left of the engine
compartment. The control unit is equipped with a fault memory.
The connection for self-diagnosis is located in the storage com‐
partment on the driver's side.
The control unit detects faults during the operation of the vehicle
and stores them in a permanent memory, whose information is
retained even if the battery voltage is disconnected.
Faults which occur sporadically (isolated) are likewise detected
and stored. If this fault which affects the data BUS system no lon‐
ger occurs during 15 vehicle starts and driving-off procedures or
50 vehicle starts and driving-off procedures and if the fault does
no longer reappear with other faults, it is erased from the fault
memory (fault delete counter) with the exception of the fault „con‐
trol unit defective“.
After the ignition is switched on and/or the engine is started, the
ABS warning lights -K47- , the red warning
Protectedlight for the
by copyright. hand
brake/brake fluid level -K14/33- and the ESP
unless warning
authorised lightAUTO
by ŠKODA -K155-A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
flash for approx. 2 seconds. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
During this period a test sequence (self-check) is performed in the

control unit with the following functions:
♦ Test of supply voltage, min. 10.0 V
♦ Test of control unit including valve coils.
♦ Check of control unit coding
♦ Static test of the wheel speed sensor (without speed signal)
♦ After a start-up, should it appear that the speed signal is not
O.K as of approx. 20 km/h, the ABS warning light lights up
again -K47- .
13. Self-diagnosis of the ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 20 277

Octavia 1997 ➤
Initiate self-diagnosis at the start of fault finding and retrieve the

stored information using the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552-
or the fault read-out scan tool -V.A.G 1551- .
Note
♦ The following description only relates to the vehicle system

tester -V.A.G 1552- using the current program card.
♦ The use of the fault reader -V.A.G 1551- with integrated printer
is similar. A minor deviation on the display read-out is possible.
♦ To end the self-diagnosis or to switch to another address word
select function 06 „End output“.
♦ Identify the faults displayed by referring to the fault table and
subsequently carry out the fault elimination.

lights -K47- , -K14/33- and -K155-
Arrangement of warning lights
278
Octavia 1997 ➤
Pos. Denomination
1 ABS warning light -K47-
2 Hand brake/brake fluid level warning light -K14/33-
3 ESP warning light -K155-
279
Octavia 1997 ➤
WARNING
Once the ABS warning light -K47- and the hand brake/brake
fluid level warning light -K14/33- have lit up, then the rear
wheels can already lock when braking lightly.
Overview
280
Octavia 1997 ➤
Meaning ABS warning light -K47- Hand brake/brake fluid level warning light -K14/33- ESP warning light -K155-
Ignition on (if the systems are OK, the lights go out after ap‐ lights up lights up lights up
prox. 3 s)
ESP failure or ESP deactivated by means of button; ABS, EDL does not light up does not light up lights up
and EBD are active
System O.K. does not light up does not light up does not light up
ESP intervention does not light up does not light up flashes
ABS/EDL/ESP failure; EBD remains active (e.g. a wheel lights up does not light up lights up
speed sensor is defective)
ABS/EDL/ESP/EBD failure; (e.g. a wheel speed sensor is de‐ lights up lights up lights up
fective)
Brake fluid level too low; all systems O.K. does not light up lights up does not light up
281
Octavia 1997 ➤
Warning light -K47-

-a- the supply voltage is less than 10 V
-b- an ABS fault is present
The antilock braking system is switched off if an ABS fault -b- is
present. The EBD function (Electronic Brake pressure Distribu‐
tion) is furthermore active while the conventional brake system
remains fully operational. Interrogate the fault memory
⇒ page 289 .
-c- a sporadic fault existed on a wheel speed sensor after the last
vehicle start
In case of a wheel speed sensor fault -c-, the ABS warning light
goes out automatically -K47- after restarting the vehicle and after
a speed above 20 km/h is reached.
-d- The line of the ABS control unit -J104- for operating the ABS
warning light -K47- in the dash panel insert -J218- is interrupted
⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and
-e- Dash panel insert defective
282
Octavia 1997 ➤
Warning light -K47- and -K14/33-

♦ If the ABS warning light goes out ( -K47- ) -1- but the warning
light for the hand brake/brake fluid level ( -K14/33- ) -2- re‐
mains lit and 3 warning tones are audible, the following can be
the causes of the fault:
-a- the brake fluid level is too low
-b- the hand-brake is still applied
-c- the switch -F9- for the warning light -K14/33- is defective or
-d- a fault in the operation of the hand brake/brake fluid level
warning light -K14/33- ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
trical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“ .
♦ If the ABS warning light ( -K47- ) -1- and the hand brake/brake
fluid level warning light ( -K14/33- ) -2- light up, then the ABS
system and the EBD (Electronic Brake pressure Distribution)
have failed.
fluid level warning light ( -K14/33- ) -2- light up and 3 warning
tones are audible, then the ABS and the EBD (Electronic
Brake pressure Distribution) have failed.
Note
The warning light for the hand brake/brake fluid level ( -K14/33- )
-2- only lights up after exceeding
Protected a speed
by copyright. ofprivate
Copying for 10 km/h once purposes,
or commercial or an in part or in whole, is not permitted
engine speed of 2000 with rpm.
WARNING
283
Octavia 1997 ➤
Warning light -K155-

♦ If the ESP warning light ( -K155- ) -3- does not go out after the
There is a fault which exclusively effects the ESP. The ABS/EDL
and EBD safety systems on the vehicle remain fully functional.
-a- Short circuit to positive in ESP button -E256-
-b- Short circuit to earth in the operation of the ESP warning light
-K155-
-c- the line for operating the ESP warning light -K155- is interrup‐
ted ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and
-d- the ESP system was switched off using the ESP button -E256-
If the ESP warning light lights up -K155- for approx. 100 millisec‐
onds after switching on the ignition, a coding without ESP control
was entered.
If the ESP warning light -K155- flashes while driving, the ESP
system is operating in regulating mode.
Warning light -K47- , -K14/33- and -K155-
fluid level warning light ( -K14/33- ) -2- flash and the ESP
warning light ( -K155- ) -3- remains lit, the control unit is not
yet coded.
13.3 Vehicle fitted with ABS/EDL/ESP - EDL

does not operate
♦ Diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3- or -V.A.G 1551/3 A-
Complaint: „Vehicle EDL system does not operate“
When dealing with this complaint a possible fault cause may be
that the brake light switch is incorrectly set or is not operating
⇒ page 305 , set display group number 003 and brake light
switch, ⇒ page 254 .
284
Octavia 1997 ➤

• Approved tyre size fitted to all wheels; tyres inflated to the
specified pressure.
• Mechanical/hydraulic part of the brake system together with
the brake light switch and brake lights operating properly.
• No leaks in hydraulic connections and lines (visual inspection
of hydraulic unit, brake calipers, wheel brake cylinders, tan‐
dem brake master cylinder).
• Wheel bearings and wheel bearing play O.K.
• The control unit -J104- is correctly bolted to the hydraulic unit
-N55- .
• Plug connection on control unit -J104- correctly plugged in
(lock is engaged).
• Inspect plug contacts of ABS components for connection and
correct fitting.
• All fuses according to current flow diagram O.K (to check re‐
move fuses Protected
from the fuse holder).
• Supply voltage
withO.K. (minimum
respect 10.0
to the correctness V).
14.2 Connecting vehicle system tester V.A.G

1552 and selecting function
Note
♦ During self-diagnosis the ABS function is disconnected in the

control unit.
♦ The ABS warning light -K47- , the ESP warning light -K155-
and the hand brake/brake fluid level warning light -KU/33-
remain lit.
♦ After completing the repair and interrogating the fault memory,
it can be erased.
– When the ignition is switched off, connect vehicle system test‐

er -V.A.G 1552- with diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3- or with
-V.A.G 1551/3 A- to the diagnostic connector.

Octavia 1997 ➤

Select function XX
If no readout appears in the display, check plug connection for

self-diagnosis, electrical test as of ⇒ page 326 , test steps 27 and
28.
Note
♦ Additional operating instructions can be displayed via the

HELP button of the -V.A.G 1552- according to the program.
♦ The → button is used for moving forward in the program.
Select function XX
– Enter address word 03 „Brake electronics“ and confirm the

On the display appears, e.g. the display: 1J0 907 379 ESP 20 CAN V002 ->
Coding 18945 WSCXXXXX
The display shows:

♦ the control unit identification number, e.g. 1J0907379
♦ the system designation, e. g. ESP 20
♦ Data BUS present (CAN) ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams,
Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
♦ the version number, e.°g. V002
parts
If the control unit identification number is not displayed ⇒ overview
of selectable functions, ⇒ page 287 .
Press → key.
Select function XX
Note
After pressing the HELP button an overview of the possible func‐

tions is displayed:
Readout on display; (function selection, e.g. 02 interrogate fault Vehicle system test HELP
memory) Select function XX
Note
If one of the adjacent error messages
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO appears onAUTO
A. S. ŠKODA the display, the
possible fault causes can tobethedisplayed
with respect correctness of via the HELP
information button.Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
in this document.
286
Octavia 1997 ➤
One of the possible fault causes are the fuses for the inlet and Vehicle system test HELP
exhaust valves S13, S162, S163. The control unit does not re-
spond!
Check whether the ignition is switched on. Vehicle system test HELP
C cable does not connect to pos. term.!
Malfunctions occurred when interrogating the control unit identi‐ Vehicle system test ->
fication (also external sources of interference). No signal from the control unit!
– Check diagnostic cable as well as voltage supply and ABS

earth connection ( -J104- ), electrical test ⇒ page 326 .
– After removing the possible fault causes re-enter the address
word 03 „Brake electronics“ and confirm the entry with key Q.
Readout on display after entering the address word 03 Vehicle system test
Tester sends address word 03
and then the readout will appear: 1J0 907 379 ESP 20 CAN V005 ->
Press → key.
Select function XX
14.4 Automatic test sequence
Note
With the automatic test sequence, all fault memory contents of

the control units are interrogated. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Select function XX
– Select function 00 „Automatic test sequence“ and confirm with

the key Q.
The control unit identification is shown on the display. 1J0 907 379 ESP 20 CANV 005 ->
Coding 18945 XXXXX
After this all the control unit identifications with possible entries
from the fault memories appear in the display.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Page
04 - Basic setting 1) ⇒ page 226
288
Octavia 1997 ➤
1)
Only necessary for bleeding the hydraulic unit for vehicles with
EDL system
2) Necessary for the null balance of the steering angle sender, the
lateral acceleration sender and the brake pressure sender as well
as the functional test of the solenoid coil for brake pressure and
the brake detection switch.
14.6 Interrogating fault memory

Select function XX
– Select function 02 „Interrogate fault memory“ and confirm with

Q.
The number of stored faults or „"No fault detected!" appears in the X faults detected!
display.“
No fault detected! ->
– Press → key.
The stored faults are displayed in sequence.
– Note the fault message displayed in the fault table, page
⇒ page 290 .
If „No fault detected!“ the program returns to its initial position after
the → button is pressed:
Select function XX
– Select function 06 „end output“ ⇒ page 302 .

– Switch off ignition and disconnected vehicle system tester.
Note
If a fault is detected:
♦ 1. Rectify fault (repair)

♦ 2. Interrogate fault memory (function 02)
♦ 3. Erase fault memory (function 05)
♦ 4. End output (function 06)
♦ 5. Road test
♦ 6. Interrogate the fault memory again
289
Octavia 1997 ➤
14.7 Fault table
Note
trol unit ( -J104- ) and can be displayed by the -V.A.G 1552- ,
are listed according to their 5-digit fault code.
♦ If faults only occur occasionally or if the fault memory was not
erased after the fault is rectified, these faults are displayed for
a determined period of time as a „sporadically occurring fault“
-SP- ⇒ fault detection of the ABS control unit, page
⇒ page 278 .
290
Octavia 1997 ➤

No fault detected If after a repair „no fault detected“ is displayed, the self-diagnosis is completed.
If the ABS/EDL/ESP does not operate without any fault in spite of display readout „no fault detected“, proceed as follows:
1. Perform a test drive at a speed above 20 km/h.
2. Interrogate the fault memory again. If still no fault is stored:
3. continue fault finding without self-diagnosis and completely run through the electrical test ⇒ page 326 .
00283 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or to earth or loose contact – Check wiring, plug connections and wheel speed sensor
Front left wheel speed sensor in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G47- and ABS
-G47- control unit -J104- – Read measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display group
number 001
– Perform electrical test ⇒ page 326 , test steps 8 and 12

♦ Damage to the pulse rotor or to the wheel speed sensor -G47- – Check the wheel speed sensor -G47- and the pulse rotor for
damage
⇒ page 247 and ⇒ page 250
– Replace ABS control unit -J104- ⇒ page 364
00283 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth or loose contact – Check wiring, plug connections and wheel speed sensor
Front left wheel speed sensor in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G47- and control
-G47- unit -J104- – Perform electrical test ⇒ page 326 , test steps 8 and 12
♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference (high-fre‐ – Read measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display group
quency irradiation, e.g. non-insulated ignition cable) number 001
damage
♦ Air gap between wheel speed sensor -G47- and pulse rotor too – Replace pulse rotor and wheel speed sensor -G47-
great (signal N.O.K.) ⇒ page 247 and ⇒ page 250
291
Octavia 1997 ➤

00283 ♦ Air gap between wheel speed sensor -G47- and pulse rotor too – Check the installation of the wheel speed sensor -G47- and
Front left wheel speed sensor great (signal N.O.K.) the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247 and ⇒ page 250
-G47-
mechanical fault 1) – Read measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display group
number 002
– Performing actuator diagnosis ⇒ page 221

– Replace hydraulic unit -N55- ⇒ page 364

Front right wheel speed sensor in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G45- and ABS
number 001

damage
♦ Wheel speed sensor coil defective – Replace pulse rotor, if necessary wheel speed sensor -G45-
292
Octavia 1997 ➤

Front right wheel speed sensor in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G45- and ABS
-G45- control unit -J104- – Perform electrical test ⇒ page 326 , test steps 7 and 11
damage
♦ Air gap between wheel speed sensor -G45- and pulse rotor too – Replace pulse rotor, if necessary wheel speed sensor -G45-
Front right wheel speed sensor great (signal N.O.K.) the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247 and ⇒ page 250
-G45-
number 002

Readout on display -V.A.G 1552- Possible
with respect causeof of
to the correctness fault in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
information Rectifying fault
Rear right wheel speed sensor in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G44- and ABS
number 001

damage
293
Octavia 1997 ➤

Rear right wheel speed sensor in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G44- and ABS
damage
Rear right wheel speed sensor great (signal N.O.K.) the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247 and ⇒ page 250
-G44-
number 002

Speed sensor rear left in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G46- and ABS
number 001

damage
294
Octavia 1997 ➤

Rear left wheel speed sensor in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G46- and ABS
damage
Rear left speed sensor great (signal N.O.K.) the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247 and ⇒ page 250
-G46-
number 002


00538 reference ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or to earth of – Check fuses, wiring, plug connections as well as the voltage
voltage supply to the control unit: ⇒ page 326 , test steps 20, 21, 22
– Yaw rate sender -G202- and 23
– Lateral acceleration sender -G200-
– Brake pressure sender 1 -G201-

– Brake pressure sender 2 -G214-
00668 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit
with respect to positive
to the correctness or inearth
of information – AUTO
this document. Copyright by ŠKODA Check fuses, wiring, plug connections as well as the voltage
A. S.��
Onboard voltage tml. 30 supply to the control unit: ⇒ page 326 , test steps 1 and 2
signal outside the tolerance ♦ Fuses S162 and S163 defective
295
Octavia 1997 ➤

00778 ♦ Open circuit or loose contact in the data BUS lines between – Check fuses, wiring, plug connections as well as the voltage
Steering angle sender -G85- the steering angle sender -G85- and the ABS control unit - supply to the control unit: ⇒ page 326 , test step 19
no communication 1) J104-
♦ Incorrect specified values from the steering angle sender - – Read measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display group
G85- number 004
♦ Steering angle sender -G85- defective – Replace steering angle sender -G85- ⇒ page 370 .
– Perform null balance: ⇒ page 320 , display group number 060

00778 ♦ Steering angle sender -G85- sends no or incorrect adjustment – Perform null balance: ⇒ page 320 , display group number 060
Steering angle sender -G85- 1) values
No setting or incorrect setting
00778 ♦ The fitting position of the steering angle sender -G85- is not – Check the fitting position of the steering angle sender -G85-
Steering angle sender -G85- 1) O.K. ⇒ page 370 .
mechanical fault
♦ Chassis geometry is not O.K. – Align the vehicle ⇒ page 179 .
♦ Steering wheel was removed and subsequently no null bal‐ – Perform null balance: ⇒ page 320 , display group number 060
ance was performed
1) The data transfer between the ABS control unit -J104- and the steering angle sender -G85- is performed by means of the CAN BUS.

00778 ♦ Thebyfitting
unless authorised ŠKODA position of theAUTO
AUTO A. S. ŠKODA steering angle
A. S. does sender
not guarantee -G85-
or accept anyisliability
not – Check the fitting position of the steering angle sender -G85-
Steering angle sender -G85- with respectO.K.
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.�� ⇒ page 370
implausible signal 1)
♦ Chassis geometry is not O.K. – Align the vehicle ⇒ page 179 .
♦ Unacceptable vibrations in the steering due to wear – Perform null balance: ⇒ page 320 , display group number 060
00778 ♦ Steering angle sender -G85- defective – Replace steering angle sender -G85- ⇒ page 370 .
Steering angle sender -G85-
defective 1) – Perform null balance: ⇒ page 320 , display group number 060
296
Octavia 1997 ➤

00810 ♦ Earth connection to brake pressure sender 1 or 2 interrupted – Check fuses, wiring, plug connections as well as the voltage
Brake pressure sender 1/2 supply to the control unit: ⇒ page 326 , test steps 22 and 23
implausible signal ♦ Signal cable to brake pressure sender 1 or 2 short-circuited
sender 1 -G201- – Read measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display group num‐
sender 2 -G214- ber 005
♦ Brake pressure sender 1 -G201- or brake pressure sender 2 – Replace brake pressure sender 1 -G201- or brake pressure
-G214- defective sender 2 -G214- ⇒ page 559 .
– Perform null balance: ⇒ page 320 , display group number 066

♦ A hydraulic brake circuit has failed – Inspect brake system ⇒ page 525
1) The data transfer between the ABS control unit -J104- and the steering angle sender -G85- is performed by means of the CAN BUS.

00812 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or to earth in the wir‐ – Inspect wiring, plug connections as well as earth cables
Release switch for solenoid coil for ing to the brake detection switch -F83- according to the current flow diagram: ⇒ page 326 , test
brake pressure -F84- 1) step 25
♦ Check the brake detection switch -F83- – Check function ⇒ page 320 , display group number 031.
♦ Brake servo unit defective If the fault occurs again:

– Replace brake servo unit ⇒ page 564 .
00813 ♦ Open circuit or loose contact in the wiring between the – Check fuses, wiring, plug connections as well as the volt‐
Brake pressure sender 2 -G214- brake pressure sender 2 -G214- and the ABS control unit age supply to the ABS control unit ⇒ page 326 , test step
el. fault in the circuit -J104- 23
– Read measured value block ⇒ page 320 , display group

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, isnumber 005
not permitted
♦ Brakewithpressure
respect to thesender 2 of-G214-
correctness defective
information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA– AUTOReplace
A. S.��brake pressure sender 2 -G214- ⇒ page 559 .
– Perform null balance: ⇒ page 320 , display group number

066
297
Octavia 1997 ➤

00814 ♦ Open circuit or loose contact in the wiring between the – Check fuses, wiring, plug connections as well as the volt‐
Solenoid coil for brake pressure -N247- solenoid coil for brake pressure -N247- and the ABS con‐ age supply to the ABS control unit ⇒ page 326 , test step
trol unit -J104- 24
♦ Solenoid coil for brake pressure -N247- defective – Check function ⇒ page 320 , display group number 031.
♦ Brake servo unit defective If the fault occurs again:

– Replace brake servo unit ⇒ page 564 .
♦ End stage in the ABS control unit defective If the fault occurs again:
– Check coding of the ABS control unit ⇒ page 302 .
– Perform null balance ⇒ page 320 , display group numbers

060, 063 and 066.
1) The release switch of the solenoid coil for brake pressure -F84- is identical to the brake detection switch ESP -F83- .

01044 ♦ An incorrect code number was entered via -V.A.G 1552- – Check coding of the ABS control unit -J104- ⇒ page 302 .
01130 ♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference (high-fre‐ – Check all cables, plug connections for short-circuit to positive
ABS operation quency irradiation, e.g. non-insulated ignitionunlesscable)
authorised by ŠKODA AUTO or A.toS.earth
ŠKODA⇒ AUTObinder „Current
A. S. does Flow
not guarantee Diagrams,
or accept any liabilityElectrical Fault
implausible signal1) with respect to the correctnessFinding and
of information Fitting
in this Locations“
♦ Open circuit, short circuit to positive or to earth or loose con‐ – Erase fault memory.
tact
– Perform a test drive at a speed above 20 km/h.
♦ ABS control unit -J104- defective – Interrogate the fault memory again.
If the fault occurs again:

298
Octavia 1997 ➤

01276 ♦ Internal connection E-engine to ABS control unit – Inspect wiring, plug connections as well as earth cables ac‐
ABS hydraulic pump cording to the current flow diagram ⇒ page 326 , test step no.
-V64- 1
signal outside the tolerance 1) ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth – Perform a functional test ⇒ page 221 .
♦ ABS control unit defective – If the hydraulic pump does not run during the actuator diagno‐
sis, replace on a trial basis the ABS control unit -J104- .
♦ Pump motor defective If the fault occurs again:
– Replace ABS hydraulic unit -N55- ⇒ page 364 .
01312 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or to earth or loose con‐ – Test data BUS line according to the current flow diagram for
Databus drive tact in the data BUS line open circuit or short-circuit ⇒ page 326 , test step 26
defective 2)
2) On ESP, occuring only together with a fault: steering angle sender -G85- no communication.

01314 ♦ Fault in the engine control unit – Read out fault memory of the engine control unit:
Engine control unit
01314 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth in the data BUS – Test data BUS line according to the current flow diagram for
Engine control unit line open circuit or short-circuit ⇒ page 326 , test step 26.
no communication
01315 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth in the data BUS – Test data BUS line according to the current flow diagram for
Gearbox control unit 1) line open circuit or short-circuit ⇒ page 326 , test step 26.
no communication
299
Octavia 1997 ➤

01423 – Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or to earth or loose con‐ – Test lateral acceleration sender -G200- .
Lateral acceleration sender -G200- tact in the wiring between the lateral acceleration sender -
electrical fault in the circuit G200- and the ABS control unit -J104- – Read measured value block ⇒ page 320 , display group num‐
ber 004.
– Inspect wiring, plug connections as well as earth cables ac‐

cording to the current flow diagram ⇒ page 326 , test step 20.
– The fitting position of the lateral acceleration sender -G200- – Check fitting position of the lateral acceleration sender -G200-
is not O.K. ⇒ page 370 .
– Lateral acceleration sender -G200- defective – Replace lateral acceleration sender -G200- ⇒ page 370 .

063.
01423 ♦ The fitting position of the lateral acceleration sender -G200- – Test lateral acceleration sender -G200- .
Lateral acceleration sender -G200- is not O.K.
implausible signal – Read measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display group num‐
ber 004.
– Check fitting position of the lateral acceleration sender -G200-

⇒ page 370 .
♦ Lateral acceleration sender -G200- defective – Replace lateral acceleration sender -G200- ⇒ page 370

063.
1) Only on vehicles fitted with automatic gearbox.
Readout on display -V.A.G 1552- Possible
with respect to the correctness cause of
of information fault
in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.�� Rectifying fault
01435 ♦ Open circuit or loose contact in the wiring between the brake – Test brake pressure sender 1 -G201- .
Brake pressure sender 1 -G201- pressure sender 1 -G201- and the ABS control unit -J104-
el. fault in the circuit – Read measured value block ⇒ page 320 , display group num‐
ber 005.
– Check fuses, wiring, plug connections as well as the voltage

supply to the ABS control unit: ⇒ page 326 , test step 22.
♦ Brake pressure sender 1 -G201- defective – Replace brake pressure sender 1 -G201- ⇒ page 559 .
– Perform null balance ⇒ page 320 , display group number 066.
300
Octavia 1997 ➤

01542 ♦ Earth connection to yaw rate sender -G202- interrupted – Test yaw rate sender -G202- .
Yaw rate sender
-G202- – Read measured value block ⇒ page 320 , display group num‐
implausible signal ber 004.
– Check wiring, plug connections to ABS control unit

⇒ page 326 , test step 21.
♦ The fitting position of the yaw rate sender -G202- not O.K. – Check fitting position of the yaw rate sender ⇒ page 370 .
♦ Yaw rate sender -G202- defective – Replace yaw rate sender -G202- ⇒ page 370 .
01542 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or to earth or loose con‐ – Test yaw rate sender -G202- .
Yaw rate sender tact in the wiring between the yaw rate sender -G202- and
-G202- the ABS control unit -J104- – Read measured value block ⇒ page 320 , display group num‐
electrical fault in the circuit ber 004
– Check wiring, plug connections to ABS control unit

⇒ page 326 , test step 21.
65535 ♦ ABS control unit -J104- defective – Replace control unit -J104- ⇒ page 364 .
– Perform null balance: ⇒ page 320 , display group numbers
060, 063 and 066.
301
Octavia 1997 ➤
14.8 Erasing fault memory

Requirements:
• Fault memory was interrogated
– Press → key.
Select function XX
– Select function 05 „Erase fault memory“ and confirm entry with

the key Q.
Readout on display: Vehicle system test ->
Fault memory erased!
– Press → key.
Select function XX
Note
If this readout appears in the display then the test sequence is

incorrect.
Caution!
Fault memory was not interrogated
Carefully follow the test sequence step by step: first interrogate

the fault memory, then erase.
14.9 Ending output

Select function XX
– Enter function 06 „End output“ and confirm with the key Q.

Select function XX

– Disconnect plug connection from vehicle system tester.
The ABS warning light ( -K47- ), the hand brake/brake fluid level
warning light ( -K14/33- ) and the ESP warning light ( -K155- )
must go out after approx. 2 seconds.

supplied by the spare part storeroom are not coded and must be
recoded after being installed Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Coding requirements with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

302
Octavia 1997 ➤
Test sequence
ESP hydraulic control unit fitted in the vehicle.
on ⇒ page 286 .
Select function XX
entry with key Q.
key Q.
The vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- displays the control unit 1J0 907 379 ESP 20 CAN V005 ->
identification, e.g.: Coding 18945 WSC XXXXX
Table of codes
303
Octavia 1997 ➤
Engine identification characters Engine ABS version Code number - model year
2000
ARZ 1.8 ltr./110 kW ABS/EDL/ESP 18945
ASV 1.9 ltr./81 kW ABS/EDL/ESP 18945
304
Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
If a coding which does not belong to the engine identification

characters is accepted by the control unit, it must always be cor‐
rected.
– Press → key.
Select function XX
– Enter 06 for the function „End output“ ⇒ page 302 .
Note
If the ABS control unit is coded with a coding which does not be‐
long to the vehicle type:
Readout on display: Fault

Coding XXXXX not accepted ->
If the control unit is coded with the coding 00000, the ABS warning
light flashes ( -K47- ) and the hand brake/brake fluid level warning
light ( -K14/33- ) remains lit, at the same time the ESP warning
light ( -K155- ) lights up permanently.
If the ESP warning light lights up ( -K155- ) for approx. 100 milli‐
seconds after switching on the ignition, a coding without TCS/ESP
control was entered.

The control unit can transmit many measured values. These
measured values provide information about the operating condi‐
tion of the system or the connected sensors. In many cases the
transmitted measured values are useful for fault finding and fault
elimination. As all measured values cannot be analysed simulta‐
neously, they are concentrated in individual display groups which
can be selected via display group numbers.
During a road test, no ABS or ESP control is performed if the
vehicle system tester is connected during diagnosis or while in
the measured value block -V.A.G 1552- . During this procedure,
the Protected
ABS orbyESP warning lights do not light up.
Safety measures
If test and measuring devices are required during test drives ob‐
serve the following:
♦ Always secure the test and measuring devices on the rear seat
and have a second person operate them there.
♦ If the test and measuring devices are operated from the pas‐
senger seat, the passenger could be injured by the release of
the passenger airbag in the event of an accident.
on ⇒ page 326 .
305
Octavia 1997 ➤

Select function XX
– Select function 08 „Read measured value block“ and confirm

with Q.
– Enter display group number ⇒ page 306 .
Overview of the selectable display group numbers
306
Octavia 1997 ➤
Display group number Display field Denomination

001 1 Wheel speed on front left wheel speed sensor -G47- (km/h)
2 Wheel speed on front right wheel speed sensor -G45- (km/h)
3 Wheel speed on rear left wheel speed sensor -G46- (km/h)
4 Wheel speed on rear right wheel speed sensor -G44- (km/h)
002 1 Starting speed on front left wheel speed sensor -G47- (km/h)
2 Starting speed on front right wheel speed sensor -G45- (km/h)
3 Starting speed on rear left wheel speed sensor -G46- (km/h)
4 Starting speed on rear right wheel speed sensor -G44- (km/h)
003 1 Brake light switch -F-
2 Brake detection switch of the ESP -F83-
3 not assigned
4 not assigned
004 1 Steering angle sender -G85-
2 Lateral acceleration sender -G200-
3 Yaw rate sender -G202-
4 not assigned
005 1 Brake pressure sender -G201- or -G214-
2 Brake pressure sender -G201- or -G214-
3 not assigned
4 not assigned
125 1 Data BUS for engine
2 Data BUS for steering angle 1)
3 not assigned
4 Data BUS for gearbox 2)
1) Only on vehicles with ABS/EDL/ESP.
2) Only on vehicles fitted with automatic gearbox.
307
Octavia 1997 ➤
Test of the wheel speed sensor assignment -G44- , -G45- , -G46- ,

-G47-
Display group 001
– Enter 001 and confirm with Q.
– In the measured value block there are always 4 display fields Reading measured value block 1 ->
-arrows-. Read off the breakdown of the values 1 to 4 in the ->1 ->2 ->3 ->4
following test table.
For the display group number 001, observe the following:

The current wheel speeds are displayed. They serve to check the
wheel speed sensor assignment to the wheel. (To this end raise
the vehicle and have a 2nd mechanic turn the wheel by hand.)
308
Octavia 1997 ➤
Read measured value block 1 → Display group number: 001

0 km/h 4 km/h 0 km/h 0 km/h ← Read-out on display: (example)
Wheel speed on rear right wheel speed sensor

♦ (0 ... 255 km/h)
Wheel speed on rear left wheel speed sensor

♦ (0 ... 255 km/h)
Wheel speed on front right wheel speed sensor

♦ (0 ... 255 km/h)
Wheel speed on front left wheel speed sensor

♦ (0 ... 255 km/h)
309
Octavia 1997 ➤
The next higher display group number 002 can be selected with
the ↑ button.
Press the key C to enter the next display group number.
If the → button is pressed, subsequently enter the 08 „Read
measured value block“ for this purpose.
Testing the wheel speed sensors -G44- , -G45- , -G46- , -G47-
255 km/h 255 km/h 255 km/h 255 km/h

The variations of the displayed values must on no account be
above 6 km/h in the display fields 1 and 2 or above 2 km/h in the
display fields 3 and 4.
310
Octavia 1997 ➤

3 km/h 1) 6 km/h 1) 2 km/h 2) 1 km/h 2) ← Read-out on display: (when starting slowly)
Wheel speed on rear right wheel speed sensor

♦ (0 ... 255 km/h)
Wheel speed on rear left wheel speed sensor

♦ (0 ... 255 km/h)
Wheel speed on front right wheel speed sensor

♦ (0 ... 255 km/h)
Wheel speed on front left wheel speed sensor

♦ (0 ... 255 km/h)
1) If the variations in the display fields 1 to 2 are greater than 6 km/h, the following can be the causes of the fault:
2) If the variations in the display fields 3 to 4 are greater than 2 km/h, the following can be the causes of the fault:
311
Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ The air gap between the wheel speed sensor and the pulse
rotor may be too great.
– Check if the wheel speed sensor is correctly bolted to the
♦ Exterior damage to the wheel speed sensor or to the pulse
rotor may be present.
– Replace the damaged component.
The next lower display group number can be selected with the
↓ button and the next higher display group number can be se‐
lected with the ↑ button.
Test of the brake light switch -F- and the brake detection switch
of the ESP -F83-
not activated not activa-
ted
312
Octavia 1997 ➤

not activated not activated ← Readout on display:
not assigned
not assigned
Brake detection switch ESP:1)
♦ not activated → Brake pedal not actuated
♦ actuated → Brake pedal actuated
If deviations: Electrical test ⇒ page 326 , test step 25
Brake light switch:
♦ actuated → Brake pedal actuated
If -not activated- can be read in the display of the -V.A.G 1552- despite the foot brake being activated or -activated- can be read despite the foot brake
not being activated, the test step no. 4 of the electrical test can be performed, ⇒ page 326 . There is also the possibility that the brake light switch is
not correctly set ⇒ page 254 .
1) Brake detection switch ESP -F83- is identical to release switch of the solenoid coil for brake pressure -F84- .
313
Octavia 1997 ➤
Test steering angle sender -G85- , lateral acceleration sender -
G200- yaw rate sender -G202-
3.0° 0.0m/s2 0.17 7s

When driving forward in a left curve, all three values must be pos‐
itive (without preceding sign).
When driving backward in a right curve, all three values must be
negative (-).
314
Octavia 1997 ➤

-3.0° 0.0 m/s2 0.17 °/s ← Read-out on display: (example)
not assigned
Yaw rate sender -G202- :
♦ Specified value for vehicle at standstill: ±2.5°/s
♦ Electrical test ⇒ page 326 , perform test step no. 21
Lateral acceleration sender -G200- :

♦ Specified value for vehicle at standstill: ± 0.5m/s2
♦ Specified value at full steering angle and at a speed of 20 km/h in a left curve: The amount of the measured value increases
constantly with a positive (without) preceding sign.
♦ Specified value at full steering angle and at a speed of 20 km/h in a right curve: The amount of the measured value increases
constantly with a negative (-) preceding sign.
♦ Electrical test ⇒ page 326 , perform test step no. 20.
Steering angle sender -G85- :

♦ If the steering angle sender -G85- is tested when driving straight ahead, a null balance must also be performed 1)
♦ Specified value when driving straight ahead + 4.5°
– Basic setting ⇒ page 320 , display group number 060
♦ Electrical test, ⇒ page 326 , perform test step no. 19.
1) During a road test, no ABS or ESP control is performed if the vehicle system tester is connected during diagnosis or while in the measured value block -V.A.G 1552- .
During this procedure, the ABS or ESP warning lights do not light up. If a speed of 20 km/h is exceeded, the self-diagnosis is discontinued by the control unit -J104- .
The next lower Protected

displaybygroup number
copyright. Copying forcan beor selected
private with the
commercial purposes, in part
↓ orbutton
in whole,and
is not the next higher display group number can be
permitted If the → button is pressed, subse‐
selected with the ↑ button.
quently enter the 08 „Read measured
value block“ for this purpose.
315
Octavia 1997 ➤

Test brake pressure sender 1 and 2 -G201- and -G214-
-1.27 bar -1.48 bar
316
Octavia 1997 ➤

-1.27 bar -1.48 bar ← Read-out on display: (example)
not assigned
not assigned
Brake pressure sender -G201- or -G214- :
♦ Specified value for not-operated brake: ± 7 bar
♦ Electrical test, page 45-133, perform test steps 22 and 23.
Brake pressure sender -G201- or -G214-

♦ Electrical test ⇒ page 326 , perform test steps 22 and 23.
317
Octavia 1997 ➤
Checking the data BUS cable
– Enter 125 and confirm the entry with Q.
Engine steer. angl. 1 FWD 1 gearbox 1
318
Octavia 1997 ➤

Engine 1 Steer. angl. 1 Four-wheel drive 1 Gearbox 1 ← Read-out on display: (example)
Data BUS for gearbox 1)

♦ 1 → Data BUS connection is present
♦ 0 → Data BUS connection is not present 2)
Data BUS to four-wheel drive control unit 3)

Data BUS for steering angle

Data BUS for engine

1) Only on vehicles with automatic gearbox

♦ Incorrect gearbox control unit or incorrect coding in the gearbox control unit.
♦ Gearbox control unit defective ⇒ Rep. Gr. 01 of the relevant gearbox identification characters
2) Data BUS connection interrupted or data BUS wiring interchanged ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
3) Only on vehicles with four-wheel drive.
319
Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
If no control unit is connected to the data BUS wiring or is fitted,

the corresponding display field remains empty.


♦ Diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3- and -V.A.G 1551/3 A-
Tasks of the function 04 „Initiate basic setting“
The function 04 „Initiate basic setting“ performs several tasks for
the ESP:
♦ -1- The display group number 001 is necessary to bleed the
hydraulic unit.
♦ -2- In the display group number 031, the functional test of the
solenoid coil for brake pressure and the brake detection switch
is performed.
♦ -3- The display group numbers 060, 063 and 066 are neces‐
sary for the null balance of the steering angle sender, the
lateral acceleration sender and the brake pressure sender.
-1- On vehicles with ESP system, the hydraulic unit is bled with
the display group number 001. Initiate basic setting ⇒ page 226 .
The basic setting 04, the display group number 001 is only nec‐
essary if at least one chamber of the brake fluid reservoir has run
completely empty.
In case of leakage in the brake system, the basic setting must
alsounless
be initiated after the repair.
In this with
case, the function 11 „Login procedure“ is not necessary.
-2- A functional test of the solenoid coil for brake pressure -N247-
and of the brake detection switch is performed with the display
group number 031 -F83- ⇒ page 321 .
This is necessary if:
♦ the brake servo unit is replaced,
♦ it is requested in the fault memory.
In this case, the function 11 „Login procedure“ is not necessary.
-3- The null balance is performed with the display group numbers
060, 063 and 066.
♦ The null balance of the steering angle sender is performed with
the display group number 060 -G85- ⇒ page 320 .
♦ The null balance of the lateral acceleration sender is per‐
formed with the display group number 063 -G200-
⇒ page 323 .
♦ The null balance of the brake pressure senders 1 and 2 -G201-
and -G214- is performed with the display group number 066
⇒ page 324 .
Performing the null balance of the display group numbers 060,
063 and 066 requires that the function 11 „Login procedure“ has
320
Octavia 1997 ➤
been successfully performed beforehand with the vehicle system

tester ⇒ page 324 .
The null balance is necessary if:
♦ the ABS/EDL control unit -J104- or the steering column is re‐
placed,
♦ the steering angle sender -G85- is replaced,
♦ settings have been changed on the chassis within the scope
of a chassis alignment,
♦ the lateral acceleration sender -G200- is replaced,
♦ the brake pressure senders 1 and/or 2 -G201- / -G214- are
replaced,
♦ If as a result of a fault entry in the fault memory of the ABS/
EDL control unit -J104- the fault table indicates to perform the
null balance,
♦ the steering wheel has been removed.
Display group number 031: Test of the solenoid coil for brake
pressure -N247- and the brake detection switch ESP -F83- .
on; ⇒ page 286 .
Select function XX
– Start engine.
– Select function 04 for „Basic setting“ and confirm with Q.

ABS warning light -K47-
Solenoid coil activated
– Press ↑ .
5.95 bar 6.16 bar not activated
Do not actuate the brake pedal.

– Press ↑ .
Depress pedal and hold ...
– Press down the brake pedal strongly and hold it there.

Brake lights light up.
If the brake
unless authorised by ŠKODAlights
AUTOdo not
A. S. lightAUTO
ŠKODA up:A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
♦ Brake light suppression relay -J508- defective ⇒ binder „Cur‐
tions“
♦ Brake detection switch -F83- or solenoid coil for brake pres‐
sure -N247- defective
– Electrical test ⇒ page 326 , perform test step no. 25.
– Press ↑ .
321
Octavia 1997 ➤

18.06 bar 19.12 bar activated
– Press ↑ .
Release pedal
– Do not actuate the brake pedal.

– Press ↑ .
0.85 bar 1.27 bar not activa-
ted
– Press ↑ .
Solenoid coil test comple-
ted
– Press ↑ .
Select function XX
– Ending output (Function 06) ⇒ page 302

Display group number 060: Null balance of the steering angle
sender -G85- .
– Start engine.
– Perform a short test drive on an even surface. Drive straight
ahead and no faster than 20 km/h, pay
Protected by specific attention
copyright. Copying to the
following two points. unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
– If the steering wheel is not in the centre position when driving
straight ahead, the steering wheel position must be corrected
within the scope of a chassis alignment.
– Perform null balance.
– If during the test drive the steering wheel is in the centre po‐
sition, stop the vehicle in its straight ahead position.
Make sure the steering wheel is not moved. Do not switch ignition
off!
– Check the null balance with the function 08 „Read measured
value block“ ⇒ page 305 , display group number 004.
– First of all perform the function 11 „Login procedure“ success‐
fully with the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552-
⇒ page 324 .
Select function XX
– Select function 04 for „Basic setting“ and confirm with Q.


ABS warning light -K47- flashes.
If this readout appears in the display, the „Login procedure“ was Function is unknown or cannot ->
not successfully performed. be carried out at the moment

Balance o.k. 0.0°
After the successful null balance, the value in the display is 0.0°
322
Octavia 1997 ➤
or:
If this readout appears in the display, then the measured values System in basic setting 60
are not within the range allowed for the null balance of +10°. Balance not possible 12.0°
1- Interrogate fault memory (function 02)

2- Erase fault memory (function 05)
3- End output (function 06)
4- Switch off ignition
5- Switch on ignition
6- Perform null balance again
– Press → .
Select function XX

The ABS warning light -K47- and the ESP warning light -K155-
come on for approx. 2 seconds.
Display group number 063: Null balance of the lateral acceleration
sender -G200-
• The vehicle must be standing on level ground.
– Check the measured values with the function 08 „Read meas‐
ured value block“ ⇒ page 305 , display group number 004.
– First of all perform the function 11 „Login procedure“ success‐
⇒ page 324 .
Select function XX
– Enter 04 for the function „Basic setting“ and confirm with Q.

Readout onProtected
display: by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is Basic
not permitted
setting
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept Enter display group number XXX
any liability
– Enter 0, 6, 3 and confirm the entry with the key Q.
The ABS warning light -K47- flashes.
If this readout appears in the display, then the Login procedure Function is unknown or cannot ->
was not successfully performed. be carried out at the moment

After the successful null balance, the value in the display is 0.0
m/s2.
or:
are not within the tolerance range of + 2.5 m/s2. Balance not possible 5.0m/s2
1- Interrogate fault memory (function 02).

2- Erase fault memory (Function 05).
3- End output (function 06).
– Press → .
323
Octavia 1997 ➤

Select function XX

– The ABS warning light -K47- and the ESP warning light -K155-
Display group number 066: Null balance of the brake pressure
sender -G201- and -G214-
• Brake pedal not actuated.
• First of all perform the function 11 „Login procedure“ success‐
⇒ page 324 .
Select function XX

Readout on display: Basic setting


Balance O.K. -0.85bar -2.12bar
After the successful null balance, the value in the display is not
0.00 bar
or:
are not within the range allowed for the null balance of 2 bar to 8 Balance not possible -10.85bar -12.12bar
bar.
– Press → .
Select function XX

– The ABS warning light -K47- and the ESP warning light -K155-
14.13 Login procedure Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Special tools and workshop equipment requiredwith respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
324
Octavia 1997 ➤

Test sequence
on ⇒ page 285 .
Select function XX
– Select function 11 „Login procedure“ and confirm with Q.

Readout on display: Login procedure HELP
Enter code number 40168
– Enter code number 40168 and confirm with Q.

Select function XX
325
Octavia 1997 ➤
15 Electrical test of the ABS/EDL/ESP

ITT Mark 20 IE
♦ Measuring tool set -V.A.G 1594/A-
♦ Test box -V.A.G 1598/A-
♦ Adapter -V.A.G 1598/33-
The test steps ⇒ page 335 apply only to vehicles with ABS/EDL/
ESP,
♦ for which the self-diagnosis does not indicate the fault source.
In this case the full electric inspection must be carried out.
♦ for which the self-diagnosis gives a direct indication of the fault
source. Then only perform the test steps recommended in the
fault table (targeted approach).
15.1 Test conditions

• Before starting the test switch off the ignition and electrical
consumers (headlights, lighting, blowers...).
• Fuses S13, S15, S162, S163 must be O.K. ⇒ binder „Current
Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
To check, remove fuses from the fuse holder.
Note
gine.
Remove air filter

– Screw out screws -2- at the air filter -3- and lay it aside.
Connect test box -V.A.G1598 A- with adapter -V.A.G 1598/33-
– Disconnect the multi-pin connector -1- in the

-direction of arrow a- and remove it from the ABS control unit
-arrow b-.
326
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Connect the test box -V.A.G 1598 A- with adapter -V.A.G

1598/33- -1- to the plug of the wiring loom -2-.
Note
The specified values are specific to the handheld multimeter -

V.A.G 1526 A- and do not necessarily apply for other measuring
tools.

assignment
Note
All unlisted contacts are not yet assigned and must under no cir‐
cumstances be connected to other components!
Contact assignment of authorised
unless the plugbyconnection
ŠKODA AUTO A.-T16a-
S. ŠKODA(diagnostic
connection) with the with
vehicle
respect system testerof -V.A.G
to the correctness information1552-
15. Electrical test of the ABS/EDL/ESP ITT Mark 20 IE 327

Octavia 1997 ➤
Contact 4 - Earth (terminal 31)

Contact 16 - Positive (terminal 30) for S12
Contact 7 - -K- cable via cable connection - diagnosis - to ABS control unit -J10- 4, contact 39
328
Octavia 1997 ➤
Contact assignment of the plug connection -T47a- wiring loom/

ABS control unit -J104-
329
Octavia 1997 ➤

1 ⇒ Solenoid coil for brake pressure -N247-
2 ⇒ Earth point on the left below the battery
3 ⇒ Front right speed sensor -G45-
4 ⇒ Front right speed sensor -G45-
5 ⇒ Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation (only for navigation system)
6 ⇒ Rear right wheel speed sensor -G44-
7 ⇒ Rear right wheel speed sensor -G44-
8 ⇒ Jumper to contact 18
9 ⇒ Lateral acceleration sender -G200- (earth lead)
10 ⇒ Brake pressure sender 2 -G214-
11 ⇒ Yaw rate sender -G202- (earth lead)
13 ⇒ Brake detection switch of the ESP -F83- 1)
14 ⇒ not assigned
16 ⇒ Voltage supply of battery + (via S162)
17 ⇒ Solenoid coil for brake pressure -N247-
18 ⇒ Jumper to contact 8
19 ⇒ Data BUS cable ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
20 ⇒ Data BUS cable ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
21 ⇒ not assigned
22 ⇒ ABS warning light -K47-
23 ⇒ Brake light switch -F-
24 ⇒ TCS/ESP button -E256- / voltage supply relay for warning light -K155-
25 ⇒ Lateral acceleration sender -G200- (voltage line)
27 ⇒ Yaw rate sender -G202- (voltage line) Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
28 ⇒ Brake pressure sender 1 -G201- with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
330
Octavia 1997 ➤

30 ⇒ not assigned
31 ⇒ Brake light suppression relay -J508-
33 ⇒ Front left speed sensor -G47-
34 ⇒ Front left speed sensor -G47-
35 ⇒ Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation (only for navigation system)
36 ⇒ Rear left wheel speed sensor -G46-
37 ⇒ Rear left wheel speed sensor -G46-
38 ⇒ not assigned
39 ⇒ Plug connection -T16a/7- , -K- cable
40 ⇒ Lateral acceleration sender -G200- (signal line)
42 ⇒ Yaw rate sender -G202- (signal line)
44 ⇒ Voltage supply terminal 15 via S 13
45 ⇒ not assigned
47 ⇒ Voltage supply battery + (via S163)
– 1) Brake detection switch ESP -F83- is identical to release switch of the solenoid coil for brake pressure -F84- .
331
Octavia 1997 ➤
Overview of test steps
332
Octavia 1997 ➤
Component to be tested
Voltage supply of the ABS hydraulic pump -V64- - Perform test step 1
Voltage supply of the valves in the hydraulic unit - Perform test step 2
Voltage supply of the control unit -J104- - Perform test step 3
Function of the brake light switch -F- - Perform test step 4
Brake light suppression relay -J508- - Perform test step 5
Jumper - Perform test step 6
Resistance of the front right speed sensor -G45- - Perform test step 7
Resistance of the front left speed sensor -G47- - Perform test step 8
Resistance of the rear right speed sensor -G44- - Perform test step 9
Resistance of the rear left speed sensor -G46- - Perform test step 10
Voltage signal of the front right speed sensor -G45- - Perform test step 11
Voltage signal of the front left speed sensor -G47- - Perform test step 12
Voltage signal of the rear right speed sensor -G44- - Perform test step 13
Voltage signal of the rear left speed sensor -G46- - Perform test step 14
Function of the ABS warning light -K47- - Perform test step 15
Function of the hand brake/brake fluid level warning light -K14/33- - Perform test step 16
Function of the ESP warning light -K155- - Perform test step 17
Function of the ESP button -E256- - Perform test step 18
Actuation of the steering angle sender -G85- - Perform test step 19
Actuation of the lateral acceleration sender -G200-
Protected - Perform
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes,test step
in part 20 is not permitted
or in whole,
Actuation of the yaw rate sender -G202- with respect to the correctness of information in this- Perform test step
document. Copyright 21 AUTO A. S.��
by ŠKODA
Actuation of the brake pressure sender -1- -G201- - Perform test step 22
Actuation of the solenoid coil for brake pressure -N247- - Perform test step 24
Actuation of the brake detection switch -F83- 1) - Perform test step 25
Test of the data BUS cable - Perform test step 26
Voltage supply for -V.A.G 1551- , plug connection -T16a- - Perform test step 27
Resistance of the -K- cable for the self-diagnosis, plug connection -T16a- - Perform test step 28
1) The brake detection switch -F83- is identical to the release switch of the solenoid coil for brake pressure -F84- .
333
Octavia 1997 ➤
334
Octavia 1997 ➤
15.3 Test table

Notes for the test table
♦ The denominations of the bushes of the test box -V.A.G 1598
A- with adapter -V.A.G 1598/33- are identical to the contact
denominations of the control unit -J104- in the current flow di‐
agram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
Finding and Fitting Locations“
♦ If the measured values deviate from the specified values, per‐
the table ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
measuring cables (e.g. with contact spray -G 000 700 04- )
and repeat test. Before replacing the relevant components test
the cables and connections more specifically for nominal val‐
ues below 10 Ω, repeat the resistance measurement on the
component.
15.4 Test steps 1 - 20

Test steps 21 - 28 ⇒ page 348
335
Octavia 1997 ➤

Test step -V.A.G 1598 A- bushes Test covers • Test conditions Specified value Measures for deviations from nominal value
– additional works
1 15 + 47 Voltage supply of the ABS hydraulic pump - • Ignition off 10.0-14.5V – Test wiring of contact -T47a/47- via fuse S163
V64- (terminal 30) at the ABS control unit - to battery positive.
J104-
– Test wiring of contact -T47a/15- to earth ⇒
binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
2 46 + 16 Voltage supply for the valves in the ABS hy‐ • Ignition off 10.0-14.5V – Test wiring of contact -T47a/16- via fuse -
draulic unit -N55- (terminal 30) at the ABS S162- to battery positive.
control unit -J104-
3 44 + 46 Voltage supply of the ABS control unit - • Ignition on 10.0-14.5V – Test wiring of contact -T47a/44- via fuse S13
J104- (terminal 15) and ignition starter switch.

Switch on measuring range:

voltage measurement (20 V =) in test step 4, resistance measurement (200 Ω)/(20 MΩ) in test step 4a
4 23 + 46 Brake light switch -F- • Ignition off 0,0-0,5 V – If necessary set brake light switch
⇒ page 254 .
• Brake pedal not actuated
– Replace brake light switch ⇒ page 254 .
– Actuate brake pedal 10.0-14.5V – Check contact 1 of the brake light switch -
F- toinfuse
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, part or S13.
in whole, is not permitted
336
Octavia 1997 ➤

4a Brake light switch -F- • Measuring range 200 Ω set max.1.5 Ω – Test wiring for open circuit.
– Pull out the multi-pin connector -T47a- – Repair the wiring according to the current
from the ABS control unit -J104- flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Dia‐
grams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting
– Pull out the multi-pin connector from the Locations“
brake light/brake pedal switch
– Test wiring for open circuit
– Test wiring of contact 23 (control unit) to

contact 1 (brake light switch)
• Measuring range 20 MΩ set ∞Ω
– Remove fuse S13
– Check cables for short-circuit to positive

or to earth

5 23 + 46 Brake light suppression relay -J508- • Ignition on 10.0-14.5V – Brake light suppression relay -J508- .
Protected by• copyright.
Brake pedal
Copying actuated
31 + 15 – toBridge
with respect bushes
the correctness 31 and
of information 15document.
in this 0,0-0,5 V by ŠKODA
Copyright – TestAUTO the wiring
according to the current
A. S.��
flow diagram for open circuit and short-cir‐
cuit ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams,
Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Loca‐
tions“
337
Octavia 1997 ➤
Switch on measuring range: resistance measurement (200 Ω)/(20 MΩ)

6 8 + 18 Table of codes • Ignition off max. 1.5 Ω – Test wiring of contact 8 to contact 18 for
open circuit
– Detach multi-pin connector -T47a-
– Connect test box -V.A.G 1598 A- with adapter

-V.A.G 1598/33-
– Test wiring for open circuit

7 3+4 Resistance of the front right speed sensor • Ignition off 1,0 ... 1.3 kΩ – Separate plug connection on speed sensor.
-G45-
– Test wiring according to the current flow dia‐
gram.
– Throughout the test, move cables ⇒ binder

„Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Find‐
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guaranteeIforthe acceptlines are not
any liability found to be faulty:
– Replace
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.�� wheel speed sensor -G45-
⇒ page 247
8 33 + 34 Resistance of the front left speed sensor - • Ignition off 1,0 ... 1.3 kΩ – Separate plug connection on speed sensor.
G47-
gram.

– Replace wheel speed sensor -G47-
⇒ page 247
338
Octavia 1997 ➤

9 7+6 Resistance of the rear right speed sensor • Ignition off 1,0 ... 1.3 kΩ – Separate plug connection on speed sensor.
-G44-
gram.


– Replace wheel speed sensor -G44-
⇒ page 250
10 37 + 36 Resistance of the rear left speed sensor - • Ignition off 1,0 ... 1.3 kΩ – Separate plug connection on speed sensor.
G46-
gram.


– Replace speed sensor -G46- ⇒ page 250 .

Protected voltage
by copyright. measurement
Copying (20 V purposes,
for private or commercial ~) in part or in whole, is not permitted
Test step -V.A.G 1598with A- bushes
respect Test covers
to the correctness • Test
of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODAconditions
AUTO A. S.�� Specified value Measures for deviations from
nominal value
11 3+4 Voltage signal of the front • Vehicle raised Alternating voltage min. 65 – Check the installation of the
right speed sensor -G45- mV wheel speed sensor and the
• Ignition off pulse rotor.
– Turn front right wheel by ap‐
prox. 1 turn per sec. – Check wheel speed sensor -
G45- to ensure it is correctly
connected and read meas‐
ured value block ⇒ page 305 ,
display group number 001
339
Octavia 1997 ➤
Switch on measuring range: voltage measurement (20 V ~)

Test step -V.A.G 1598 A- bushes Test covers • Test conditions Specified value Measures for deviations from
nominal value
12 33 + 34 Voltage signal of the front left • Vehicle raised Alternating voltage min. 65 – Check the installation of the
speed sensor -G47- mV wheel speed sensor and the
– Turn front left wheel by ap‐
13 7+6 Voltage signal of the rear right • Vehicle raised Alternating voltage min. 190 – Check the installation of the
– Turn rear right wheel by ap‐
14 36 + 37 Voltage signal of the rear left • Vehicle raised Alternating voltage min. 190 – Check the installation of the
– Turn rear left wheel by ap‐
340
Octavia 1997 ➤

Test step -V.A.G 1598 A- bushes Test covers • Test conditions Specified value Measures for deviations from nom‐
inal value
15 - Function of the ABS warning • The fault memory was interro‐ The warning light -K47- lights If the ABS warning light does not
light -K47- gated and there is no fault in up for approx. 2 seconds and light up for approx. 2 seconds:
the fault memory of the ABS goes out again – Test wiring of contact -T47a/22-
control unit -J104- (control unit) to contact -T32a/
19- (dash panel insert) for short-
• Ignition off circuit to earth. ⇒ Binder „Cur‐
• The multi-pin connector is in‐ rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical
serted on the ABS control unit Fault Finding and Fitting Loca‐
-J104- and locked tions“
– Switch on ignition – Check dash panel insert, fault in

the dash panel insert ⇒ Electri‐
cal System; Rep. gr. 90

nominal value
16 - Function of the hand brake/ • Brake fluid level is O.K. The warning light -K14/33- – Check the brake fluid level
brake fluid level warning light - lights up for approx. 2 seconds warning contact -F34- in the
K14/33- • Ignition off and goes out screw cap of the brake fluid
• Multi-pin connector inserted reservoir.
on control unit -J104- and
locked – Test wiring of contact -T32a/
29- (dash panel insert) to brake
– Switch on ignition fluid warning contact for short-
circuit to earth. ⇒ Binder „Cur‐
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability Fault Finding and Fitting Loca‐
tions“
– Check dash panel insert, fault

in the dash panel insert ⇒
Electrical System; Rep. gr. 90
341
Octavia 1997 ➤
Functional test: ESP warning light -K155-

Test step -V.A.G 1598 A- bushes Test covers • Test conditions Specified value Measures for deviations from nom‐
inal value
17 - Function of the ESP warning • Ignition off The warning light -K155- – Test wiring of contact -T47a/22-
light -K155- lights up for approx. 2 sec‐ (control unit) via the voltage
• Multi-pin connector inserted onds and goes out supply relay -J535- to contact -
on control unit -J104- and T32b/14- (dash panel insert) for
locked open circuit and short-circuit to
– Switch on ignition positive.
If the warning light -K155- remains

lit:
– Test wiring of contact -T47a/22-
(control unit) via the voltage
supply relay -J535- to contact -
T32b/14- (dash panel insert) for
short-circuit to earth ⇒ binder
Locations“
– Check dash panel insert, fault in

the dash panel insert.
– Test the ESP button -E256- ⇒

Electrical System ; Rep. gr. 90
– Test voltage supply relay for

warning light -K155- ⇒ binder
Locations“
342
Octavia 1997 ➤
Functional test: Warning light for TCS/ESP button -E256- in test step 18; voltage supply (20 V=) in test step 18a
nominal value
18 - Function of the TCS/ESP • Ignition off The warning light -K155-
button -E256- lights up for approx. 2 sec‐
• The function of the TCS/ESP onds and goes out again
warning light -K155- was tested
with test step 17
• The multi-pin connector is in‐
serted on the ABS control unit -
J104- and locked
– Operate TCS/ESP button Warning light -K155- comes – Perform test step 18a
on
– Operate TCS/ESP button once Warning light -K155- goes out
again
343
Octavia 1997 ➤
Functional test: Warning light for TCS/ESP button -E256- in test step 18; voltage supply (20 V=) in test step 18a
nominal value
18a 15 + 24 Function of the TCS/ESP – Switch off ignition – Test wiring of contact -T47a/
button -E256- 15- (control unit) to earth.
– Pull out the multi-pin connector
from the ABS control unit -J104- – Test wiring of contact -T47a/
24- (control unit) to contact -
– Connect test box -V.A.G 1598 T4f/2- (TCS/ESP button) for
A- with adapter -V.A.G open circuit or short-circuit to
1598/33- positive or to earth.
– Button -E256- not pressed and 3,5-5,0 V – Test wiring of contact -T47a/
warning light -K155- lights up 24- (control unit) to contact -
T32b/14- (dash panel insert)
for open circuit and short-cir‐
cuit to positive or to earth.
– Button -E256- held pressed and 8,0 - 14,5V – Test voltage supply of contact
warning light -K155- lights up -T4f/1- (TCS/ESP button) via
fuse S13 for open circuit ⇒
binder „Current Flow Dia‐
grams, Electrical Fault Finding
– Replace TCS/ESP button ⇒

Body Work; Rep. gr. 70 .
344
Octavia 1997 ➤

Test step -V.A.G 1598 A- bushes Test covers • Test conditions Specified value Measures for deviations from nominal
value
19 - Earth connection and voltage • Ignition off – Test wiring of contact -T6w/4-
supply of the steering angle send‐ (steering angle sender) to fuse S15
er -G85- – Pull out the multi-pin connector - for open circuit.
J104- – Repair the wiring according to the
current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Cur‐
– Disconnect the plug connection from rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
the steering angle sender Finding and Fitting Locations“
– Test the voltage supply of the steer‐
ing angle sender at the plug connec‐
tion -T6w-
– Test wiring between contact -T6w/4- 10.0-14.5V
and contact -T6w/1-
• Ignition on – Test wiring of contact -T6w/5-
(steering angle sender) to fuse S13
– Test wiring between contact -T6w/5- 10.0-14.5V for open circuit ⇒ binder „Current
and contact -T6w/1- Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
345
Octavia 1997 ➤

value
19a - Cables for steering angle sender • Measuring range 200 Ω set
-G85-
– Connect test box -V.A.G 1598 A-
with adapter -V.A.G 1598/33-
– check the following wiring for open

circuit:
– Wiring of contact -T6w/3- (steering max. 1.5 Ω – Test wiring for open circuit.
angle sender) with contact -T47a/19-
(control unit) – Repair the wiring according to the
– Wiring of contact -T6w/2- (steering rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
angle sender) with contact -T47a/20- Finding and Fitting Locations“
(control unit).
– Wiring of contact T6w/1 to earth

• Measuring range 20 MΩ set
– Remove fuse S13 ∞Ω
– Check cables for short-circuit to pos‐

itive or to earth
346
Octavia 1997 ➤

value
20 - Cables for lateral acceleration • Ignition off
sender -G200-
• Measuring range 200 set
– Remove fuse S13
– Pull out the multi-pin connector -

J104-

– Disconnect the plug connection -

T3n- from the lateral acceleration
sender
– Check the following line connections max. 1.5 Ω – Test wiring for open circuit.
for an open circuit:
– Repair the wiring according to the
– Wiring of contact -T3n/1- (lateral ac‐ current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Cur‐
celeration sender) with contact - rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
T47a/40- (control unit) Finding and Fitting Locations“
– Wiring of contact -T3n/2- (lateral ac‐

celeration sender) with contact -
T47a/9- (control unit)
– Wiring of contact -T3n/3- (lateral ac‐ max. 1.5 Ω
celeration sender) with contact -
T47a/25- (control unit)
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability– Remove fuse S13
– Check cables for short-circuit to
positive or to earth
347
Octavia 1997 ➤
15.5 Test steps 21 - 28
348
Octavia 1997 ➤

Test step V.A.G 1598 A bushes Test covers • Test conditions Specified value Measures for deviations from nominal
value
21 - Cables for yaw rate sender - • Ignition off
G202-
• Measuring range 200 Ω set
J104- .


T3m- from the yaw rate sender -
G202-
– Check the following line connections – Test wiring for open circuit.
– Wiring of contact -T3m/1- (yaw rate max. 1.5 Ω – Repair the wiring according to the
sender) with contact -T47a/42- (con‐ current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Cur‐
trol unit) rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
– Wiring of contact -T3m/2- (yaw rate
sender) with contact -T47a/11- (con‐
trol unit)
– Wiring of contact -T3m/3- (yaw rate

sender) with contact -T47a/27- (con‐
trol unit)
– Remove fuse S13

itive or to earth
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability 349
Octavia 1997 ➤

value
22 - Cables for brake pressure sender • Ignition off
1 -G201-
J104-


T30- from the brake pressure send‐
er -G201-
– Check the following line connec‐ max. 1.5 Ω – Test wiring for open circuit.
tions for an open circuit:
– Wiring of contact -T30/1- (brake current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Cur‐
pressure sender) via plug connec‐ rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical
tion -T14c/1- with contact -T47a/28- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
(control unit)
– Wiring of contact -T30/2- (brake

pressure sender) via plug connec‐
tion -T14c/2- with contact -T47a/12-
(control unit)
– Wiring of contact -T30/3- (brake

tion -T14c/3- with contact -T47a/43-
(control unit)
– Remove fuse S13
– Copying
Protected by copyright. Checkforcables for short-circuit
private or commercial purposes, into
part or in whole, is not permitted
unless authorised by ŠKODApositive
AUTO A. orS.to earth
ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
350
Octavia 1997 ➤

value
23 - Cables for brake pressure sender • Ignition off
2 -G214-
J104-


T3p- from the brake pressure send‐
er -G201-
– Check the following line connec‐ – Test wiring for open circuit.
tions for an open circuit:
– Wiring of contact -T3p/1- (brake max. 1.5 Ω – Repair the wiring according to the
pressure sender 2) via plug connec‐ current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Cur‐
tion -T14c/12- with contact -T47a/ rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical
26- (control unit) Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
– Wiring
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, of contact -T3p/2- (brake
is not permitted
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept pressure sender 2) via plug connec‐
any liability
tion -T14c/13- with contact -T47a/
10- (control unit)
– Wiring of contact -T3p/3- (brake

tion -T14c/14- with contact -T47a/
41- (control unit)
– Remove fuse S13
– Check cables for short-circuit to

positive or to earth
351
Octavia 1997 ➤

value
24 - Cables for solenoid coil for brake • Ignition off
pressure -N247-
J104-

– Disconnect plug connection T6x at

brake servo unit
– Check the following line connections

– Wiring of contact -T6x/4- (solenoid

coil for brake pressure -N247- ) via
plug connection -T14c/7- with con‐
tact -T47a/17- (ABS control unit)
– Wiring of contact -T6x/3- (solenoid max. 1.5 Ω – Test wiring for open circuit.
coil for brake pressure -N247- ) via
plug connection -T14c/8- with con‐ – Repair the wiring according to the
tact -T47a/17- (ABS control unit - current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Cur‐
J104- ). rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
• Measuring range 20
MΩ set ∞Ω
– Remove fuse S13

itive or to earth
• Measuring range 200 Ω set 1.0 ... 2.0 kΩ – The brake servo unit must be re‐
placed if the specified value is not
– Disconnect multi-pin connector reached ⇒ page 564 .
T14c
– Check contacts -7- and -8- in the
plug connection -T14c- to the sole‐
noid coil for brake pressure -N247-
352
Octavia 1997 ➤

value
25 - Brake detection switch -F83- • Ignition off
– Pull out the multi-pin connector -T47a-
from the ABS control unit -J104-
– Connect test box -V.A.G 1598 A- with

adapter -V.A.G 1598/33-
– Disconnect plug connection -T6x- at

brake servo unit
– Check the following line connections

– Wiring of contact -T6x/1- (brake detec‐

tion switch -F83- ) via plug connection
-T14c/5- with contact -T47a/13- (ABS
control unit -J104- )
– Wiring of contact -T6x/2- (brake detec‐ max. 1.5 Ω – Test wiring for open circuit.
-T14c/6- with contact -T47a/29- (ABS – Repair the wiring according to the cur‐
control unit -J104- ) rent flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current
Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Find‐
– Wiring of contact -T6x/5- (brake detec‐ ing and Fitting Locations“
-T14c/9- with contact -T47a/327- (ABS
control unit -J104- ).
– Remove fuse S13
– Check cables for short-circuit to posi‐

tive or to earth
353
Octavia 1997 ➤

26 19+20 Data BUS cables • Ignition off
– Disconnect the multi-pin plug connections
from the control units connected to a data
BUS line (connection in the dash panel wir‐
ing loom -A122- and -A121- )
– Connect test box -V.A.G 1598 A- with adapt‐

er -V.A.G 1598/33-
– Check the following line connections for an

open circuit:
– to the steering angle sender
– to the engine control unit
– to the automatic gearbox control unit 1)

– Wiring of contact -T47a/19- (control unit) via max. 1.5 Ω – Test wiring for open circuit.
connection A121 to contact -T6w/3- (steer‐
ing angle sender -G85- ) – Repair the wiring according to the current
flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Dia‐
– Continue via connection A121 to the con‐ grams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting
nected control units Locations“
– Wiring of contact -T47a/20- (control unit) via

connection A122 to contact -T6w/2- (steer‐
ing angle sender -G85- ).
Protected by copyright. Copying for private – Continue
or commercial via connection
purposes, A122
in part or in whole, to the con‐
is not permitted
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA nected
AUTO A.control
S. does notunits according
guarantee to current
or accept any liability flow
diagram

– Remove fuse S13
– Check cables for short-circuit to positive or

to earth
354
Octavia 1997 ➤

value
27 - Voltage supply for vehicle system • Ignition on – Test wiring of -T16a/4- to earth.
tester -V.A.G 1552- , plug connec‐
tion -T16a- – Connect the handheld multimeter, 10.0-14.5V – Test wiring of -T16a/1- via -S5- .
e.g. -V.A.G 1526 A- , with the
measuring tool set -V.A.G 1594 A- – Repair the wiring according to the
to -T16a- 1) current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Cur‐
rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
– Test wiring between contact - Finding and Fitting Locations“
T16a/4- and contact -T16a/1-
1) Contact assignment of the plug connection for the voltage supply and the self-diagnosis with the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- ⇒ page 335
355
Octavia 1997 ➤

value
28 - -K- cable for the self-diagnosis, • Ignition off
plug connection T16a
• Measuring range 200 Ω set max. 1.5 Ω – Test wiring of contact -T16a/7- to
contact -T47a/39-
– Remove fuse S13
– Pull out the multi-pin connector - current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Cur‐
T47a- from the ABS control unit - rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
J104- Finding and Fitting Locations“
– Test wiring between contact -T16a/

7- and contact -T47a/39-
• Measuring range 20 MΩ set ∞Ω – Repair the wiring according to the
– Remove fuse S13 rent Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
itive or to earth
356
Octavia 1997 ➤
16 Electric/electronic components and fitting locations ABS/EDL/ESP

Mark 20

fluid reservoir
The brake servo unit includes
the following components:
♦ Release switch of the sole‐
noid coil for brake pressure
-F84- ; This switch is iden‐
tical to the brake detection
switch ESP -F83- .
♦ The brake detection switch
ESP -F83- is tested by self-
diagnosis
♦ Solenoid coil for brake
pressure in the brake servo
unit -N247-
♦ The solenoid coil for brake
pressure in the brake servo
unit -N247- is tested by self-
diagnosis
2 - Brake pressure sender 1 -
G201-
♦ are checked by self-diagno‐
sis
♦ The brake pressure sender
1 and the brake pressure
sender 2 are equal parts
♦ The fitting location for the
brake pressure sender 1
can also be the Pos. 3 for
the brake pressure sender
2
⇒ page 559
3 - Brake pressure sender 2 -G214-
♦ are checked by self-diagnosis
♦ unless
The authorised
brake pressure sender
by ŠKODA AUTO 2 andAUTO
A. S. ŠKODA the A.
brake
S. doespressure
not guaranteesender 1 are
or accept any equal parts
liability
♦ The fitting location for the brake pressure sender 2 can also be the Pos. 2 for the brake pressure sender 1
4 - Cable duct
♦ Brake detection switch -F83-
♦ Solenoid coil for brake pressure
5 - Plug connection -T14c-
♦ Brake detection switch -F83-
♦ Solenoid coil for brake pressure in the brake servo unit -N247-
♦ Brake pressure sender -1- -G201-
♦ Brake pressure sender -2- -G214-
16. Electric/electronic components and fitting locations ABS/EDL/ESP Mark 20 357

Octavia 1997 ➤
6 - Lateral acceleration sender -G200-

♦ Fitting location: next to the steering column under the dash panel
♦ is checked by self-diagnosis
7 - Yaw rate sender -G202-
♦ Fitting location: next to the steering column under the dash panel
8 - Steering angle sender -G85-
♦ Fitting location: on the steering column between the steering wheel and the steering column switch
9 - ESP warning light -K155-
♦ Fitting location: in the dash panel insert
♦ function ⇒ page 278
10 - Hand brake/brake fluid level warning light -K14/33-
11 - ABS warning light
♦ Rear right and rear left wheel speed sensors -G44/G46-
⇒ page 131

♦ Front right and front left wheel speed sensors -G45/G47- 1)
14 - Voltage supply relay for warning light -K155- -J535-

♦ Fitting location: additional relay carrier, space 7
♦ Fitting location: in the storage compartment on the driver's side
– setting up to MY 1999 ⇒ page 254 , asbyof
Protected MY 2000
copyright. Copying⇒forpage
private 255
– removing and installing up to MY 1999
unless ⇒ page
authorised 254AUTO
by ŠKODA , asA.ofS. MY
ŠKODA 2000
AUTO⇒ A. page 255
S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
358
Octavia 1997 ➤

17 - Control unit for ABS/EDL/ESP -J104-
♦ Fitting location: at the hydraulic unit in left of engine compartment
♦ Check the multi-pin plug connection to the control unit ⇒ page 327
♦ Do not disconnect the multi-pin plug connection before the self-diagnosis is complete. switch off the ignition
before disconnecting the plug connector.
18 - Hydraulic unit for ABS/EDL/ESP -N55-
♦ Fitting position: left of engine compartment
♦ the hydraulic unit -N55- consists of the hydraulic pump -V64- and the valve block with the inlet and exhaust
valves
♦ when changing the hydraulic unit, absolutely close the old part with a plug from the mounting part kit; SP
no. ⇒ Electronic Catalogue of Original Parts
♦ Remove and install hydraulic control unit (hydraulic unit -N55- with control unit -J104- ) ⇒ page 359
♦ Do not separate the hydraulic pump -V64- from the valve block.
♦ Repairing the hydraulic control unit ⇒ page 364

control unit ABS/EDL/ESP and the
bracket
Note

♦ Diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3- or -V.A.G 1551/3A-
♦ Brake pedal load, e.g. -V.A.G 1238/B- , or -V.A.G 1869/2-
♦ Mounting part kit, SP no.⇒ Electronic Catalogue of Original
Parts The mounting part kit consists of a plug and a protective
cap

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Multi-pin connector/ABS
control unit
♦ 47-pin
♦ do not disconnect the plug
connector before the self-
diagnosis is complete,
switch off the ignition be‐
fore disconnecting the plug
connector
the ABS hydraulic unit -
N55- and the ABS control
unit -J104- form the hy‐
draulic control unit
stalled completely
⇒ page 359 .
♦ between master brake cyl‐
inder/floating piston circuit
and hydraulic unit
left brake caliper
♦ ABS hydraulic unit to rear
right brake caliper
cylinder/rear left brakebycali‐
Protected copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
per unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
♦ ABS hydraulic unit to front right brake caliper
♦ between master brake cylinder/push rod piston circuit and hydraulic unit
10 - Support
12 - Cap nut, 25 Nm
Note

360
Octavia 1997 ➤

– set clock,
Note
gine:
engines.
-V.A.G 1238/B- or -V.A.G 1869/2- .
screw.
– Close the bleeder screw once the brake fluid flowed out.
– Release the multi-pin connector -1- (-arrow a-) and disconnect
it from the hydraulic control unit (-arrow b-).
Note

Octavia 1997 ➤

under the hydraulic control unit -1-.
Note
The brake lines around the hydraulic unit must not be bent.
– Screw out the brake lines from the master brake cylinder to
the hydraulic unit, see -arrows-, and protect them against dirt
with the screw plugs from the mounting part kit.
the expansion reservoir.

must be closed with the plugs from the mounting part kit.
-Pos. 1- Protective cap for valve domes (foam material).
The plugs -Pos. 2 and 3- as well as the protective cap -Pos. 1-
are part of the scope of delivery of the mounting part kit SP no.
for mounting part kit ⇒ Electronic Catalogue of Original Parts
362
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew the screws -arrows- on the bracket for the hydraulic

control unit.
Note
The third fixing screw for the hydraulic control unit is covered by
the hydraulic pump -V64- .

Note
♦ Only then remove plugs from the hydraulic unit when the rel‐
evant brake line is installed.
♦ If the plugs were already removed from the hydraulic unit be‐
fore the brake line is installed, then brake fluid may escape
and adequate filling and bleeding can no longer be guaran‐
teed.
Note

– Connect the brake lines to the hydraulic unit and tighten

⇒ page 359 .

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Tighten the hydraulic control unit -arrows-.
Note
The third fixing screw for the hydraulic control unit is covered by
the hydraulic pump -V64- .
– Insert the multi-pin connector on the ABS control unit and lock.
If the control unit was replaced while repairing the hydraulic con‐
trol unit -J104- , a null balance must be performed for the following
components:
♦ Steering angle sender -G85-
♦ Lateral acceleration sender -G200-
♦ Brake pressure sender 1 -G201-
– Initiate basic setting and perform null balance ⇒ page 320 .
– Erasing fault memory ⇒ page 302
Removing and installing bracket
Removing
– Unscrew nuts -1- and cap nut -3-.

– Remove holder -2-.
Install
Tightening torques:
Nuts to body 20 Nm
♦ Use new screws!
Cap nut to body 25 Nm

ABS/EDL/ESP
364
Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ Mounting part kit, SP no. ⇒ Electronic Catalogue of Original

Parts . The mounting part kit consists of a plug and a protective
cap
Disassembling the hydraulic control unit
The repair of the hydraulic control unit is carried out by separating
the ABS control unit ( -J104- ) -1- from the hydraulic unit ( -N55- )
-2-, which is connected to the hydraulic pump ( -V64- ) -3-.
Only the ABS control unit ( -J104- ) -1- or the hydraulic unit ( -
N55- ) -2- with the hydraulic pump ( -V64- ) -3- can be replaced.
The hydraulic unit and the hydraulic pump must not be separated
from each other and therefore cannot be replaced individually.
– Screw out the screws from the control unit -arrows- and re‐
move the ABS control unit from the hydraulic unit.
Note
When removing the ABS control unit -b-, make sure the valve
domes -1- of the hydraulic unit -a- do not tilt along with the sole‐
noid coils -2- of the ABS control unit -b-.
– Cover the solenoid coils of the control unit with a non-fluffing

cloth.
– After separating the hydraulic unit from the ABS control unit,
fit the protective cap -1- onto the valve domes of the hydraulic
unit.
Note
♦ The protective cap -1- and the plugs -2- and -3- are component
parts of the mounting part kit.
♦ The plugs and the protective cap of the newly installed hy‐
draulic units can be used instead of thoses from the mounting
part kit.

Octavia 1997 ➤
ABS hydraulic unit ( -N55- ) and hydraulic pump ( -V64- ) -a-:

♦ Hydraulic unit: The valve block includes the control valves.
♦ Do not separate the hydraulic pump -V64- from the hydraulic
unit -N55- .
♦ When changing the hydraulic unit, the protective cap for valve
domes ( ⇒ page 365 , Pos. 1) must be inserted on the old part
and the old part must be closed with the screw plugs
( ⇒ page 365 , Pos. 2 and 3). This is a requirement for possible
guarantee claims.
1- Valve domes of the hydraulic unit
2- Solenoid coils of the control unit
ABS control unit ( -J104- ) -b-:
If the ABS control unit was replaced while repairing the hydraulic
control unit -J104- , a null balance must be performed for the fol‐
lowing components:
♦ Lateral acceleration sender -G200-
Contact assignment ⇒ page 327 ,
Test requirements ⇒ page 326
Assembling the hydraulic control unit
Note

valve block.
sure
withthe valve
respect to thedomes ofofthe
correctness hydraulic
information unit do not
in this document. tilt along
Copyright with
by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
– Screw the ABS control unit to the hydraulic unit. Tightening

torque: 4 Nm (always use the supplied screws).

No.: -S 504 500 V-
Removing and installing wheel speed sensor
⇒ page 247
Check pulse rotor or remove and install
⇒ page 247
Check axial run-out of pulse rotor
⇒ page 247
366
Octavia 1997 ➤
Note


– set clock,
Removing
Note
gine:
engines.
– Release the multi-pin connector -1- (-arrow a-) and disconnect

it from the ABS control unit -arrow b-.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unlock the cap -1- of the multi-pin connector -2- using a screw‐
driver and remove it.



3+4 Front right wheel speed sensor -G45-
33 + 34 Front left wheel speed sensor -G47-
6+7 Rear right wheel speed sensor -G44-
36 + 37 Rear left wheel speed sensor -G46-

plug connector.
368
Octavia 1997 ➤
Install
Note

– Insert contact in the plug housing and insert the single cable
up to the stop.
– Secure the contacts with the secondary lock (purple).

– Lock the secondary lock (purple) with a small screwdriver in
– Position the cap on the multi-pin connector.
– Insert the multi-pin connector on the ABS control unit -J104-
and lock.


Octavia 1997 ➤

drive
⇒ page 250
16.5 Removing and installing parts of the

ESP system
The description of the structure and function of the ESP can be
found in self-study programme No. 28.
♦ Remove and install yaw rate sender -G202- and lateral accel‐
eration sender -G200- ⇒ page 370
♦ Remove and install steering angle sender -G85- ⇒ page 370
Remove and install yaw rate sender -G202- and lateral acceler‐
ation sender -G200-
The removal and installation procedure of the yaw rate sender -
G202- and the lateral acceleration sender -G200- is the same
except for the direct replacement of the sender to be removed.
Note


– set clock,
Removing
– Remove the bottom part of the dash panel -1- ⇒ Body Work;
Rep. gr. 70 .
– Remove the bottom part of the steering column trim panel
-2- ⇒ Body Work; Rep. gr. 70 .
370
Octavia 1997 ➤
The yaw rate sender ( -G202- ) -1- and the lateral acceleration
sender ( -G200- ) -2- are fixed with a common bracket -3- at the
mounting bracket for the steering column -a-.
Note
Due to the common bracket, the senders cannot be removed

separately. After removing the bracket, the yaw rate sender -
G202- and the lateral acceleration sender -G200- can be replaced
separately.
– Disconnect the plugs -arrows- from the yaw rate sender -

G202- and from the lateral acceleration sender -G200- .
– Unscrew screw -5- and remove bracket -3- with yaw rate
sender -G202- and lateral acceleration sender -G200- .
Replace yaw rate sender -G202-
– Unscrew the nuts -a- from the yaw rate sender ( -G202- ) -1-.
– Remove the yaw rate sender ( -G202- ) -1- from the bracket
-3-.
-2- Lateral acceleration sender -G200-
– Insert the new yaw rate sender ( -G202- ) -1- into the bracket
-3- and align it straight.
– Screw on nuts -a- and tighten.
Replace lateral acceleration sender -G200-
– Lever off the holder -2- from the lateral acceleration sender ( -
G200- ) -1- using a screwdriver.
– Remove the lateral acceleration sender ( -G200- ) -1- from the
bracket -4-.
-3- Yaw rate sender -G202-
– Insert the new lateral acceleration sender ( -G200- ) -1- into

the bracket -3-.
-4- Yaw rate sender -G202-
The inclined side -arrow- of the lateral acceleration sender ( -

G200- ) -1- must point in the direction of the holder -2-.
– Push the holder -2- over the lateral acceleration sender ( -

G200- ) -1- and lock.
Install

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Mount the bracket -3- with the lateral acceleration sender ( -

G200- ) -2- and the yaw rate sender ( -G202- ) -1- on the
mounting bracket -4- for the steering column -a-.
– Insert and tighten screw -5-.
– Fit on plug for yaw rate sender ( -G202- ) -1- and plug for lateral
acceleration sender ( -G200- ) -2- (arrows).
– Install the bottom part of the steering column trim panel ⇒
Body Work; Rep. gr. 70 .
– Install bottom part of dash panel ⇒ Body Work; Rep. gr. 70 .
Tightening torques:
Yaw rate sender ( -G202- ) 9 Nm
Bracket at mounting bracket for steering column 20 Nm
Removing and installing steering angle sender -G85-

Note


– set clock,
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet Octavia .
Removing
– Put the front wheels in straight ahead position.
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ Body Work; Rep. gr. 69 .
372
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew screws -1-, -2-, -3- and -4-.

– Remove the handle for the steering wheel adjuster as well as
the top and bottom part of the steering column trim panel.
- Check whether the front wheels are in the straight-ahead posi‐
tion.
– If necessary, fit on the steering wheel and put the front wheels
in a straight ahead position.
– Remove steering wheel.
The steering angle sender -G85- is fitted together with the coil
spring -2- in the housing -1-.
Note
The following two work steps must only be performed when rein‐
stalling at a later stage the same housing with a coil spring.
– Position the steering angle sender in the centre position:

A yellow dot must be visible in the window -1-.
The markings -arrows- must be flush.
Make sure this position is maintained.
– Secure the coil spring -2- against unintentional turning by cov‐

ering it with adhesive tape -1-.
-3- Housing

Octavia 1997 ➤
Disconnect plugs -1- and -2-
– Carefully release catch hooks -arrows- and remove housing

-1- with steering angle sender -G85- and coil spring.
Install
– Slide housing -1- with steering angle sender -G85- and coil
spring onto the steering column and lock into position with
steering column switch -arrows-.
– Connect both plug connections.
Note
After removing the transport protection or the adhesive tape do

not turn the coil spring, only the positioning of the steering angle
sender -G85- in centre position is allowed.
– Removing transport protection or adhesive tape.

Markings -arrows- must be flush with each other.
Make sure this correct position is maintained.
– Remove the top and bottom part of the steering column trim
panel as well as the handle for the steering wheel adjuster.
– Install steering wheel ⇒ Body work; Rep. gr. 69 .
– Perform the basic setting of the steering angle sender -G85-
⇒ page 320 .
– Interrogate the faultProtected
memory ⇒ pageCopying
by copyright. 289 for
. private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
– Erasing fault memorywith
⇒ page 302 .
16.6 Removing and installing as well as set‐

ting the brake light switch
up to MY 1999 ⇒ page 254
as of MY 2000 ⇒ page 255
374
Octavia 1997 ➤

Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles
with ABS/EDL/ESP Mark 20
Note

torque of 14 Nm.
♦ The complete master brake cylinder and brake servo unit can
be replaced independently of one another.

3 - Gasket
♦ for brake servo unit
4 - Bellows
♦ pay attention to correct po‐
sition, risk of suction noises
5 - Holder
♦ is attached to the edge of
the brake servo unit
♦ serves for the support of the
plug - Pos. 15 unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
6 - Screw cap
8 - Sealing ring
♦ replace
9 - Retaining bracket
♦ for fixing the wiring loom -
Pos. 16
10 - Plugs
♦ moisten with brake fluid and press in expansion reservoir
11 - Retaining pin
♦ fit through the master brake cylinder
17. Summary of Components of Hydraulic Control Unit, Brake Servo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ESP Mark
20 375
Octavia 1997 ➤

♦ cannot be repaired, replace completely in the event of faults
13 - Brake pressure sender -1- -G201-
♦ in the floating piston circuit
♦ in the push rod piston circuit
15 - Connector
♦ Connection wiring loom dash panel/engine compartment
16 - Wiring loom
18 - Heat shield
♦ only for vehicles fitted with a 110 kW engine
19 - Cap nut, 25 Nm
21 - Dampening rubber
22 - Support
24 - Control unit for ABS/EDL/ESP
25 - Hydraulic unit for ABS/EDL/ESP
26 - Brake line connection, 14 Nm Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ hydraulic unit to front left brake caliperwith respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
27 - Brake line connection, 14 Nm
♦ Hydraulic unit to wheel cylinder/rear right brake caliper
♦ Hydraulic unit to wheel cylinder/rear left brake caliper
32 - Plugs
33 - Vacuum hose
♦ with non-return valve
♦ insert in brake servo unit.
376
Octavia 1997 ➤
18 Antilock braking system (ABS) MK60

fault finding and on repairing ABS and
ABS/TCS/EDL MK 60
⇒ Antilock braking system (ABS) ITT Mark 20 IE ⇒ page 191 .
18.2 Notes on repair work on ABS and ABS/

TCS/EDL MK 60
⇒ Antilock braking system (ABS) ITT Mark 20 IE ⇒ page 191 .

♦ ⇒ Binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and
♦ ABS Self-study programme

⇒ page 193 .
18.5 ABS and ABS/TCS/EDL

The ABS and ABS/TCS/EDL do not differ on the exterior.
♦ Control unit identification
The control unit version appears in the display of -V.A.G 1552- .
Select function 01 „interrogate control unit version“
⇒ page 379 .⇒ electronic catalogue of original parts
18.6 Fitting position ABS or ABS/TCS/EDL

MK 60 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
⇒ page 404 unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
18. Antilock braking system (ABS) MK60 377

Octavia 1997 ➤
19 Self-diagnosis
19.1 Self-diagnosis functions

⇒ page 195
Note
The MK 60 is equipped with a 47-pin control unit.

lights -K47- and -K14/33-
a - the voltage supply is less than 11 volts
b - if an ABS fault is present, the anti-lock brake system remains
switched off while the conventional brake system remains fully
operational.
c - a wheel speed sensor fault existed after the last vehicle start
(sporadic fault). In case of a wheel speed sensor fault, the ABS
warning light goes out automatically after restarting the vehicle
and after a speed above 20Protected
km/h is
by reached.
d - Line interruption between with
dash panel
respect to theinsert and
correctness control unit
of information in this -document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
J104- ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding
e - Dash panel insert defective
f - the ABS control unit is incorrectly coded
The ABS warning light ( -K47- ) -1- flashes with approx. 1 Hz if
the ABS control unit is not coded.
The ABS warning light ( -K47- ) -1- and the hand brake/brake fluid
level warning light ( -K14/33- ) -2- flash while performing the self-
diagnosis.
♦ If the ABS warning light goes out but the warning light for the
hand brake/brake fluid level ( -K14/33- ) remains lit -2-, the
causes of the fault may be:
a - the hand-brake is still applied
b - the brake fluid level is too low
c - there is a fault in the wiring ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams,
♦ If the ABS warning light -1- and the warning light for the hand
brake/brake fluid -2- do not go out, then the ABS and EBD
(Electronic Brake pressure Distribution) have failed.
In this case, a change in braking behaviour can be expected as
the brake pressure on the rear wheels is no longer regulated.
d - the switch -F9- for the warning light -K14/33- is defective or
378
Octavia 1997 ➤

⇒ page 198

⇒ page 198

Octavia 1997 ➤
Page
1) only required for vehicles with EDL
380
Octavia 1997 ➤
20.4 Fault table
Note
Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“.
381
Octavia 1997 ➤

No fault detected If after repair „No fault detected“ is displayed, the self-diagnosis is completed.
If the ABS does not operate without fault in spite of the display read-out „No fault detected“, then proceed as follows:
2. Interrogate the fault memory again, if still no fault is stored,
3. Continue fault finding without self-diagnosis and perform the electrical test completely ⇒ page 378
00003 ♦ Open circuit or loose contact in the wiring to the control unit – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the current
-J104- flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“.
– Perform a test drive at a speed above 20 km/h

– Replace control unit -J104- ⇒ page 405
00283 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth or loose contact – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the current
Front left wheel speed sensor -G47- in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G47- and control flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
implausible signal unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“.

G47- damage.
♦ Wheel speed sensor -G47- defective – Replace pulse rotor, if necessary wheel speed sensor -G47-
⇒ page 247
Front left wheel speed sensor -G47- in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G47- and control flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
electrical fault in the circuit unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“.

unless authorised by ŠKODA♦ AUTO
Electrical malfunctions
A. S. ŠKODA due
AUTO A. S. does not to external
guarantee interference
or accept any liability (high- – Read measured value block ⇒ page 399 display group num‐
frequency
with respect to the correctness irradiation,
of information e.g.
in this document. non-insulated
Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO ignition
A. S.�� cable) ber 001
– Replace wheel speed sensor -G47- ⇒ page 247
382
Octavia 1997 ➤

Front left wheel speed sensor -G47- too great (signal N.O.K.) the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247
mechanical fault 1)
– Read measured value block ⇒ page 399 display group num‐
ber 002


00285 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth or loose con‐ – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the current
Front right wheel speed sensor -G45- tact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G45- and flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
implausible signal control unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“.

G45- damage.
♦ Wheel speed sensor coil -G45- defective – Replace pulse rotor, if necessary wheel speed sensor -G45-
⇒ page 247
Front right wheel speed sensor -G45- tact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G45- and flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
electrical fault in the circuit control unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“.

♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference (high- – Read measured value block ⇒ page 399 display group num‐
frequency
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part irradiation,
or in whole, is note.g. non-insulated
ignition cable)
permitted ber 001
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.�� – Replace wheel speed sensor -G45- ⇒ page 247
383
Octavia 1997 ➤

Front right wheel speed sensor -G45- too great (signal N.O.K.) the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247
mechanical fault 1)
ber 002


Rear right wheel speed sensor -G44- tact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G44- and flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
implausible signal control unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“.

G44- damage.
⇒ page 247
Rear right wheel speed sensor -G44- tact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G44- and flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
electrical fault in the circuit control unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“.

♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference (high- – Read measured value block ⇒ page 399 display group num‐
frequency irradiation, e.g. non-insulated ignition cable) ber 001
384
Octavia 1997 ➤

Rear right wheel speed sensor -G45- too great (signal N.O.K.) the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247
mechanical fault 1)
ber 002


00290 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth or loose – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the
Rear left wheel speed sensor -G46- contact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor - current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams,
implausible signal G46- and control unit -J104- Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“.

♦ Damage to the pulse rotor or to the wheel speed sensor – Check the wheel speed sensor -G44- and the pulse ro‐
-G46- tor for damage.
♦ Wheel speed sensor coil -G46- defective – Replace pulse rotor, if necessary wheel speed sensor -
G46- ⇒ page 247
Rear left wheel speed sensor -G46- contact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor - current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams,
electrical fault in the circuit G46- and control unit -J104-
Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“.
♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference – Read measured value block ⇒ page 399 display group
(high-frequency irradiation, e.g. non-insulated ignition number 001
cable)
385
Octavia 1997 ➤

00290 ♦ Air gap between wheel speed sensor -G46- and pulse – Check the installation of the wheel speed sensor -G46-
Rear left wheel speed sensor -G46- rotor too great (signal N.O.K.) and the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247
mechanical fault 1)
– Read measured value block ⇒ page 399 display group
number 002

00668 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the
Onboard voltage terminal 30 implausible signal current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams,
Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“.


01044 ♦ Control unit -J104- incorrectly coded – Check the coding of the control unit -J104- ⇒ page 389
♦ Bridge in the multi-pin connector to the control unit -J104- – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the current
from contact 3 to contact 14 interrupted or short-circuited flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault

01130 ♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference (high-fre‐ – Erase fault memory.
ABS operation quency irradiation, e.g. non-insulated ignition cable)
implausible signal – Perform a test drive at a speed above 20 km/h
– Interrogate the fault memory again


386
Octavia 1997 ➤

01276 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth – Performing actuator diagnosis ⇒ page 403
ABS hydraulic pump
-V64- – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the current
implausible signal flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault

♦ Hydraulic pump -V64- defective – Replace hydraulic unit -N55- ⇒ page 405
♦ ABS control unit -J104- defective

01312 ♦ ABS control unit -J104- incorrectly coded – Check the coding of the control unit -J104-
Databus drive defective 1) ⇒ page 389
♦ Engine control unit incorrectly coded
– Test engine control unit coding ⇒ Rep. gr. 01 ; of the
relevant engine identification character
or ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the
current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Dia‐
grams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“.

Databus drive defective 1) ♦ Ignition starter switch turns too slowly – Erasing fault memory ⇒ page 211
sporadic
– No further measures required
– Inform customer
01314 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth in the – Check databus cables and plug connections accord‐
Engine control unit no communication please read data BUS line ing to the current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow
out fault memory Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Loca‐
tions“.
387
Octavia 1997 ➤

01315 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth in the – Check databus cables and plug connections accord‐
Gearbox control unit 2) data BUS line ing to the current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow
no communication Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Loca‐
tions“.

1)The fault „data BUS drive defective“ does not result in the ABS warning light -K47- or the hand brake/brake fluid level warning light -K14/33- lighting up. The ABS
function is fully maintained.
388
Octavia 1997 ➤

supplied through the spares warehouse are not coded and must
be coded after being installed.
Coding requirements
Test sequence
ABS hydraulic control unit fitted on the vehicle.
on ⇒ page 379 .
Select function XX
entry with key Q.
key Q.
Table of codes ⇒ page 390 .
The control unit coding appears on the display, e.g. 0001025: 1C0907379 C ABS FRONT MK60 0102 →
– Press → key.
Select function XX
Note
♦ If the control unit is incorrectly coded, the ABS warning light -

K47- will light up and remain lit up.
♦ There is a simultaneous entry in the fault memory page
⇒ page 202 ; interrogate fault memory 02.
♦ If the control unit is coded with an approved
unless code,
authorised by no
ŠKODA fault
AUTO entry
is made in the fault memory andwith
therespect
ABSto warning light
the correctness does in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
of information
not flash.
♦ If the control unit is not coded (Code 00000), the ABS warning
light -K47- flashes (once per second).
389
Octavia 1997 ➤
20.6 Table of codes for vehicles with antilock

braking system Mark 60
Note
For vehicles with MSR the electronic throttle system is the con‐
dition.
390
Octavia 1997 ➤
Engine Engine identification ABS control unit identification ABS version Brakes Accelerator control Chassis Code number
characters number with MSR Standard Rough road suspension
1,4/44 kW AMD 1C0907379K TCS FS-III yes yes yes 13313
1C0907379L ABS FS-III no yes yes 04097
1C0907379L ABS FS-III yes yes yes 01025
1C0907379M ESP FS-III yes yes no 11266
1C0907379M ESP FS-III yes no yes 11394
1C0907379C ABS FS-III no yes yes 04097
1C0907379C ABS FS-III yes yes yes 01025
1C0907379E ESP FS-III yes yes no 11266
1C0907379E ESP FS-III yes yes yes 11394
1C0907379J ABS FS-III no yes yes 04097
1C0907379G ESP FS-III yes yes no 11266
1C0907379G ESP FS-III yes no yes 11394
1.4/55 kW 16V AXP 1C0907379L ABS FS-III yes yes yes 01025
BCA 1C0907379M ESP FS-III yes no yes 11394
1C0907379D TCS FS-III yes yes yes 13313
1C0907379E ESP FS-III yes no yes 11394
1C0907379J ABS FS-III yes yes yes 01025
1C0907379K TCS FS-III yes yes yes 13313
391
Octavia 1997 ➤
1,6/55 kW AEE 1C0907379L ABS FS-III no yes yes 04097
1,6/74 kW AEH 1C0907379L ABS FS-III no yes yes 04097
AKL 1C0907379L ABS FS-III yes yes yes 01025
1C0907379L ABS FS-III no yes yes 04097
1,6/75 kW AVU 1C0907379K TCS FS-III yes yes yes 13313
BFQ 1C0907379L ABS FS-III yes yes yes 01025
1C0907379M ESP FS-III yes yes yes 11266
1C0907379G ESP unlessFS-III yes A. S. ŠKODA AUTOno
authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guaranteeyesor accept any liability 11394
392
Octavia 1997 ➤
1,8/92 kW AGN 1C0907379K TCS FS-III yes yes yes 13313
1C0907379N ESP 4x4 FS-III no yes no 14342
1C0907379N ESP 4x4 FS-III no no yes 14470
1C0907379F ESP 4x4 FS-III no yes no 14342
1C0907379F ESP 4x4 FS-III no no yes 14470
1C0907379H ESP 4x4 FS-III no yes no 14342
1C0907379H ESP 4x4 FS-III no no yes 14470
1,8/110 kW AGU 1C0907379K TCS FS-III yes yes yes 21505
ARZ
AUM
ARX
393
Octavia 1997 ➤
1,8/132 kW AUQ 1C0907379M ESP FN 3 yes yes no 19970
1C0907379L ABS FN 3 yes yes yes 01025
1C0907379L ABS FN 3 no yes yes 04097
1C0907379M ESP FN 3 yes no yes 20098
1C0907379N ESP 4x4 FN 3 no yes no 23046
1C0907379N ESP 4x4 FN 3 no no yes 23174
1C0907379C ABS FN 3 yes yes yes 01025
1C0907379D TCS FN 3 yes yes yes 21505
1C0907379E ESP FN 3 yes yes no 19970
1C0907379E ESP FN 3 yes no yes 20098
1C0907379F ESP 4x4 FN 3 no yes no 23046
1C0907379F ESP 4x4 FN 3 no no yes 23174
1C0907379C ABS FN 3 no yes yes 04097
1C0907379J ABS FN 3 yes yes yes 01025
1C0907379J ABS FN 3 no yes yes 04097
1C0907379G ESP FN 3 yes yes no 19970
1C0907379G ESP FN 3 yes no yes 20098
1C0907379H ESP 4x4 FN 3 no yes no 23046
1C0907379H ESP 4x4 FN 3 no no yes 23174
394
Octavia 1997 ➤
2,0/85 kW AQY 1C0907379K TCS FS-III yes yes yes 21505
APK
AZH 1C0907379L ABS FS-III yes yes yes 01025
AZJ 1C0907379M ESP FS-III yes yes no 19458
1C0907379N ESP FS-III no yes no 22534
1C0907379N ESP FS-III no no yes 22662
1C0907379D ABS FS-III yes yes yes 21505
2,0/82 kW AEG 1C0907379L ABS FS-III no yes yes 04097
1C0907379M ESP FS-III no yes no 22530
1C0907379M ESP FS-III no no yes 22658
1C0907379E ESP FS-III no yes no 22530
1C0907379E ESP FS-III no no yes 22658
1C0907379G
Protected by copyright. CopyingESP FS-III purposes, in part
for private or commercial noor in whole, is not permitted
yes no 22530
1C0907379G ESP
with respect to the correctness of informationFS-III noby ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
in this document. Copyright no yes 22658
395
Octavia 1997 ➤
1.9/50 kW AGM 1C0907379K TCS FS-III yes yes yes 21505
(SDI) AQM
1.9/66 kW AGR 1C0907379K TCS FS-III yes yes yes 21505
ALH 1C0907379L ABS FS-III yes yes yes 01025
1C0907379E ESP FS-III yes no yes
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept 19586 any liability

1C0907379K TCS FS-III yes yes yes 21505
396
Octavia 1997 ➤
1.9/74 kW ATD 1C0907379K TCS FS-III yes yes yes 21505
AXR
1.9/81 kW AHF 1C0907379K TCS FS-III yes yes yes 21505
ASV 1C0907379L ABS FS-III yes yes yes 01025
1C0907379G ESP FS-III yes
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO yesA. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. no 19458
S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
397
Octavia 1997 ➤
1.9/96 kW ASZ 1C0907379K TCS FS-III yes yes yes 21505
1C0907379M ESP FN 3 yes yes no 19970
1C0907379M ESP FN 3 yes no yes 20098
1C0907379N ESP 4x4 FN 3 no yes no 23046
1C0907379N ESP 4x4 FN 3 no no yes 23174
1C0907379E ESP FN 3 yes yes no 19970
1C0907379E ESP FN 3 yes no yes 20098
1C0907379F ESP 4x4 FN 3 no yes no 23046
1C0907379F ESP 4x4 FN 3 no no yes 23174
1C0907379J TCS FS-III yes yes yes 21505
1C0907379G ESP FN 3 yes yes no 19970
1C0907379G ESP FN 3 yes no yes 20098
1C0907379H ESP 4x4 FN 3 no yes no 23046
1C0907379H ESP 4x4 FN 3 no no yes 23174
398
Octavia 1997 ➤

♦ ⇒ page 214
Safety measures
⇒ page 214
⇒ page 214
Test of the wheel speed sensor assignment
Display group 001
⇒ page 214
Starting speed
⇒ page 214
Test of the brake light switch for the ABS and the ABS/EDL func‐
tion and the warning lights for the ABS ( -K47- ) and the hand
brake/brake fluid level ( -K14/33- ).
-arrows- 1 through 4. ->1 ->2 ->3 ->4
Readout onunless
display:
Reading measured value block 3 ->
not activated off off
399
Octavia 1997 ➤

1 ♦ Brake pedal not actuated not activated
♦ Brake pedal actuated activated
2 -K47- on/off
3 -K14/33- on/off
4 not assigned —
400
Octavia 1997 ➤
In the display fields 2 and 3, the readout fluctuates continuously

from "off" to "on".
If the display does not occur as described:
There is also the possibility that the brake light switch is not cor‐
rectly set ⇒ page 255
Checking the data BUS
-arrows- 1 through 4. ->1 ->2 ->3 ->4

Engine 1 Gearbox 1
401
Octavia 1997 ➤
Display field Test conditions Display -V.A.G 1552-

1 Engine control unit at data BUS Engine 1
Engine control unit not at data BUS Engine 0
2 not assigned —
3 not assigned —
4 Gearbox control unit at data BUS1) Gearbox 1
Gearbox control unit not at data BUS11) Gearbox 0
402
Octavia 1997 ➤
20.8 Actuator diagnosis

⇒ Antilock braking system (ABS) ITT Mark 20 IE, self-diagnosis
⇒ page 221 .

⇒ Antilock braking system (ABS) ITT Mark 20 IE, self-diagnosis
⇒ page 226 .
403
Octavia 1997 ➤

fitting locations ABS/EDL/TCS Mark
60
nosis.

fluid reservoir
⇒ page 413
gine compartment
⇒ page 405
driver's side
comes on:
ter the ignition is switch‐
ed on or the engine is
started
speed sensor)
⇒ page 378

♦ The hand brake/brake fluid level warning light comes on:
– if the electronic brake pressure distribution fails, i.e. when the ABS warning light comes on ⇒ page 378

♦ Rear right and rear left wheel speed sensors -G44/G46- 1)
– removing and installing
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO⇒ page 247 AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
A. S. ŠKODA
– Installing wheel
with respect speed
to the sensor
correctness cables
of information ⇒ document.
in this page 250Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
404
Octavia 1997 ➤
⇒ page 131

– setting up to MY 1999 ⇒ page 254 , as of MY 2000 ⇒ page 255
– removing and installing up to MY 1999 ⇒ page 254 , as of MY 2000 ⇒ page 255

control unit and the bracket
Note

♦ Brake pedal load, e.g. -V.A.G 1238/B-
21. Electric/electronic components and fitting locations ABS/EDL/TCS Mark 60 405

Octavia 1997 ➤

the hydraulic unit -N55- and
the ABS control unit -J104-
form the hydraulic control
unit.
stalled completely
⇒ page 405
♦ the connections of the
brake lines are embedded
on the hydraulic control unit
2 - Support
3 - Nut, 20 Nm
4 - 8 Nm
♦ Hydraulic unit to wheel cyl‐
inder/rear left brake caliper
♦ Hydraulic unit to wheel cyl‐
inder/rear right brake cali‐
per
7 - Multi-pin connector/control
unit
♦ 47-pin
♦ Do not disconnect the plug
connection before the self-
diagnosis is complete.
switch off the ignition be‐
fore disconnecting the plug
connector.
8 - Brake line, 14 Nm unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
♦ between master brake cylinder/push rod piston circuit and hydraulic unit
♦ hydraulic unit to front left brake caliper
♦ between master brake cylinder/floating piston circuit and hydraulic unit
Note
♦ Before disconnecting the battery determine the code of the

radio sets fitted with anti-theft coding.
♦ After connecting the battery, check the vehicle equipment:
406
Octavia 1997 ➤

– set clock,
Note
gine:
engines.
-V.A.G 1238/B- .
screw.
– Close the bleeder screw once the brake fluid flowed out.
– Release the multi-pin connector and remove it from the control

unit -arrows-.
Note

under the hydraulic control unit.
Note
Do not bend the brake lines around the hydraulic control unit.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Screw out the brake lines from the master brake cylinder to
the hydraulic unit, see -arrows-, and protect them against dirt
with the caps from the repair set.
the expansion reservoir -arrows-.
must be closed with the screw plugs from the repair set.
– Unclip the cable for clutch control -arrow A-.

– Unscrew the screws -arrows B- on the bracket for the hydraulic
control unit.
Note
Only then remove plugs from the hydraulic unit when the relevant
brake line is installed.
Note

– Connect the brake line to the hydraulic control unit and tighten
⇒ page 405 .
– Tighten the hydraulic control unit -arrows B-.

– Clip on the cable for clutch control -arrow A-.
– Insert the multi-plug connector on the control unit and lock.
408
Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
♦ The components of the hydraulic control unit are fitted together

and connected by 2 screws.
♦ Before removing the Torx screws, secure the hydraulic pump
against unintentional separation from the hydraulic pump with
adhesive tape.
♦ The hydraulic pump and the hydraulic unit constitute a re‐
placement part.
WARNING
The hydraulic pump must not be separated from the hydraulic

unit.
1 - Torx screws, 8 Nm
2 - Hydraulic unit
The hydraulic unit consists of:
-a- Hydraulic pump for ABS or
ABS/TCS/EDL -V64- -b- Hy‐
draulic unit for ABS or ABS/
TCS/EDL -N55-
♦ the valve block includes the
control valves
♦ after separating them from
the control unit, fit on the Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
transport protection for unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
valve domes
3 - Control unit for ABS or ABS/
TCS/EDL -J104-
♦ when removing them from
the hydraulic unit, the valve
domes of the hydraulic unit
must not tilt along with the
solenoid coils of the control
unit
♦ Cover the solenoid coils
with a non-fluffing cloth
♦ Contact assignment
⇒ page 410
♦ Test requirements
⇒ page 198

Octavia 1997 ➤
Assembling the hydraulic control unit
Note

valve block.
sure the valve domes of the hydraulic unit do not tilt along with

⇒ page 247 .
Removing
Note
♦ It is prohibited to repair shielded ABS cables.

♦ After connecting the battery, check the vehicle equipment:

– set clock,
– initialise power windows on vehicles fitted with power win‐
dows.
Note
gine:
engines.
410
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Release the multi-pin connector and remove it from the control

unit -arrows-.
– Unclip the cap of the multi-pin connector using a screwdriver

-arrows- and remove it.

Contact assignment of the plug connection wiring loom/ABS con‐

trol unit -J104-
Contact Wiring to component

33 + 34 Front right wheel speed sensor -G45-
45 + 46 Front left wheel speed sensor -G47-
42 + 43 Rear right wheel speed sensor -G44-
36 + 37 Rear left wheel speed sensor -G46-

Octavia 1997 ➤

plug connector.
Install
Note

– Insert the contact in the plug housing and insert the single wire
up to the stop.
– Secure the contacts with the secondary lock and position the
cap of the multi-pin connector.
– Connect battery ⇒ Electrical System; Rep.Protected
gr. 27by. copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
– Interrogate the fault memory ⇒ page 202 . with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

drive
⇒ page 250 .
412
Octavia 1997 ➤

Master Brake Cylinder ABS/EDL/
TCS Mark 60
Note

torque of 14 Nm.

unlessRHD vehicles
authorised by ŠKODA ⇒AUTO
page 567
2 - Sealing ring
♦ replace
3 - Screw cap
5 - Plugs
♦ moisten with brake fluid
and press in expansion res‐
ervoir
6 - Retaining pin
♦ replace
9 - Brake line
♦ Master brake cylinder/push
rod piston circuit THV to hy‐
draulic unit
10 - Brake line
♦ Master brake cylinder/push
rod piston circuit to hydraul‐
ic unit
♦ only fitted on certain models
♦ replace
12 - Heat shield
♦ only fitted on certain models
22. Summary of Components of Hydraulic Control Unit, Brake Servo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder ABS/EDL/TCS Mark 60 413
Octavia 1997 ➤

♦ Connections of brake lines ⇒ page 415
14 - Support
♦ with rubber insulation
15 - Insert flange nut, 20 Nm
16 - 8 Nm
414
Octavia 1997 ➤
23 Electrical test ABS/EDL/ TCS Mark

60
♦ Measuring tool set -V.A.G 1594 A-
♦ Test box -V.A.G 1598 A-
♦ Adapter e.g. -V.A.G 1598/36-
The test steps as of page ⇒ page 416 apply only for vehicles with
ABS/EDL/TCS
♦ Vehicles for which the final control diagnosis does not indicate
the fault source. In this case the full electric inspection must
be carried out.
♦ Vehicles for which the final control diagnosis does give a direct
indication of the fault source. Then only perform the test steps
recommended in the fault table (targeted approach).
An overview of all the test steps of the electrical test can be found
on the page ⇒ page 416 .

♦ Before starting the test switch off the ignition and electrical
consumers (headlights, lighting, blowers etc.).
♦ The fuses must be OK (to check, remove fuses from the fuse
holder) ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault
– Remove the protective housing for relays from the cable duct.
– Disconnect the plug -1- from the control unit -J104- -arrow a-
and remove it -arrow b-.
– Connect the test box -V.A.G 1598/36- with adapter -V.A.G

1598/36- -1- to the multi-pin plug connection of the control unit
-J104- -2-.
The specified values are specific to the -V.A.G 1526 A- and do
not necessarily apply for other measuring tools.
23. Electrical test ABS/EDL/ TCS Mark 60 415

Octavia 1997 ➤
23.2 Multi-pin plug connections with contact

assignment for ABS, ABS/EDL/TCS
Contact assignment of plug connection -T16a- of diagnostic cou‐
pling
⇒ page 327
ABS control unit -J104- .
Note
Plug contacts which have not been listed are not used.
1 - Voltage supply battery + (via S162)

2 - Plug connection -T16a/7- , -K- cable
4 - Voltage supply terminal 15 via S9
8 - Only for vehicles with navigation system
10 - Only on vehicles equipped with navigation system and Xenon
headlights
11 - Data BUS cable ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
13 - Traction control system switchProtected
-E132- by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
14 - Jumper to contact 38 with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

16 - Earth
32 - Voltage supply of battery + (via -S163- )
33 - Front right wheel speed sensor -G45-
36 - Rear left wheel speed sensor -G46-
38 - Jumper to contact 14
42 - Rear right wheel speed sensor -G44-
44 - Dash panel insert, only on vehicles with ABS
45 - Front left wheel speed sensor -G47-
47 - Earth
Voltage supply for the hydraulic pump -V64- to the control unit -J104- - Perform test step 1
Voltage supply of the valves in the hydraulic unit -N55- to the control - Perform test step 2
unit -J104-
Voltage supply (ignition starter switch) to the control unit -J104- - Perform test step 3
416
Octavia 1997 ➤
Function of the TCS button -E132- - Perform test step 15
Voltage supply for -V.A.G 1551- , plug connection -T16a- - Perform test step 17
Resistance of the K cable for the self-diagnosis, plug connection - - Perform test step 18
T16a-
Jumper - Perform test step 19
23.3 Test table

Notes for the test table
♦ The denominations of the bushes of the adapters -V.A.G
tions“.
measuring cables (with contact spray -G 000 700 04- ) and
repeat test. Before replacing the relevant components test the
cables and connections more specifically for nominal values
below 10 Ω, repeat the resistance measurement on the com‐
ponent.
step 1598 value inal value
A- – additional works
bushes
1 1 +47 Voltage supply for • Ignition off 10.0 - – Test the wiring according to the
the hydraulic pump - 14,5V current flow diagram ⇒ binder
V64- (terminal 30) to „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
the control unit - trical Fault Finding and Fitting
J104- Locations“.
2 32 + 16 Voltage supply of the • Ignition off 10.0 - – Test the wiring according to the
valves in the hydraul‐ 14,5V current flow diagram ⇒ binder
ic unit -N55- (termi‐ „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
nal 30) to the control trical Fault Finding and Fitting
Protected by copyright. Copying unit -J104-
for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted Locations“.

Octavia 1997 ➤

bushes
3 4 + 47 Voltage supply (ter‐ • Ignition on 10.0 - – Test the wiring according to the
minal 15) of the con‐ 14,5V current flow diagram ⇒ binder
trol unit -J104- „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
Locations“.
4 47 + 41 Function of the brake • Ignition off 0.0 - 0.5 V – Test brake light switch -F- and
light switch -F- read measured value block
• Brake pedal not ⇒ page 399 ; display group num‐
actuated ber 003.

Locations“.
– Brake pedal actu‐ approx. – Check brake light switch -F-
ated battery ⇒ page 255 .
voltage

bushes
5 33 + 34 Resistance of the • Ignition off 1.0...1.3 – Check wiring according to cur‐
front right speed sen‐ kΩ
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or rent
in whole, is not flow diagram.
permitted
sor
unless -G45-by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
authorised
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA–AUTO Throughout
A. S.�� the test, do not
move cables ⇒ binder „Current
Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault

⇒ page 247 .
6 45 + 46 Resistance of the ♦ Ignition off 1.0...1.3 – Check wiring according to cur‐
front left speed sen‐ kΩ rent flow diagram.
sor -G47-
– Throughout the test, do not

⇒ page 247 .
rear right speed sen‐ kΩ rent flow diagram.
sor -G44-

⇒ page 250 .
418
Octavia 1997 ➤

bushes
rear left speed sen‐ kΩ rent flow diagram.
sor -G46-

⇒ page 250 .
9 33 + 34 Voltage signal of the • Vehicle raised – Check the installation of the
front right speed sen‐ wheel speed sensor -G45- and
sor -G45- • Ignition off the rotor.
– Turn front right Alternat‐ – Check wheel speed sensor -
wheel by approx. ing volt‐ G45- to ensure it is correctly
1 turn per sec. age min. connected and read measured
65 mV value block ⇒ page 399 , display
group number 001.
front left speed sen‐ wheel speed sensor -G47- and
– Turn rear left Alternat‐ – Check wheel speed sensor -
wheelpurposes,
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial by approx. ing
in part or in volt‐
whole, G47- to ensure it is correctly
is not permitted
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA1AUTO turnA.per sec.
S. does ageor min.
not guarantee connected and read measured
accept any liability
190mV
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA value block ⇒ page 399 , display
AUTO A. S.��
group number 001
rear right speed sen‐ wheel speed sensor -G44- and
– Turn rear right Alternat‐ – Check wheel speed sensor -
190mV value block ⇒ page 399 , display
group number 001.
rear left speed sen‐ wheel speed sensor -G46- and
– Turn rear left Alternat‐ – Check wheel speed sensor -
190mV value block ⇒ page 399 , display
group number 001.

Octavia 1997 ➤

bushes
13 - Function of the ABS • Ignition off The – Test the wiring according to the
warning light -K47- warning current flow diagram ⇒ binder
– Switch on ignition light - „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
K47- trical Fault Finding and Fitting
lights up Locations“.
for ap‐
prox. 2 – Fault in the dash panel insert. ⇒
seconds Electrical System; Rep. gr. 90
and goes
out

bushes
14 - Function of the • Handbrake not Warning – Fault in the dash panel insert ⇒
hand brake/brake applied light - Electrical System; Rep. gr. 90
fluid level warning K14/33-
light -K14/33- • Brake fluid level
is O.K.
• Ignition on
– Apply handbrake Warning – Fault in the dash panel insert ⇒

light - Electrical System; Rep. gr. 90
K14/33-
lights up
Functional test: Function of the TCS button -E132-

bushes
15 - Function ofProtected
the TCS • Ignition on The
button -E132-
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODAwarning AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information inlight -
this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
K86-
lights up
for ap‐
prox. 2
seconds
and goes
out
– TCS button - TCS – Test the wiring according to the
E132- operated warning current flow diagram ⇒ binder
light - „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
K86- trical Fault Finding and Fitting
lights up Locations“.
– Operate TCS but‐ TCS – Replace TCS button -E132- ⇒
ton -E132- once warning Body Work; Rep. gr. 70
again light -
K86-
goes out
420
Octavia 1997 ➤

bushes
16 11 Data BUS cables • Ignition off
or
15 • Measuring range
200 Ω set
– Disconnect the
multi-pin plug
connections from
the control units
connected to a
data BUS line:
– Connect -V.A.G
1598 A- with
adapter -V.A.G
1598/36-
– Check the data max. 1.5 – Test the wiring according to the
BUS cable for Ω current flow diagram ⇒ binder
open circuit „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
Locations“.
– Set measuring
range 20 MΩ
– Take out the fuse
S9 with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
– Check cables for ∞Ω – Test the wiring according to the
short-circuit to current flow diagram ⇒ binder
positive or to „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
earth trical Fault Finding and Fitting
Locations“.

bushes
17 - Voltage supply for - • Ignition off
V.A.G 1552- , plug
connection -T16a- – Connect the 10.0 - – Test the wiring according to the
1) handheld multi‐ 14,5V current flow diagram ⇒ binder
meter -V.A.G „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
1526- with the trical Fault Finding and Fitting
measuring tool Locations“.
set -V.A.G 1594-
to the plug con‐
nection -T16a- 1)
1) Contact assignment of the diagnostic connector ⇒ page 416 .

Octavia 1997 ➤

bushes
18 - Resistance of the K • Ignition off
cable for -V.A.G
1552- , plug con‐ – Disconnect the
nection -T16a- 1) multi-pin plug con‐
nection from the
control unit -J104-
– Connect -V.A.G
1598 A- with
adapter -V.A.G
1598/36-
– Connect the hand‐ max. 1.5 – Test the wiring according to the
held multimeter - Ω current flow diagram ⇒ binder
V.A.G 1526- with „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
the measuring tool trical Fault Finding and Fitting
set -V.A.G 1594- Locations“.
to the contacts -
T16a/7- 1) and -
T47a/2- 2) of the
multi-pin plug con‐
nections from the
control unit -
J104- .
1) Contact assignment of the diagnostic connector ⇒ page 416 .
2) Contact assignment of the control unit plug ⇒ page 416 .
Switch
unlesson measuring
authorised by ŠKODA range:
AUTO A.resistance
S. ŠKODA AUTO measurement (200orΩ)
A. S. does not guarantee accept any liability
bushes
19 14 + 38 Jumper for ABS/ ♦ Ignition off 0.0 - 1.0 – Test the wiring according to the
EDL/TCS Ω current flow diagram ⇒ binder
Locations“.
422
Octavia 1997 ➤
24 Antilock braking system ABS/ EDL/

TCS/ESP Mark 60

fault finding and on repairing
⇒ page 274
24.2 Notes on repair work on ABS/EDL/TCS/

ESP Mark 60
⇒ page 274

♦ ⇒ Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting
Locations.
24. Antilock braking system ABS/ EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 60 423

Octavia 1997 ➤

fitting locations ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP
Mark 60 ► MY 02
nosis.

♦ with master brake cylinder
and brake fluid reservoir
♦ Remove and install brake
servo unit ⇒ page 564
2 - Brake pressure sender -1- -
G201- 1)
⇒ page 559
3 - Lateral acceleration sender
-G200- 1)
♦ Fitting location: next to the
steering column under the
dash panel
4 - Yaw rate sender -G202- 1)
♦ Fitting location: next to the Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
steering column under the unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
dash panel with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
5 - Steering angle sender -

G85- 1)
♦ Fitting location: on the
steering column between
the steering wheel and the
steering column switch
panel insert
424
Octavia 1997 ➤
⇒ page 131
10 - Brake vacuum pump -V192- 1)

♦ only on vehicles with automatic gearbox in combination with EU-4 engines
♦ Fitting location: on the left of the assembly carrier
♦ is checked by self-diagnosis in the engine control unit ⇒ Engine, Fuel Injection and Ignition System; Rep.
gr. 01
12 - Brake light switch -F- 1)
– adjust ⇒ page 255
– remove by turning 90° to the left ⇒ page 255
– install by turning 90° to the right ⇒ page 255
♦ must be tested in the measured value block 003 ⇒ page 449
♦ Do not disconnect the multi-pin plug connection before the self-diagnosis is complete. switch off the ignition
before disconnecting the plug connector.
14 - Hydraulic unit for ABS/EDL/ESP -N55- 1)
valves
♦ when changing, absolutely close the old part with a plug from the mounting part kit; SP no. ⇒ Electronic
♦ Remove and install hydraulic control unit (hydraulic unit -N55- with control unit -J104- ⇒ page 405

♦ Fitting location: on the central pipe to the right, near the right pillar -A-
25. Electric/electronic components and fitting locations ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 60 ► MY 02 425

Octavia 1997 ➤

fitting locations ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP
Mark 60 MY 02 ►
nosis.

♦ with master brake cylinder
and brake fluid reservoir
♦ Remove and install brake
2 - Brake pressure sender -1- -
G201- 1)
⇒ page 559
3 - Sensor unit for ESP -G419-
♦ RHD 4x4 vehicles without -
G251-
♦ Fitting location: next to the
steering column under the
dash panel
4 - Steering angle sender -
G85- 1) Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ Fitting location: on the with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
steering column between
the steering wheel and the
steering column switch
panel insert
panel insert
⇒ page 131
426
Octavia 1997 ➤
9 - Brake vacuum pump -V192- 1)

♦ only on vehicles with automatic gearbox in combination with the limit values of exhaust gas according to
EU-4
♦ Fitting location: on the left of the assembly carrier
♦ is checked by self-diagnosis in the engine control unit ⇒ Engine, Fuel Injection and Ignition System; Rep.
gr. 01
11 - Brake light switch -F- 1)
– adjust ⇒ page 255
– remove by turning 90° to the left ⇒ page 255
– install by turning 90° to the right ⇒ page 255
♦ check: measured value block 003 ⇒ page 449
♦ switch off the ignition before disconnecting the plug connection
13 - Hydraulic unit for ABS/EDL/ESP -N55- 1)
valves
♦ when changing, absolutely close the old part with a plug from the mounting part kit; SP no. ⇒ Electronic
♦ Remove and install hydraulic control unit (hydraulic unit -N55- with control unit -J104- ⇒ page 405

♦ Fitting location:
– only RHD 4x4 vehicles ⇒ on the central pipe to the right, near right pillar -A-
427
unless authorised 26. Electric/electronic
by ŠKODA components
AUTO A. S. ŠKODA and
AUTO A. S. doesfitting locationsorABS/EDL/TCS/ESP
not guarantee accept any liability Mark 60 MY 02 ►
Octavia 1997 ➤
27 Distinguishing features ABS/EDL/

TCS Mark 60 and ABS/EDL/TCS/
ESP Mark 60

⇒ page 275
27.2 Fitting position ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP

Mark 60
1- Brake servo unit 10''
2- Hydraulic unit

2- Hydraulic unit
428
Octavia 1997 ➤
28 Self-diagnosis of the ABS/EDL/TCS/

ESP Mark 60
28.1 Description of the function

⇒ page 277

lights -K47- , -K14/33- and -K155-
Arrangement of warning lights
Pos. Denomination
WARNING
Overview
Meaning ABSProtected
warning light -K47-
by copyright. Copying forHand brake/brake
private or fluidin ESP
commercial purposes, warning
part or in light
whole, is not -
permitted
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO level warning
A. S. ŠKODA AUTO light
A. S. -does notK155-
guarantee or accept any liability
K14/33-
Ignition on (if the systems are OK, lights up lights up lights up

the lights go out after approx. 3 s)
ESP failure or ESP deactivated by does not light up does not light up lights up
means of button; ABS, EDL and
EBD are active
System O.K. does not light up does not light up does not light up
ESP intervention does not light up does not light up flashes
ABS/EDL/ESP failure; EBD re‐ lights up does not light up lights up
mains active (e.g. a wheel speed
sensor is defective)
ABS/EDL/ESP/EBD failure; (e.g. a lights up lights up lights up
wheel speed sensor is defective)
Brake fluid level too low; all sys‐ does not light up lights up does not light up
tems O.K.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Warning light -K47-

-a- the supply voltage is less than 10 V
-b- an ABS fault is present
The antilock braking system is switched off if an ABS fault -b- is
present. The EBD function (Electronic Brake pressure Distribu‐
tion) is furthermore active while the conventional brake system
remains fully operational. Interrogate the fault memory
⇒ page 289 .
-c- a sporadic fault existed on a wheel speed sensor after the last
vehicle start
In case of a wheel speed sensor fault -c-, the ABS warning light
goes out automatically -K47- after restarting the vehicle and after
a speed above 20 km/h is reached.
-d- the connection from the ABS control unit -J104- to the dash
panel insert -J218- is interrupted ⇒ binder „Current Flow Dia‐
grams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
-e- Dash panel insert defective
430
Octavia 1997 ➤
Warning light -K47- and -K14/33-

♦ If the ABS warning light goes out ( -K47- ) -1- but the warning
light for the hand brake/brake fluid level ( -K14/33- ) -2- re‐
mains lit and 3 warning tones are audible, the following can be
the causes of the fault:
a - the brake fluid level is too low
b - the hand-brake is still applied
c - the switch -F9- for the warning light -K14/33- is defective or
d - a fault in the operation of the hand brake/brake fluid level
warning light -K14/33- ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Elec‐
trical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
fluid level warning light ( -K14/33- ) -2- light up, then the ABS
system and the EBD (Electronic Brake pressure Distribution)
have failed.
fluid level warning light ( -K14/33- ) -2- light up and 3 warning
tones are audible, then the ABS and the EBD (Electronic
Brake pressure Distribution) have failed.
Note
The warning light for the hand brake/brake fluid level ( -K14/33- )
-2- only lights up after exceeding a speed of 10 km/h once or an
engine speed of 2000 rpm.
WARNING

Octavia 1997 ➤
Warning light -K155-

♦ If the ESP warning light ( -K155- ) -3- does not go out after the
There is a fault which exclusively effects the ESP. The ABS/EDL
and EBD safety systems on the vehicle remain fully functional.
a - Short circuit to positive in ESP button -E256-
b - Short circuit to earth in the operation of the ESP warning light
-K155-
c - the connection from the ABS control unit -J104- to the dash
panel insert -J218- is interrupted ⇒ binder „Current Flow Dia‐
d - the ESP system was switched off using the ESP button -E256-
If the ESP warning light lights up -K155- for approx. 100 millisec‐
onds after switching on the ignition, a coding without ESP control
was entered.
If the ESP warning light -K155- flashes while driving, the ESP
system is operating in regulating mode.
Warning light -K47- , -K14/33- and -K155-
fluid level warning light ( -K14/33- ) -2- flash and the ESP
warning light ( -K155- ) remains lit, the control unit is not yet
coded.
432
Octavia 1997 ➤

⇒ page 198

♦ ⇒ page 198

Enter address word XX
– Enter 03 for address word „Brake electronics“ and confirm en‐

try with key Q.
On the display appears, e.g. the display: 1C0907379E ESP FRONT MK60 0103->
The display shows:

♦ the control unit identification number, e.g. 1C0907379E
♦ the system designation, e. g. ESP FRONT MK60
♦ the version number, e.°g. 0103
parts
If the control unit identification number is not displayed ⇒ overview
of selectable functions ⇒ page 433 .
– Press → button.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Page
11 - Login procedure ⇒ page 460
1) Only necessary for bleeding the hydraulic unit for vehicles with EDL system.
2) Necessary for the null balance of the steering angle sender, the lateral acceleration sender, the brake pressure sender and the longitudinal acceleration sender.
434
Octavia 1997 ➤
29.5 Fault table
Note
435
Octavia 1997 ➤

No fault detected If after repair „No fault detected“ is displayed, the self-diagnosis is completed.
If the ABS does not operate without fault in spite of the display read-out „No fault detected“, then proceed as
follows:
2. Interrogate the fault memory again, if still no fault is stored,
3. Continue fault finding without self-diagnosis and perform the electrical test completely ⇒ page 378
(Information in the literature) no signal/no commu‐ contact in the wiring to the ESP control unit current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Dia‐
nication grams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
defective ♦ ESP control unit defective – Replace ESP control unit ⇒ page 405 .
Wheel speed sensor contact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor - current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Dia‐
FL -G47- G47- and control unit -J104- grams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
implausible signal
♦ Damage to the pulse rotor or to the wheel speed – Check the wheel speed sensor -G47- and the pulse
sensor -G47- rotor for damage.
♦ Wheel speed sensor -G47- defective – Replace pulse rotor, if necessary wheel speed sensor
-G47- ⇒ page 247 .
– Replace ESP control unit ⇒ page 405 .
FL -G47- G47- and control unit -J104- grams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference – Reading measured value block ⇒ page 305 display
(high-frequency irradiation, e.g. non-insulated igni‐ group number 001.
tion cable)
436
Octavia 1997 ➤

00283 ♦ Air gap between wheel speed sensor -G47- and – Check the installation of the wheel speed sensor -
Wheel speed sensor FL -G47- pulse rotor too great (signal N.O.K.) G47- and the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247 .
mechanical fault 1)
– Reading measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display
group number 002.

FR -G45- G45- and control unit -J104- grams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
implausible signal
♦ Damage to the pulse rotor or to the wheel speed – Check the wheel speed sensor -G45- and the pulse
sensor -G45- rotor for damage.
♦ Wheel speed sensor coil -G45- defective – Replace pulse rotor, if necessary wheel speed sensor
-G45- ⇒ page 247 .
Wheel speed sensor FR -G45- contact in the wiring between wheel speed sensor - current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Dia‐
electrical fault in the circuit G45- and control unit -J104- grams, Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“

♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference – Reading measured value block ⇒ page 305 display
(high-frequency irradiation, e.g. non-insulated igni‐ group number 001.
tion cable)
00285 ♦ Air gap between wheel speed sensor -G45- and – Check the installation of the wheel speed sensor -
Wheel speed sensor FR -G45- pulse rotor too great (signal N.O.K.) G45- and the pulse rotor ⇒ page 247 .
mechanical fault 1)
– Reading measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display
group number 002.

437
Octavia 1997 ➤

Wheel speed sensor in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G44- and control flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
RR -G44- unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
implausible signal
damage.
⇒ page 250 .
Wheel speed sensor in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G44- and control flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
RR -G44- unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference (high-fre‐ – Reading measured value block ⇒ page 305 display group
quency irradiation, e.g. non-insulated ignition cable) number 001.

00287 ♦ Air gap between wheel speed sensor -G44- and pulse rotor – Check
unless authorised theAUTO
by ŠKODA installation
A. S. ŠKODA of AUTO
the wheel speed
A. S. does sensor
not guarantee -G44-
or accept anyand
liabilitythe
Wheel speed sensor too great (signal N.O.K.) with respectpulse rotor ⇒ofpage
to the correctness 250in .this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
information
RR -G44-
mechanical fault 1) – Read measured value block ⇒ page 305 display group number
002.

438
Octavia 1997 ➤

Wheel speed sensor RL in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G46- and control flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
-G46- unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
implausible signal
damage.
⇒ page 250 .
Wheel speed sensor RL in the wiring between wheel speed sensor -G46- and control flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
-G46- unit -J104- Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference (high-fre‐ – Read measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display group num‐
quency irradiation, e.g. non-insulated ignition cable) ber 001.

00290 ♦ Air gap between wheel speed sensor -G46- and pulse rotor – Check the installation of the wheel speed sensor -G46- and the
Wheel speed sensor RL too great (signal N.O.K.) pulse rotor ⇒ page 250 .
-G46-
mechanical fault 1) – Reading measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display group
number 002.

(Information in the literature) in the wiring between the immobilizer reading coil and the flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
no signal/no communication dash panel insert Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
439
Octavia 1997 ➤

00493 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth or – Check the installation of the sensor unit -G419- .
(Information in the literature) loose contact in the wiring between the ESP sensor
no signal/no communication unit -G419- and the control unit -J104- – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the
♦ ESP sensor unit -G419- defective – Replace ESP sensor unit -G419- .
(Information in the literature) loose contact in the wiring between the ESP sensor
unit -G419- and the control unit -J104- – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the
(Information in the literature) electrical fault in the loose contact in the wiring between the ESP sensor
circuit unit -G419- and the control unit -J104- – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the
00526 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth – Reading measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display
Brake light switch -F- implausible signal group number 002.
♦ incorrect setting of the brake light switch
♦ Brake light switch defective – Perform electrical test ⇒ page 378 , test step 4.
– Setting the brake light switch ⇒ page 255

00538 ♦ Short circuit to positive – Check fuses, wiring, plug connections as well as the
Reference voltage electrical fault in the circuit voltage supply to the control unit:
♦ Voltage supply is less than 5 V for:
– Yaw
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTOrate
A. S.sender
ŠKODA AUTO -G202-
A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability – Perform electrical test ⇒ page 378 , test step 4.
– Lateral acceleration sender -G200-
– Brake pressure sender -1- -G201-
– Longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- 1)

1) Only for four-wheel drive vehicles.
440
Octavia 1997 ➤

00668 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or to earth in the – Check fuses, wiring, plug connections as well as the
Onboard voltage terminal 30 implausible signal wiring voltage supply to the control unit: ⇒ electrical test
⇒ page 378 , test steps 1 and 2
♦ Fuses S162 and S163 defective
00778 ♦ Open circuit or loose contact in the data BUS lines be‐ – Check fuses, wiring, plug connections as well as the
Steering angle sender -G85- tween the steering angle sender -G85- and the control voltage supply to the control unit: ⇒ electrical test
no communication1) unit -J104- ⇒ page 378 , test step 19
♦ Incorrect specified values from the steering angle send‐ – Read measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display group
er -G85- number 004.
♦ Steering angle sender -G85- defective – Replace steering angle sender -G85- ⇒ page 370 .
– Perform null balance: ⇒ Initiate basic setting

⇒ page 455 , display group number 060
00778 ♦ Steering angle sender -G85- sends no or incorrect ad‐ – Perform null balance: ⇒ Initiate basic setting
Steering angle sender justment values ⇒ page 455 , display group number 060
-G85- 1)
no setting or incorrect setting
00778 ♦ The fitting position of the steering angle sender -G85- – Check the fitting position of the steering angle sender
Steering angle sender is not O.K. -G85- ⇒ page 370 .
-G85- 1)
mechanical by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not♦guarantee
fault
unless authorised Chassis geometry
or accept any liability is not O.K. – Perform chassis alignment ⇒ page 179
♦ Steering wheel was removed and subsequently no null – Perform null balance: ⇒ Initiate basic setting
balance was performed ⇒ page 455 , display group number 060
00778 ♦ The fitting position of the steering angle sender -G85- – Check the fitting position of the steering angle sender
Steering angle sender is not O.K. -G85- ⇒ page 370 .
-G85-
implausible signal 1) ♦ Chassis geometry is not O.K. – Perform chassis alignment ⇒ page 179
♦ Unacceptable vibrations in the steering due to wear – Perform null balance: ⇒ Initiate basic setting
1) The data transfer between the control unit -J104- and the steering angle sender -G85- is performed by means of the data BUS.
441
Octavia 1997 ➤

00778 ♦ Steering angle sender -G85- defective – Replace steering angle sender -G85- ⇒ page 370 .
Steering angle sender
-G85- – Perform null balance: ⇒ Initiate basic setting
defective1) ⇒ page 455 , display group number 060
01044 ♦ incorrect or no coding of the control unit – Check coding of the control unit ⇒ page 449 .
01130 ♦ Electrical malfunctions due to external interference – Check all cables, plug connections for short-circuit to
ABS operation (high-frequency irradiation, e.g. non-insulated ignition positive or to earth ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams,
implausible signal2) cable) Electrical Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“
♦ Open circuit, short circuit to positive or to earth or – Erase fault memory.
loose contact
♦ ABS control unit -J104- defective – Perform a test drive at a speed above 20 km/h.
– Interrogate the fault memory again.

01164 ♦ Open circuit between sensor unit -G419- and ESP – Inspect wiring and plug connections according to the
(Information in the literature) implausible signal control unit current flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams,
01276 ♦ Internal connection E-engine to control unit – Inspect wiring, plug connections as well as earth cables
ABS hydraulic pump according to the current flow diagram ⇒ electrical test
-V64- ♦ Short-circuit to positive or to earth or open circuit ⇒ page 378 , test step no. 1
Signal outside the tolerance2) ♦ ABS control unit defective – Perform a functional test: ⇒ final control diagnosis
defective2) ⇒ page 221
♦ Pump motor defective
electrical fault in the circuit – If the hydraulic pump does not run during the actuator
diagnosis, replace on a trial basis the ABS control unit
-J104- .
1) The data transfer between the control unit -J104- and the steering angle sender -G85- is performed by means of the data BUS.
442
Octavia 1997 ➤

01279 ♦ Check plug connections – Reading measured value block ⇒ page 449 , display
Longitudinal acceleration sender group number 006.
-G251- 1) ♦ Voltage supply is less than 5 V
electrical fault in the circuit ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth – Test wiring and plug connections according to current
flow diagram.

⇒ page 269 .

01279 – Reading measured value block ⇒ page 449 , display
Longitudinal acceleration sender group number 006.
-G251- 2) ♦ The fitting position of the longitudinal acceleration – Check the fitting position of the longitudinal acceler‐
implausible signal sender -G251- is not O.K. ation sender -G251- .
♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth – Test wiring and plug connections according to current
flow diagram.

⇒ page 269 .

01279 ♦ Longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- sends no or – Perform null balance: ⇒ Initiate basic setting
Longitudinal acceleration sender incorrect adjustment values ⇒ page 455 , display group number 069
-G251- 2)
no or incorrect basic setting/adaption
01299 ♦ Data line Gateway defective – Test data line Gateway ⇒ Electrical System ; Rep.
(Information in the literature) no signal/no commu‐ gr. 90
nication
443
Octavia 1997 ➤

01312 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or to earth or – Test data BUS line according to the current flow dia‐
Databus drive defective 1) loose contact in the data BUS line gram for open circuit or short-circuit ⇒ electrical test
⇒ page 378 , test step no. 23
01314 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth in the – Test data BUS line according to the current flow dia‐
Engine control unit no communication data BUS line gram for open circuit or short-circuit ⇒ electrical test
please read out fault memory ⇒ page 378 , test step no. 23
♦ Fault entry in 4AV control unit
– Interrogate fault memory ⇒ Engine, Fuel Injection and
Ignition System; Rep. gr. 01
01315 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth in the – Test data BUS line according to the current flow dia‐
Gearbox control unit 2) data BUS line gram for open circuit or short-circuit ⇒ electrical test
no communication ⇒ page 378 , test step no. 23
01317 ♦ Control unit -J285- incorrectly coded – Check coding of the control unit -J285- ⇒ Electrical
Control unit in dash panel insert -J285- System ; Rep. gr. 90 ; dash panel insert
01324 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or to earth or – Read measured value block ⇒ page 449 , display
Four-wheel drive control unit -J492- 3)no communi‐ loose contact in the data BUS lines group number 125.
cation
– Test data BUS line according to the current flow dia‐
gram for open circuit or short-circuit ⇒ Current flow
diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations
1) On ESP, no communication occurs only together with a fault of the steering angle sender -G85- .
444
Octavia 1997 ➤

01423 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or to earth or loose – Test lateral acceleration sender -G200- .
Lateral acceleration sender -G200- 1) contact in the wiring between the lateral acceleration sender
electrical fault in the circuit -G200- and the ABS control unit -J104- – Read measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display group
number 004.
– Inspect wiring, plug connections as well as earth cables ac‐

cording to the current flow diagram ⇒ electrical test,
⇒ page 378 test step no. 20
♦ The fitting position of the lateral acceleration sender -G200- – Check fitting position of the lateral acceleration sender -
is not O.K. G200- ⇒ page 370 .
♦ Lateral acceleration sender -G200- defective – Replace lateral acceleration sender -G200- ⇒ page 370 .
– Perform null balance: ⇒ Initiate basic setting ⇒ page 455 ,

01423 ♦ The fitting position of the lateral acceleration sender -G200- – Test lateral acceleration sender -G200- .
Lateral acceleration sender -G200- 1) is not O.K.
implausible signal – Read measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display group
number 004.
– Check fitting position of the lateral acceleration sender -

G200- ⇒ page 370 .
♦ Lateral acceleration sender -G200- defective – Replace lateral acceleration sender -G200- ⇒ page 370 .

01423 ♦ The null balance was not atauthorised
unless all or incorrectly
by ŠKODA AUTO performed
A. S. ŠKODA AUTO–A. S. Perform null balance:
does not guarantee or accept any⇒ liability
Initiate basic setting ⇒ page 455 ,
Lateral acceleration sender -G200- 1) display
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. group
Copyright number
by ŠKODA AUTO 063A. S.��
445
Octavia 1997 ➤

01435 ♦ Open circuit or loose contact in the wiring between the brake – Test brake pressure sender -1- -G201- .
Brake pressure sender 1 -G201- pressure sender -1- -G201- and the ABS control unit -J104-
el. fault in the circuit – Read measured value block ⇒ page 449 , display group
number 005.
– Check fuses, wiring, plug connections as well as the voltage

supply to the control unit: ⇒ electrical test ⇒ page 378 , test
step no. 22
♦ Brake pressure sender -1- -G201- defective – Replace brake pressure sender -1- -G201- ⇒ page 559 .
– Perform null balance: ⇒ Initiate basic setting, ⇒ page 455

01435 ♦ The null balance was not at all or incorrectly performed – Perform null balance: ⇒ Initiate basic setting ⇒ page 455 ,
Brake pressure sender 1 -G201- display group number 066
01435 ♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or earth – Read measured value block ⇒ page 449 , display group
Brake pressure sender 1 -G201- number 005.
implausible signal
– Test wiring and plug connections according to current flow
diagram.
– Perform electrical test ⇒ page 378 test step no. 22.

♦ incorrect setting of the brake light switch – Setting the brake light switch ⇒ page 255 .
♦ Brake light switch defective
♦ Brake pressure sender -1- -G201- defective – Replace brake pressure sender 1 -G201- ⇒ page 559 .


01486 ♦ The ESP road test was activated – Perform ESP road test correctly and completely; then
(Information in the literature) the fault erases itself.
– Initiate basic setting ⇒ page 455 , display group num‐

ber 093.
01487 ♦private
Protected by copyright. Copying for Timeout of the
or commercial ESP inroad
purposes, part ortest
in whole, is not permitted – Perform ESP road test correctly and completely within
(Information in the literature) unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability the specified time.
446
Octavia 1997 ➤

01542 ♦ Earth connection to yaw rate sender -G202- inter‐ – Test yaw rate sender -G202- .
Yaw rate sender -G202- implausible signal rupted
– Read measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display
group number 004.
– Check wiring, plug connections to control unit ⇒ elec‐

trical test ⇒ page 378 test step no. 21
♦ The fitting position of the yaw rate sender -G202- is – Check fitting position of the yaw rate sender
not O.K. ⇒ page 370
18055 ♦ One or more control units incorrectly coded – Check coding of all control units.
Inspect coding/versions of the control units in the
powertrain ♦ One or more incorrect control units used – Check all used control units for correctness.
18056 ♦ Fault stored in the fault memory of the engine CU – Read fault memory of engine CU and erase it after
Read out fault memory of the engine CU removing possible faults ⇒ Fuel Injection and Ignition
System; Rep. gr. 01 ; Relevant Engine
♦ Engine CU defective – Replace engine CU ⇒ Petrol engine; Fuel Injection
and Ignition System; Rep. gr. 24 ; ⇒ Diesel engine;
Fuel Injection and Glow Plug System; Rep. gr. 23 .

18258 ♦ Supply voltage is interrupted, short-circuit to positive – Test supply voltage to engine CU for open circuit or
Databus drive missing message from engine CU or to earth or loose contact in the supply voltage to short-circuit ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electri‐
engine CU cal Fault Finding and Fitting Locations“ .
♦ Open circuit, short-circuit to positive or to earth or – Read measured value block ⇒ page 305 , display group
loose contact in the data BUS lines number 125.
– Check data BUS cables for open circuit or short-circuit

⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Fault Find‐
ing and Fitting Locations“ .
♦ Engine CU defective – Replace engine CU ⇒ Petrol engine; Fuel Injection and
Ignition System; Rep. gr. 24 ; ⇒ Diesel engine; Fuel
Injection and Glow Plug System; Rep. gr. 23 .
447
Octavia 1997 ➤

18262 ♦ One or more incorrect control units used – Check all used control units for correctness, if neces‐
Databus drive Hardware defective sary replace incorrect control unit.
65535 ♦ Control unit defective – Replace ESP control unit ⇒ page 405 .
448
Octavia 1997 ➤

⇒ page 389
The vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- displays the control unit 1C0907379E ESP FRONT MK60 0103->
identification, e.g.: Coding 19970 WSC XXXXX
Table of codes ⇒ page 390

⇒ page 305
Overview of the selectable display group numbers
449
Octavia 1997 ➤
Display group number Display field Denomination

001 1 Wheel speed on front left wheel speed sensor -G47- (km/h)
2 Wheel speed on front right wheel speed sensor -G45- (km/h)
3 Wheel speed on rear left wheel speed sensor -G46- (km/h)
4 Wheel speed on rear right wheel speed sensor -G44- (km/h)
002 1 Starting speed on front left wheel speed sensor -G47- (km/h)
2 Starting speed on front right wheel speed sensor -G45- (km/h)
3 Starting speed on rear left wheel speed sensor -G46- (km/h)
4 Starting speed on rear right wheel speed sensor -G44- (km/h)
003 1 Brake light switch -F-
004 1 Steering angle sender -G85-
2 Lateral acceleration sender -G200-
3 Yaw rate sender -G202-
4 not assigned
005 1 Brake pressure sender -G201-
2 not assigned
3 not assigned
4 not assigned
0061) 1 Longitudinal acceleration sender2)
2 not assigned
3 not assigned
4 not assigned
125 1 Data BUS for engine
2 Data BUS for steering
unless authorisedangle
3 Data BUS for four-wheel drive 2)
4 Data BUS for gearbox 3)
450
Octavia 1997 ➤
1) Ignore.
Check wheel speed sensor assignment -G44- , -G45- , -G46- , -
G47- in the display group number 001
⇒ page 305
Test wheel speed sensor -G44- , -G45- , -G46- , -G47- in the dis‐
play group number 002
⇒ page 305
Test the brake light switch -F- and the warning lights -K47- , -
K14/33- , -K155-
– Enter 003 and confirm the entry with the key Q.
Read-out on display (stationary vehicle) Reading measured value block 3 ->
not activated not activa-
ted
451
Octavia 1997 ➤
Reading measured value block 3 → Display group number: 003

not activated off off off Read-out on display:(example)
TCS/ESP warning light
♦ off
♦ on
ABS warning light

♦ off
♦ on
Warning light for the hand brake/brake fluid level

♦ off
♦ on
Brake light switch:

♦ actuated → brake pedal actuated
If -not activated- can be read in the display of the -V.A.G 1552- despite the foot brake being activated or -activated- can be read despite the foot
brake not being activated, the test step no. 4 of the electrical test can be performed, page ⇒ page 335 . There is also the possibility that the brake
light switch is not correctly set ⇒ set brake light switch, page ⇒ page 255 .
452
Octavia 1997 ➤
The next lower display group number and the next higher display
group number can be selected with the ↓ button.
Test the steering angle sender -G85- , the lateral acceleration
sender -G200- and the yaw rate sender -G202- in the display
group number 004
⇒ page 305
Test brake pressure sender -G201-
– Enter 005 and confirm the entry with the key Q.
Read-out on display (stationary vehicle) Reading measured value block 5 ->
-1.27 bar
453
Octavia 1997 ➤

-1.27 bar Read-out on display:(example)
not assigned
not assigned
not assigned
Brake pressure sender -G201- or -G214-
♦ Electrical test, page ⇒ page 461 , perform test steps 22 and 23
454
Octavia 1997 ➤
The next lower display group number can continuously be selec‐

ted in sequence with the ↓ button.
Check longitudinal acceleration sender -G251-
⇒ page 264
Check databus lines
⇒ page 262

♦ Special tools, test equipment as well as aids required
♦ Diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3- , -V.A.G 1551/3A- , -V.A.G
1551/3B- or -V.A.G 1551/3C-
Tasks of the function 04 „Initiate basic setting“
The function 04 „Initiate basic setting“ performs several tasks for
the ESP:
♦ -1- The display group number 001 is necessary to bleed the
hydraulic unit.
♦ -2- The display group number 040 is required for switching off
the longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- , e.g. to check the
brake system on a roller type test stand.
♦ -3- The display group numbers 060, 063, 066 and 069 are
necessary for the null balance of the steering angle sender,
the lateral acceleration sender, the brake pressure sender and
the longitudinal acceleration sender.
♦ -4- The display group number 093 is necessary for the road
test ⇒ page 455 . It serves to check the plausibility of the signal
for the steering angle sender -G85- , the lateral acceleration
sender -G200- , the yaw rate sender -G202- and the brake
pressure sender -G201- .
-1- On vehicles with ESP system, the hydraulic unit is bled with
the display group number 001. Initiate basic setting ⇒ page 226 .
The basic setting 04, the display group number 001 is only nec‐
essary if at least one chamber of the brake fluid reservoir has run
completely empty.
In case of leakage in the brake system, the basic setting must
also be initiated after the repair.
-2- On four-wheel drive vehicles, the longitudinal acceleration
sender is switched off with the display group number 040 -G201-
⇒ page 264 .
-3- The null balance is performed with the display group numbers
060, 063, 066 and 069.
♦ The null balance of the steering
Protected angle
by copyright. sender
Copying isorperformed
for private with in part or in whole, is not permitted
commercial purposes,
the display groupunless
number 060
authorised by -G85-
ŠKODA AUTO⇒ page 455 . AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
A. S. ŠKODA
♦ The null balance of the lateral acceleration sender is per‐
⇒ page 455 .
455
Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ The null balance of the brake pressure sender is performed

with the display group number 066 -G201- ⇒ page 455 .
♦ The null balance of the longitudinal acceleration sender is per‐
⇒ page 265 .
Performing the null balance of the display group numbers 060,
063 and 066 requires that the function 11 „Login procedure“ has
been successfully performed beforehand with the vehicle system
tester ⇒ page 460 .
Note
The Login procedure must be carried out separately for each dis‐
play group number and only then can one go into the basic setting.
The null balance is necessary if:

♦ the control unit -J104- or the steering column is replaced,
♦ the steering angle sender -G85- is replaced,
♦ settings have been changed on the chassis within the scope
of a chassis alignment,
♦ the lateral acceleration sender -G200- is replaced,
♦ the brake pressure sender -G201- is replaced,
♦ the longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- is replaced,
♦ If as a result of a fault entry in the fault memory of the control
unit -J104- the fault table indicates to perform the null balance,
♦ the steering wheel has been removed.
-4- The plausibility of the signal for the steering angle sender -
G85- , the lateral acceleration sender -G200- , the yaw rate
sender -G202- and the brake pressure sender -G201- is checked
with the display group number 093.
Activation of the ESP road test.
After changing the control unit -J104- , a null balance must be
performed for the following components:
♦ Lateral acceleration sender -G200-by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
unless authorised
When changing the individual senders, a null balance must only
be performed for the replaced component
Display group number 060: Null balance of the steering angle
sender -G85- .
– Start engine.
– Perform a short test drive on an even surface. Drive straight
ahead and no faster than 20 km/h, pay specific attention to the
following points.
♦ If the steering wheel is not in the centre position when driving
straight ahead, the steering wheel position must be corrected
within the scope of a chassis alignment and the null balance
of the steering angle sender must be performed.
– If during the test drive the steering wheel is in the centre po‐
sition, stop the vehicle in its straight ahead position.
456
Octavia 1997 ➤
Make sure the steering wheel is not moved. Do not switch ignition
off!
– Check the null balance with the function 08 „Read measured
value block“ ⇒ page 305 , display group number 004.
– First of all perform the function 11 „Login procedure“ with the
vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- ⇒ page 460 .
Select function XX


Readout on display: Basic setting 60 OFF 4-ON ->

Balance o.k. 0.0°
After the successful null balance, the value shown in the display
is again 0.0°.
or:
If this readout appears in the display, then the measured values Basic setting 60 OFF 4-ON ->
are not within the tolerance range of + 10°. Balance not possible 12.0°

– Press → key.
Select function XX

The ABS warning light -K47- and the ESP warning
unless authorised light -K155-
come on for approx. 2 seconds. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
– Switch off engine.

Display group number 063: Null balance of the lateral acceleration
sender -G200-
• The vehicle must be standing on level ground.
Select function XX
457
Octavia 1997 ➤



is again 0.0 m/s2.
or:
are not within the tolerance range of ±2.5 m/s2. Balance not possible 5.0m/s2

– Press → key.
Select function XX
– End output (function 06) ⇒ page

Protected 211 . Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
by copyright.
The ABS warning light -K47-withand theto ESP
respect warning
the correctness light -K155-
Display group number 066: Null balance of the brake pressure
sender -G201-
• Brake pedal not actuated.
Select function XX


If this readout appears in the display, then the Login procedure Function unknown or cannot - ->

Balance o.k. -0.85bar
is again 0.00 bar.
458
Octavia 1997 ➤
or:
are not within the range allowed for the null balance of -2 bar to Balance not possible -10.85bar
8 bar.
Select function XX

Display group number 093: Activation of the ESP road test
The ESP road test serves to check the plausibility of the signal
for the lateral acceleration sender -G200- , the yaw rate sender -
G202- and the brake pressure sender -G201- .
The ESP road test should be performed after each removal or
replacement of the parts of the ESP system
Select function XX


Readout on display: Basic setting 93 ON 8 ->
Syst. test activated
The ABS warning light -K47- comes on.

Select function XX
Note
The warning light -K47- remains lit.
– Disconnect the diagnostic plug connection.

– Start engine.
– Forcefully actuate the brake pedal (brake pressure of more
than 3.5 MPa) until the ESP warning light -K155- flashes.
Thus the balance at standstill is completed.
459
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Now carry out the road test for a maximum of 50 seconds at a

speed of 15 km/h...30km/h.
WARNING
Observing the road traffic regulations as well as paying atten‐

tion to the traffic conditions must be given priority.
– It must be driven in such a way that no ABS, EDL, TCS or ESP

control is required.
– Drive a curve with a minimum steering angle of 90°.
go out. Thus the ESP road test has been successfully completed.
If the ESP warning light -K47- does not go out, the ESP road test
has not been performed correctly.
– If the ABS warning light -K47- does not go out and the ESP
warning light -K155- comes on again, interrogate the fault
memory ⇒ page 202 .
29.9 Login procedure

♦ Diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3- , -V.A.G 1551/3A- , -V.A.G
1551/3B- or -V.A.G 1551/3C-
Test sequence
– Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and enter brake
electronics (address word 03) with the ignition switched on
⇒ page 285 .
Select function XX
– Enter 11 for the function „Login procedure“ and confirm the

Readout on display: Coding 2 HELP
Enter code number xxxxx
– Enter code number 40168 and confirm with Q.

Select function XX
460 unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
Octavia 1997 ➤
30 Electrical test ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP

Mark 60
♦ Measuring tool set -V.A.G 1594/A-
♦ Test box -V.A.G 1598/A-
♦ Adapter -V.A.G 1598/36-
The test steps ⇒ page 463 apply only to vehicles with ABS/EDL/
TCS/ESP,
♦ for which the self-diagnosis does not indicate the fault source.
In this case the full electric inspection must be carried out.
♦ for which the self-diagnosis gives a direct indication of the fault
source. Then only perform the test steps recommended in the
fault table (targeted approach).

⇒ page 326
Note
gine.
Remove air filter

Connect test box -V.A.G 1598 A- with adapter -V.A.G 1598/36-
⇒ page 326

assignment
Contact assignment of the plug connection -T16a- (diagnostic
connection) with the vehicle system tester -V.A.G1552-
⇒ page 327
30. Electrical test ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 60 461

Octavia 1997 ➤

Note
Plug contacts which have not been listed are not used.
1 - Voltage supply of battery + (via S162)

2 - Plug connection -T16a/7- , -K- cable
3 - Signal cable of the longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- for
four-wheel drive vehicles
4 - Voltage supply terminal 15 (via S9)
5 - Earth cable of the longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- for
four-wheel drive vehicles
6 - Lateral acceleration sender -G200- (signal)
7 - Voltage supply of the longitudinal acceleration sender -G251-
for four-wheel drive vehicles
8 - Only for vehicles with navigation system
9 - Jumper to contact 12 for four-wheel drive vehicles
10 - Only on vehicles equipped with navigation system and Xenon
headlights
12 - Jumper to contact 38 for front-wheel drive, jumper to contact
9 for four-wheel drive vehicles
13 - TCS/ESP button -E256-
14 - Jumper to contact 38 for vehicles with TCS
16 - Earth
17 - not assigned
18 - Voltage supply of the brake pressure sender -1- -G201-
19 - Earth cable of the brake pressure sender -1- -G201-
20 - Signal cable of the brake pressure sender -1- -G201-
21 až 23 - not assigned
24 - Earth cable of the lateral acceleration sender -G200- and the
yaw rate sender -G202-
25 - not assigned
26 - Voltage supply of the lateral acceleration sender -G200- and
the yaw rate sender -G202-
32 - Voltage supply of battery + (via S163)

462
Octavia 1997 ➤
38 - Jumper to contact 12 for front-wheel drive and ESP, jumper

to contact 14 for front-wheel drive and TCS
47 - Earth
Voltage supply of the ABS hydraulic pump -V64- - Perform test step 1
Voltage supply of the valves in the hydraulic unit - Perform test step 2
Voltage supply of the control unit -J104- - Perform test step 3
Jumpers - Perform test step 5
Function of the ESP warning light -K155- - Perform test step 16
Function of the TCS/ESP button -E256- - Perform test step 17
Actuation of the steering angle sender -G85- - Perform test step 18
Actuation of the lateral acceleration sender -G200- - Perform test step 19
Actuation of the yaw rate sender -G202- - Perform test step 20
Actuation of the longitudinal acceleration sender -G251- - Perform test step 22
Voltage supply for -V.A.G
unless 1552-
authorised , plug
by ŠKODA connection
AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO-T16a- - Perform
A. S. does not guarantee or accept test step 24
any liability
Resistance of the -K- cable for the self-diagnosis, plug connection -T16a- - Perform test step 25

Octavia 1997 ➤
30.3 Test table
Note
♦ The denominations of the bushes of the test box -V.A.G 1598

A- with adapter -V.A.G 1598/36- are identical to the contact
denominations of the ABS control unit -J104- in the current
flow diagram ⇒ binder „Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical
measuring cables (with contact spray -G 000 700 04- ) and
repeat test. Before replacing the relevant components test the
cables and connections more specifically for nominal values
below 10 Ω, repeat the resistance measurement on the com‐
ponent.

Test -V.A.G Test covers • Test conditions Specified value Measures for deviations from
step 1598 A- nominal value
bushes – additional works
1 1 + 47 Voltage supply of • Ignition off 10.0 - 14,5V – Test wiring of contact -T47a/
the hydraulic 1- via fuse S163 to battery +.
pump -V64- (ter‐
minal 30) at the – Test wiring of contact to
control unit - earth ⇒ Current flow dia‐
J104- grams, Electrical fault finding
and Fitting locations
2 32 + 16 Voltage supply of • Ignition off 10.0 - 14,5V – Test wiring of contact -T47a/
the valves in the 32- via fuse S162 to battery
hydraulic unit - +.
N55- (terminal
30) at the control – Test wiring of contact -47a/
unit -J104- 16- to earth ⇒ Current flow
diagrams, Electrical fault
finding
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial and
purposes, Fitting
in part locations
or in whole, is not permitted
3 4 + 47 Voltage supply • Ignition on to the correctness
with respect 10.0of- information
14,5V in–this document.
Test wiring of by
Copyright contact
ŠKODA AUTO-T47a/ A. S.��
(terminal 15) of 4- via fuse S13 and ignition
the control unit - starter switch.
J104-
– Test wiring of contact -47a/
47- to earth ⇒ Current flow
finding and Fitting locations
464
Octavia 1997 ➤

4 41 + 47 Brake light switch • Ignition off 0.0 - 0.5 V – If necessary set brake light
-F- switch ⇒ page 255 .
• Brake pedal not
actuated – Replace brake light switch
⇒ page 255 .
– Reading measured value

block ⇒ page 449 , display
group number 003.
– Brake pedal ac‐ 10.0 - 14.5 V – Check contact 1 of the
tuated brake light switch -F- to fuse
S13.
4a Brake light switch • Measuring – Test wiring for open circuit.
-F- range 200 Ω set
– Repair wiring according to
– Disconnect the the current flow diagram
multi-pin con‐ ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
nector -T47a- Electrical fault finding and
from the control Fitting locations
unit -J104-
– Pull out the mul‐ max. 1.5 Ω
ti-pin connector
from the brake
light/brake pedal
switch
– Test wiring for
open circuit
– Test wiring of
contact
Protected by copyright. Copying 41or commercial
for private (con‐ purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
unless authorised by ŠKODA trolAUTOunit) to con‐
tactof1information
with respect to the correctness (brakein this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
light switch)
• Set measuring
range 20 MΩ
– Remove fuse ∞Ω
S13
– Check cables for

short-circuit to
positive or to
earth

Octavia 1997 ➤

5 12 + 38 Jumper • Ignition off max. 1.5 Ω – Test wiring of contact
14 + 38 9/12/14 to contact 12/38 for
9 + 12 – Detach multi-pin open circuit.
connector -
T47a-
– Connect -V.A.G
1598 A- with
adapter -V.A.G
1598/36-
– Test wiring for

open circuit

6 33 + 34 Resistance of the • Ignition off 1.0...1.3 kΩ – Separate plug connection
front right speed on speed sensor.
sensor -G45-
– Check wiring according to
current flow diagram.

move cables ⇒ Current flow
If the lines are not found to be

faulty:
– Replace speed sensor -
G45- ⇒ page 247 .
front left speed on speed sensor.
sensor -G47-


faulty:
G47- ⇒ page 247 .
466
Octavia 1997 ➤
Switch on measuring range: resistance measurement (2kΩ)

rear right speed on speed sensor.
sensor -G44-


faulty:
G47- ⇒ page 247 .
rear left speed on speed sensor.
sensor -G46-


faulty:
G47- ⇒ page 247 .
Switch on measuring range: voltage measurement (2 V ∼)

bushes – or additional
Protected by copyright. Copying for private works
commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
10 33 with
+ 34 Voltage
respect signalofof
to the correctness • Vehicle
information raisedCopyright byAlternating
in this document. – Check the installation of the
ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
the front right voltage min. 65 wheel speed sensor and

speed sensor - • Ignition off mV the pulse rotor.
G45- – Turn front right
wheel by approx. – Check wheel speed sensor
1 turn per sec. -G45- to ensure it is correct‐
ly connected and read
measured value block
⇒ page 305 , display group
number 001.
11 45 + 46 Voltage signal of • Vehicle raised Alternating – Check the installation of the
the front left voltage min. 65 wheel speed sensor and
speed sensor - • Ignition off mV the pulse rotor.
G47- – Turn front left
number 001.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Switch on measuring range: voltage measurement (2 V ∼)

the rear right voltage min. wheel speed sensor and
speed sensor - • Ignition off 190 mV the pulse rotor.
G44- – Turn rear right
number 001.
the rear left voltage min. wheel speed sensor and
speed sensor - • Ignition off 190 mV the pulse rotor.
G46- – Turn rear left
number 001.

14 - Function of the • The fault memory The warning If the ABS warning light does
ABS warning light was interrogated light -K47- not light up:
-K47- and there is no lights up for ap‐ – Check wiring according to
fault in the fault prox. 2 sec‐ current flow diagram.
memory of the onds and goes ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
control unit - out Electrical fault finding and
J104- Fitting locations
• Ignition off
• The multi-pin – Check dash panel insert,

connector is in‐ fault in the dash panel insert
serted on the ⇒ Electrical System; Rep.
control unit - gr. 90
J104-
Protected by copyright. andforlocked
Copying private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
with respect–to the
Switch on ofignition
correctness information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
468
Octavia 1997 ➤

15 - Function of the • Brake fluid level The warning – Check the brake fluid level
hand brake/brake is O.K. light -K14/33- warning contact -F34- in the
fluid level warn‐ lights up for ap‐ screw cap of the brake fluid
ing light -K14/33- • Ignition off prox. 2 sec‐ reservoir.
• Multi-pin con‐ onds and goes
nector inserted out – Check wiring according to
on control unit - the current flow diagram
J104- and ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
locked Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations
– Switch on igni‐
tion – Check dash panel insert,
fault in the dash panel insert
⇒ Electrical System; Rep.
gr. 90
Functional test: ESP warning light -K155-

16 - Function of the • Ignition off The warning – Test wiring for open circuit
ESP warning light light -K155- and for short-circuit to posi‐
-K155- • Multi-pin con‐ lights up for ap‐ tive.
nector inserted prox. 2 sec‐
on control unit - onds and goes If the warning light -K155- re‐
Protected by copyright. Copying for private orJ104- and
commercial outor in whole, is not permitted
purposes, in part mains lit:
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA lockedAUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Test the wiring of the dash
– Switch on igni‐ panel insert for short-circuit
tion to earth. ⇒ Current flow di‐
agrams, Electrical fault find‐
ing and Fitting locations
– Check dash panel insert,

fault in the dash panel in‐
sert.
– Check ESP button -E256- .
– Test voltage supply relay

for warning light -K155- .
⇒ Current flow diagrams,
Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations

Octavia 1997 ➤
Functional test: Warning light -K155- for the function of the ESP button -E256- in test step 17;
voltage supply (20 V=) in test step 17a
17 - Function of the • Ignition off The warning
TCS/ESP button light -K155-
-E256- • The function of lights up for ap‐
the ESP warning prox. 2 sec‐
light -K155- was onds and goes
tested with test out
step 17
• Multi-pin con‐
nector inserted
on control unit -
J104- and
locked
tion
– Operate ESP Warning light - – Perform test step 18a.
button K155- comes
on
– Operate ESP Warning light -
button once K155- goes out
again
17a 16 + 13 Function of the – Switch off igni‐ – Test wiring of contact -47a/
TCS/ESP button tion 16- (control unit) to earth.
-E256-
– Disconnect the – Test wiring of contact -
multi-pin con‐ T47a/13- (control unit) to
nector from the contact -T4f/2- (ESP but‐
control unit - ton) for open circuit or short-
J104- circuit to positive or to earth.
– Connect -V.A.G
1598 A- with
adapter -V.A.G
1598/36-
tion
– Button -E256- 3,5-5,0 V – Test wiring for open circuit
not pressed and and short-circuit to positive
warning light - or to earth.
K155- lights up
– Button -E256- 8,0-14,5 V – Test voltage supply of con‐
held pressed tact -T4f/1- (ESP button) via
and warning fuse S13 for open circuit
light -K155- ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
lights up Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations
– Replace ESP button ⇒

Electrical System; Rep. gr.
96 ; Repair dash panel
470
Octavia 1997 ➤

voltage measurement (20 V =) in test step 18, resistance measurement (200 Ω)/(20 Ω) in test step 18a
18 - Earth connection • Ignition off – Test wiring of contact -T6w/
and voltage sup‐ 4- (steering angle sender)
ply of the steering – Disconnect the to fuse S15 for open circuit.
angle sender - multi-pin connec‐
G85- tor -T47a- from – Repair wiring according to
the control unit - the current flow diagram
J104- ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
– Disconnect the Fitting locations
plug connection
from the steering
angle sender
– Test the voltage

supply of the
steering angle
sender at the plug
connection -T6w-
– Test wiring be‐ 10.0-14.5V
tween contact -
T6w/4- and con‐
tact -T6w/1-
• Ignition on – Test wiring of contact -T6w/
5- (steering angle sender)
– Test wiring be‐ 10.0-14.5V to fuse S13 for open circuit
tween contact - ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
T6w/5- and con‐ Electrical fault finding and
tact -T6w/1- Fitting locations

Octavia 1997 ➤

voltage measurement (20 V =) in test step 18, resistance measurement (200 Ω)/(20 Ω) in test step 18a
18a 11 + 15 Cables for steer‐ • Measuring range
ing angle sender - 200 Ω set
G85-
– Connect -V.A.G
1598 A- with
adapter -V.A.G
1598/36-
– Check the follow‐

ing line connec‐
tions for an open
circuit:
– Wiring of contact max. 1.5 Ω – Test wiring for open circuit.
-T6w/3- (steering
angle sender) – Repair wiring according to
with contact - the current flow diagram
T47a/11- (control ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
unit) Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations
– Wiring of contact
-T6w/2- (steering
angle sender)
with contact -
T47a/15- (control
unit)
-T6w/1- to earth
• Measuring range
20 MQ set
– Remove fuse ∞Ω
S15
– Check cables
with respect for
short-circuit to
positive or to
earth
472
Octavia 1997 ➤

19 - Cables for lateral • Ignition off
acceleration
sender -G200- • Measuring range
200 Ω set
– Disconnect the
multi-pin connec‐
tor -T47a- from
the control unit -
J104-
– Connect -V.A.G
1598 A- with
adapter -V.A.G
1598/36-
– Disconnect the
plug connection -
T3n- from the lat‐
eral acceleration
sender
– Test wiring for max. 1.5 Ω – Test wiring for open circuit.
open circuit
– Repair wiring according to
– Wiring of contact the current flow diagram
-T3n/1- (lateral ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
acceleration Electrical fault finding and
sender) with con‐ Fitting locations
tact -T47a/6-
(control unit)
-T3n/2- (lateral
acceleration
sender) with con‐
tact -T47a/24-
(control unit)
– Wiring of contact max. 1.5 Ω
-T3n/3- (lateral
acceleration
sender) with con‐
tact -T47a/26-
(control unit)
• Measuring range ∞Ω
20 MΩ set
short-circuit to
positive or to
earth

Octavia 1997 ➤

Test V.A.G Test covers • Test conditions Specified value Measures for deviations from
step 1598 A nominal value
20 - Cables for lateral • Ignition off
acceleration
sender -G200- • Measuring
range 200 Ω set
– Disconnect the
multi-pin con‐
nector -T47a-
from the control
unit -J104-
– Connect -V.A.G
1598 A- with
adapter -V.A.G
1598/36-
– Disconnect the
plug connection
-T3m- from the
yaw rate sender
– Test wiring for – Test wiring for open circuit.
open circuit
– Wiring of contact max. 1.5 Ω – Repair wiring according to
-T3m/1- (yaw the current flow diagram
rate sender) with ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
contact -T47a/6- Electrical fault finding and
(control unit) Fitting locations
-T3m/2- (yaw
rate sender) with
contact -T47a/
24- (control unit)
– Wiring
unless authorised by ŠKODAof contact
-T3m/3-
with respect to (yaw
rate sender) with
contact -T47a/
26- (control unit)
• Measuring ∞Ω
range 20 MΩ set
short-circuit to
positive or to
earth
474
Octavia 1997 ➤

21 - Cables for brake • Ignition off
pressure sender
-1- -G201- • Measuring
range 200 Ω set
– Disconnect the
multi-pin con‐
nector -T47a-
from the control
unit -J104-
– Connect -V.A.G
1598 A- with
adapter -V.A.G
1598/36-
– Disconnect the
plug connection
-T30- from the
brake pressure
sender -1- -
G201-
– Test wiring for – Test wiring for open circuit.
open circuit
– Wiring of contact max. 1.5 Ω – Repair wiring according to
-T30/1- (brake the current flow diagram
pressure send‐ ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
er) with contact - Electrical fault finding and
T47a/19- (con‐ Fitting locations
trol unit)
-T30/2- (brake
pressure send‐
er) with contact -
T47a/20- (con‐
trol unit)
-T30/3- (brake
pressure send‐
er) with contact -
T47a/18- (con‐
Protected by copyright. Copyingtrol unit) or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
for private
• Measuring ∞Ω
range 20 MΩ set
short-circuit to
positive or to
earth

Octavia 1997 ➤

22 - Cables for longi‐ • Ignition off
tudinal accelera‐
tion sender - • Measuring
G251- range 200 Ω set
– Disconnect the
electrical plug
connection from
the longitudinal
acceleration
sender -G251-
– Disconnect the
multi-pin con‐
nector -T25a-
from the control
unit -J104-
– Connect test
box -V.A.G
1598/21-
– Check the ca‐ max. 1.5 Ω – Test the wiring according to
bles between the current flow diagram ⇒
the multi-pin binder „Current Flow Dia‐
connector of the grams, Electrical Fault
longitudinal
Protected by copyright. ac‐
Copying for Finding
private or commercial purposes, in part andis not
or in whole, Fitting Loca‐
permitted
celeration send‐ tions“
er -G251- and
the multi-pin
connector of the
control unit -
J104- for open
circuit
• Measuring
range 20 MΩ set
– Take out the
fuse S9
– Check cables for ∞Ω – Check wiring according to
short-circuit to the current flow diagram
positive or to ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
earth Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations
476
Octavia 1997 ➤

23 11 + 15 Data BUS cables • Ignition off
• Measuring
range 200 Ω set
– Disconnect the
multi-pin plug
connections
from the control
units connected
to the data BUS
– Connect -V.A.G
1598 A- with
adapter -V.A.G
1598/33-
– Test wiring for

open circuit
– to the steering
angle sender
– to the engine
control unit
– to the automatic
gearbox control
unit 1)
– Wiring of contact max. 1.5 Ω – Test wiring for open circuit.
-T47a/11- (con‐
trol unit) to con‐ – Repair wiring according to
tact -T6w/3- the current flow diagram
(steering angle ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
sender -G85- ) Electrical fault finding and
– Continue to the Fitting locations
connected con‐
trol units
-T47a/15- (con‐
trolunless
unit)authorised
to con‐by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
tact -T6w/2-
(steering angle
sender -G85- )
– Continue to the
connected con‐
trol units
• Measuring ∞Ω
range 20 Ω set
short-circuit to
positive or to
earth

Octavia 1997 ➤

24 - Voltage supply • Ignition on 10.0-14.5V – Test wiring of -T16a/4- to
for the vehicle earth.
system tester - – Connect the
V.A.G 1552- , handheld multi‐ – Test wiring of -T16a/1- via
plug connection - meter -V.A.G S5.
T16a- 1526 A- with the
measuring tool – Repair wiring according to
set -V.A.G 1594 the current flow diagram
A- to -T16a- 1) ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
– Test wiring be‐ Fitting locations
tween contact -
T6a/4- and con‐
tact -T16a/1-
1)Contact assignment of the plug connection for the voltage sup‐
ply and the self-diagnosis with the vehicle system tester -V.A.G
1552- ⇒ page 461 .

25 - Resistance of the • Ignition off
-K- cable for the
self-diagnosis, • Measuring range max. 1.5Ω – Test wiring of contact -
plug connection - 200 Ω set T16a/7- to contact -T47a/
T16a- 39- .
– Disconnect the
multi-pin connec‐ – Repair wiring according to
tor -T47a- from the current flow diagram
the control unit - ⇒ Current flow diagrams,
J104- Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations
– Connect -V.A.G
1598 A- with
adapter -V.A.G
1598/33-
– Test wiring be‐

tween contact -
T16a/7- and con‐
tact -T47a/39-
• Measuring range ∞Ω – Repair wiring according to
20 MΩ set the current flow diagram
⇒ Current flow diagrams,
– Check cables for Electrical fault finding and
short-circuit to Fitting locations
positive or to
earth
478
Octavia 1997 ➤
46 – Brakes - mechanism
1 Repairing the front brake
1.1 Changing the brake pads of the front

brake - Mounting instructions
When changing the pad, observe the following:
– Check the protective collar of the piston for brake caliper.
Replace the protective collar if damaged.
When replacing the collar:
– Check the contact surfaces of the brake piston and the brake
caliper for any dirt (oxydation).
Carefully clean the piston as well as the brake caliper if dirty and
replace the sealing sleeve.
– Check the brake piston and the brake caliper (corrosion,
grooves on the outside of the cylinder surface), replace the
brake caliper completely if damaged.
For the piston of the brake caliper, press into the initial position:
– Check if the piston can be slightly pressed into the brake cal‐
iper.
If the piston cannot be slightly pressed into the brake caliper:
– Check and clean the brake piston as well as the brake caliper,
replace sealing sleeve and protective collar.
Replace the brake caliper completely if damaged.
1.2 Repairing front brake, the floating cali‐

per disc brake FS-III
♦ Piston jig -MP 9-403-
♦ Brake pedal load,with
e.g. -V.A.G 1238/B-

♦ Bleeding bottle (commercially available)
♦ Solid lubricant paste -G 000 650- (e.g. Wolfrakote Top Paste)
1. Repairing the front brake 479

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
♦ Observe the instructions for changing the pad ⇒ page 479 .

♦ After replacing the brake pads, depress brake pedal firmly
several times when the vehicle is stationary to ensure the
brake pads are properly seated in their normal operating po‐
sition.
♦ Before removing a brake caliper or separating a brake hose
from the brake caliper, the brake pedal must be locked; e.g.
with brake pedal load -V.A.G 1238/B- .
♦ Use a bleeding bottle, that only comes into contact with the
brake fluid, to drain brake fluid from the brake fluid reservoir.
Brake fluid is toxic and must never be sucked into your mouth
via a hose!
♦ Already used brake fluid must never be used again.
♦ Tightening torque of the wheel screws: 120 Nm
1 - 4 Nm
2 - Brake disc
♦ Thickness: 22 mm
♦ Wear limit: 19 mm
♦ if worn always replace axle-
wise
♦ unscrew the brake caliper
before removing
♦ Do not use force to sepa‐
rate the brake discs from
the wheel hub, if necessary
use rust solvent, as you
could otherwise damage
the brake discs.
♦ Technical data ⇒ page 10
3 - Brake pads
♦ with wear indicator - with a
corresponding wear (limit: 2
to 3 mm) the warning light
in the dash panel insert
lights up
♦ Thickness 19.5 mm includ‐
ing support plate
♦ Wear limit: 7 mm including
support plate
♦ Inspect thickness ⇒ Main‐
tenance ; Booklet Octavia Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ always replace axle-wise with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

⇒ page 481
♦ Observe the instructions for
changing the pad
⇒ page 479
♦ 05.98 ►: do not interchange the inside and outside brake pads ⇒ page 481
480 Rep. gr.46 - Brakes - mechanism

Octavia 1997 ➤
4 - Brake caliper
♦ removing:
– Remove brake pads -Pos. 3
– Insert brake pedal load.
– Unscrew brake hose -Pos. 7- from brake caliper
♦ Installing:
– Install brake pads -Pos. 3-
– Screw brake hose -Pos. 7- to brake caliper
– Take out brake pedal load.
– Bleeding Brake System ⇒ page 552
♦ Observe the instructions for changing the pad ⇒ page 479
5 - Guide bolt, 30 Nm
6 - Cap
7 - Brake hose with banjo union and hollow screw
♦ cannot be disassembled, must be fully replaced
9 - 8 Nm
♦ clean the inner surface of the hole before inserting the wheel speed sensor and coat with a solid lubricant
paste -G 000 650- (e.g. Wolfrakote Top Paste)
11 - Cover plate
12 - 10 Nm
13 - Wheel bearing
14 - Circlip
15 - Wheel hub with pulse rotor
16 - Wheel hub without pulse rotor
1.3 Removing and installing brake pads/

brake caliper (FS III)
Special tools and
Protected workshop
by copyright. equipment
Copying required
♦ Piston with
jig -MP
respect9-403-

Observe the instructions for changing the pad ⇒ page 479 .

Octavia 1997 ➤
Removing
– Remove wheels.
Note
♦ When removing mark the brake pads you intend to keep using.
Install in the same location, as otherwise this may cause un‐
even braking!
♦ Do not unscrew the brake hose when replacing the brake pad.
– Disconnect the plug connection for the brake pad wear indi‐
cator (where the vehicle is fitted with this).
– Remove caps -2-.
– Unscrew and remove the two guide bolts from the brake cali‐
per.
– Remove the brake caliper housing and secure with wire in
such a way that the weight of the brake caliper does not burden
or damage the brake hose.
– Take out the brake pads from the brake caliper housing.
Install
Note
Before inserting new brake pads, press piston with piston jig into
the brake caliper. Drain the brake fluid from the brake fluid res‐
ervoir using a ventilation bottle before pushing back.
Otherwise brake fluid can flow out and lead with
to damage
respect to the-correctness
if brakeof information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
fluid was added in the meantime.
WARNING
through a hose.
– Clean the brake caliper housing.
Note
Use spirits only to clean the brake caliper housing.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Push piston back with piston setting and timing device -MP
9-403- .
– Insert brake pads.
05.98 ►: Do not interchange the inside and outside brake pads.
Outer pad: black three-finger clip
Inner pad: white coloured piston side
– First position the brake caliper housing at the bottom -arrow-.

– Mount the brake caliper housing with brake pads onto the
The pin of the brake caliper housing -arrow- must be located be‐
hind the guide of the wheel bearing housing!
– Screw the guide bolt into the brake caliper housing and tighten
to 30 Nm.
– Connect the plug connection for the brake pad wear indicator
(where the vehicle is fitted with this).
– Insert both caps -2-.

Note

sition.
♦ Check brake fluid level after replacing the brake pads, if nec‐
essary top up with brake fluid.
1.4 Repairing the front wheel brake, brake

caliper FN -3
♦ Piston jig -MP 9-403- Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted


Octavia 1997 ➤
Note

sition.
via a hose!
♦ Tightening torque of the wheel screws: 120 Nm.
1 - 4 Nm
2 - Brake disc
♦ the max. axial run-out is not
marked
♦ released combination of a
brake disc without marking
and a wheel hub with mark‐
ing
♦ with a fixing hole for the
wheel hub
♦ always replace axle-wise
♦ unscrew the brake caliper
before removing
♦ Do notunless
useauthorised
force tobysepa‐
ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
rate the with
brake discs
respect to the from
correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
the wheel hub, if necessary
use rust solvent, as you
could otherwise damage
the brake discs.
3 - Brake disc
♦ with a marking approx. 5
mm wide for marking the
maximum wheel run-out
♦ released combination of a
brake disc with marking
and a wheel hub without
marking
♦ with 5 fixing holes for the
wheel hub
♦ unscrew the brake caliper before removing

Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ Do not use force to separate the brake discs from the wheel hub, if necessary use rust solvent, as you could
otherwise damage the brake discs.
4 - Brake pads
♦ with wear indicator - with a corresponding wear (limit: 2 to 3 mm) the warning light in the dash panel insert
lights up
♦ Inspect thickness ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet Octavia
5 - Retaining spring
♦ insert in both bores of the brake caliper housing.
♦ replace after each brake pad replacement
6 - Brake carrier
♦ must be assembled with sufficient grease on the guide bolt, supplied as a spare part
♦ if there is any damage to the protective caps or guide bolts fit a repair set (use the enclosed grease packing
to lubricate the guide bolts)
7 - Brake caliper
♦ removing:
– Unscrew brake hose -Pos. 10- from brake caliper.
♦ Installing:
– Screw brake hose -Pos. 10- to brake caliper.
♦ removing and installing -Pos. 4
9 - Cap
♦ must be replaced completely, do not dismantle
11 - 124 Nm
♦ Clean ribbing on the underside
13 - 8 Nm
14 - ABS wheel speed sensor Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ clean the inner surface of the hole before inserting
with respect tothe wheel speed
the correctness sensor
of information in thisand coatCopyright
document. with abysolidŠKODA lubricant
AUTO A. S.��
paste -G 000 650- (e.g. Wolfrakote Top Paste).

Octavia 1997 ➤
15 - Cover plate
16 - 10 Nm
17 - Wheel bearing
18 - Circlip
♦ with and without marking for minimum axial run-out
♦ In combination with the wheel hub without marking of the min. axial run-out and the brake disc without
marking of the min. axial run-out or permissible vice versa, the reduction of the overall axial run-out of the
brake FN 3 is then not effective.
1.5 Removing and installing brake pads/

brake caliper FN 3
Observe the instructions for changing the pad ⇒ page 479 .
Removing
– Remove wheels.
Note
even braking!
Note
Remove caps -arrows-.
– Disconnect the plug connection for the brake pad wear indi‐
cator (where the vehicle is fitted with this).

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Lever the retaining spring of the brake pads out of the brake
caliper housing -arrow- using a screwdriver and remove.
– Unscrew and remove the two guide bolts from the brake cali‐
per.
– Take out the brake pads from the brake caliper housing.
– Clean the brake caliper, in particular the adhesive surfaces for
the brake pads must be free from glue residues and grease.
Note
Only use alcohol to clean the brake caliper housing.
Install
Directional brake pads

1- right brake pad on the piston side
2- left brake pad on the piston side
In the installed condition, the arrow on the backing plate of the
brake pad must point downwards. Please pay attention to this!
Note
Before inserting the new brake pads, press the piston with piston
jig into the cylinder. Drain the brake fluid from the brake fluid res‐
ervoir using a ventilation bottle before pushing back. Otherwise
brake fluid can flow out and lead to damage if brake fluid was
added in the meantime.
WARNING
via a hose!

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Push back piston.

– Insert inner brake pad.
– Insert outer brake pad.

– Remove the protective foil from the backing plate of the brake
pad.
– Screw the brake caliper housing with both guide bolts

-arrows- to the brake carrier.
Tightening torque: 30 Nm
– Connect the plug connection for the brake pad wear indicator
(where the vehicle is fitted with this).
– Insert both caps -arrows-

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Insert the ends of the retaining spring into the holes of the
brake caliper housing -arrow A- and subsequently press the
retaining spring behind the brake caliper -arrow B-.
Note
♦ After each brake pad replacement, forcefully apply the brake

pedal repeatedly to ensure the brake pads go into their normal
operating position.
1.6 Removing and installing brake discs (FN

3)
Note

♦ Brake judder,bybrake
unless authorised ŠKODA pulsations or steering
AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. wheel torsional
does not guarantee vi‐ any liability
or accept
brations canto occur
with respect with ofthe
the correctness brakeinFN
information 3. This Copyright
this document. is caused by aAUTO A. S.��
by ŠKODA
too great overall axial run-out in the system brake disc - wheel
hub.
♦ In order to reduce the overall axial run-out, the maximum and
minimum axial run-out of the brake disc and the wheel hub is
marked with an ink-jet marking.
♦ When handling a fault due to a too great overall axle run-out,
the wheel hubs and the brake discs which are not marked must
be replaced with marked parts. Assignment ⇒ Electronic
♦ If used brake discs with a marking and a 5-hole fixing for wheel
hubs are reinstalled, the position of the brake disc to the wheel
hub must be marked before removal.
♦ The combination of marked brake disc/unmarked wheel hub
or unmarked brake disc and marked brake disc is allowed.
♦ The combination of the left vehicle side components without
marking and the right vehicle side components with marking
or vice versa is also allowed.
♦ Pay attention that the reduction of the overall run-out on the
brake FN 3 is not effective for the stated combinations.
♦ Only replace brake discs axle-wise.
♦ Do not use force to separate the brake discs from the wheel
hub, if necessary use rust solvent, as you could otherwise
damage the brake discs.
Removing
– Remove wheel.
Note
Do not remove the brake hose from the brake caliper.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Remove the brake carrier with the brake caliper and secure
with wire in such a way that the weight of the brake caliper
does not burden or damage the brake hose.
– Remove the brake disc/wheel hub connecting screw.
– Remove the brake disc.
When handling a fault due to a too great overall run-out of the axle
– Remove wheel hub ⇒ page 38 .
Install
When handling a fault due to a too great overall run-out of the axle
– Install a new wheel hub -1- with an ink-jet marking approx. 3
mm wide for marking the minimum axial run-out -arrow A- in
the wheel bearing housing ⇒ page 38 .
– Install a new brake disc -2- on the wheel hub with an ink-jet
marking approx. 5 mm wide for marking the maximum axial
run-out -arrow B-.
Fitting position:
Install the brake disc on the wheel hub in such a way that the
marking of the minimum axial run-out (wheel hub) and the maxi‐
mum axial run-out (brake disc) are located opposite each other.
Vehicles without a fault
♦ After changing the brake disc (old wheel hub/new brake disc),
a minimisation of the axial run-out is not possible on used ve‐
hicles.
♦ The brake discs can be installed without paying attention to
the fitting position.
– Install brake disc. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Continued for all vehicles unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Further installation occurs in reverse order.
Tightening torques:
Brake disc to wheel hub 4 Nm
Brake carrier with brake caliper to wheel bearing housing 124 Nm
Wheel bolt 120 Nm

Octavia 1997 ➤
2 Repairing rear wheel brake - front

wheel drive (drum brake)
2.1 Replacing the brake shoes of the rear

brake - Mounting instructions
When changing the brake shoes, pay attention to the following
points:
– Check the protective collars of the wheel-brake cylinders.
Replace the wheel-brake cylinders if the protective collars are
damaged.
– Check the wheel-brake cylinder for tightness ⇒ page 495 .
Replace the wheel-brake cylinder if leaking.
– Check if the pistons can be slightly pressed into the brake cyl‐
inder.
If the pistons cannot be slightly pressed into the brake cylinder:
– Replace the wheel-brake cylinder.
2.2 Removing and installing rear wheel

brake
♦ Measuring tool for brake drum -MP 5-407-
♦ Dial gauge (measuring range 0 -10 mm)
Note
♦ After replacing the wheel-brake cylinder, brake carrier and

brake shoe, forcefully apply the brake pedal once to ensure
the brake shoes go into their normal operating position.
through a hose.
♦ Use the brake pedal load, e.g. -V.A.G 1238/B- , before remov‐
ing a brake cylinder, a brake carrier or before separating a
brake pipe from the wheel-brake cylinder.
2. Repairing rear wheel brake - front wheel drive (drum brake) 491
Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - 4 Nm
2 - Brake drum
♦ Brake drum diameter 230
mm
♦ Wear limit ∅ 231.0 mm
♦ clean carefully, and check
for wear, damage, dimen‐
sional accuracy and perfect
brake surface
♦ Check noncircularity by
means of a special tool -MP
5-407- and the dial gauge
(measuring range 0 - 10
mm).
– Permissible noncircular‐
ity 0.03 mm. If the meas‐
ured value is greater
than 0.03 mm, the brake
drum must be replaced
⇒ Maintenance ; Book‐
let Octavia .
3 - Cap
nut 70 Nm +40°
ing and pulse rotor
♦ must be replaced com‐with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
pletely
6 - Wheel hub with wheel bearing without pulse rotor
8 - Brake carrier with brake shoe
♦ removing:
– Resetting brake ⇒ page 493 .
– Remove the brake drum.
– Unscrew brake pipe.
– Remove brake carrier.
♦ Installing:
– Install brake carrier.
– Screw on brake hose.
– Install the brake drum.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Bleeding Brake System ⇒ page 552

♦ repairing ⇒ page 493 .
9 - Axle body
10 - Axle stud
11 - 8 Nm
2.3 Resetting brake

– Use a screwdriver to push the wedge up through a hole for the
wheel screws in the brake drum.
2.4 Repairing rear brake

♦ Hook (commercially available)
♦ Plastic wedge 3409
Note
After working on the rear axle brake:

♦ Put hand-brake back.
♦ Forcefully actuate the brake
Protected pedal
by copyright. once.
Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Spring cap
♦ to remove push against
pressure spring and turn
90°
2 - Pressure spring
3 - Locating spring
4 - Pressure rod
♦ Coat the points of contact
with solid lubricant paste -G
000 650- (e.g. Wolfrakote
Top Paste)
5 - Wedge
♦ when removing and instal‐
ling the brake drum push up
through a hole for wheel
screw ⇒ page 493
6 - Wheel-brake cylinder
♦ Check tightness
⇒ page 495
♦ Repairs not allowed
♦ removing:
– Unscrew brake hose.
– Remove wheel-brake
cylinder.
♦ Installing:
– Install wheel-brake cyl‐
inder.
– Screw on brake pipe.

– Take
unless out brake
authorised by ŠKODApedal
load.
7 - 8 Nm
8 - Tensioning sleeve
9 - Brake carrier
10 - Cap
♦ remove to check brake pad thickness ⇒ page 495
11 - Brake shoe
♦ Observe the instructions for changing the brake shoe ⇒ page 491
♦ Minimum pad thickness without supporting shoe 2.5 mm
♦ Check thickness ⇒ page 495 , visual inspection through the inspection hole in the brake carrier, if necessary
♦ Always replace brake pads axle-wise
12 - Tension spring
13 - Bottom retractor spring
♦ Coat the contact points with solid lubricant paste -G 000 650-

Octavia 1997 ➤
14 - Top retractor spring

15 - Brake shoe with lever for hand-brake
♦ Observe the instructions for changing the brake shoe ⇒ page 491
♦ Setting the hand-brake ⇒ page 497
Checking the wheel-brake cylinder for tightness

– Lift off dust cup.
Use a plastic wedge -3409- for this purpose.
– If there is any brake fluid in the dust cup, replace wheel-brake
cylinder.
Make sure the dust cup is not damaged when lifting it off.
Checking the brake pad thickness through the inspection hole in

the brake carrier.
– Unclip the cap from the brake carrier -arrow-.
– Checking the brake pad thickness through the inspection hole
in the brake carrier. Minimum pad thickness without support‐
ing shoe (wear dimension) 2,5 mm.
Note
Pay attention to pads greased with brake fluid or grease.
2.5 Removing and installing brake shoes

♦ Hook (commercially available)
Removing
– Remove wheels.
– Remove the brake drum ⇒ page 491 .
– Remove spring cap with pressure springs.
– Lever out the brake shoes in the -direction of arrow- behind
the bottom support plate using a screwdriver.
– Lay the brake shoes on the bottom support plate.
– Unhook the retractor spring at the bottom.
– Unhook the hand-brake cable.
– Carefully guide the brake shoes out between the wheel hub
and the brake carrier.
– Tighten the brake shoe in the vice.
2. Repairing
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. rear wheel
ŠKODA brake
AUTO A. S.- front wheel
does not driveor(drum
guarantee acceptbrake) 495
any liability
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unhook the tension spring -1- for wedge -2-.

– Unhook the retractor spring at the top -3- with hook -A-.
– Unhook the locating spring -1- with hook -A-.

– Remove the pressure rod -2- and the wedge -3- from the brake
shoe.
Install
– Insert the locating spring in the brake shoe and position the
brake shoe on the pressure rod.
– Grease the contact point of the pressure rod with solid lubri‐
cant paste -G 000 650- , e.g. Wolfrakote Top Paste.
– Hook locating spring -1- with hook -A- in the pressure rod -2-.
– Insert the wedge -3- at the same time.
Fitting position: unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
The raised part -arrow- must remain visible during installation.
– Insert the brake shoe with brake lever in the pressure rod.
– Grease the contact point of the pressure rod with solid lubri‐
cant paste -1-, e.g. Wolfrakote Top Paste.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Hook on the retractor spring at the top -3- with hook -A-.
– Hook on the tension spring -1- for wedge -2-.
– Guide the brake shoes in between the wheel hub and the
brake carrier.
– Position the brake shoe on the brake cylinder piston.
– Hook the hand-brake cable onto the brake lever.
– Insert the bottom retractor spring and lift the brake shoe behind
the bottom support.
– Grease the contact points of the bottom retractor spring on the
brake shoes with solid lubricant paste -G 000 650- , e.g. Wolf‐
rakote Top Paste.
– Insert the pressure spring with spring cap.
– Install the brake drum.
– Forcefully actuate the brake pedal once.
– Setting the hand-brake.
2.6 Setting the hand-brake (drum brake)

Resetting of the hand-brake is not required after resetting of the
rear brake due to automatic resetting of the rear wheel-brake.
Resetting is only required after replacing the hand-brake cable,
the brake carrier or the brake pads/brake shoes.
Note
Always replace self-locking adjusting nut.

– Remove ashtray in centre console.
– Release Phillips head screws.
Work; Rep. gr. 68 .
1- Handbrake cable
– Put the hand-brake lever into the 4th catch.
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Tighten adjusting nut -arrow- until both wheels are hard to turn
by hand.
– Release hand-brake and check whether both wheels rotate
freely, if necessary release adjusting nut slightly.

Octavia 1997 ➤
3 Repairing rear wheel-brake - front-

wheel drive (disc brake)
3.1 Changing the brake pads of the rear

wheel disc brake - Mounting instructions
iper.

brake
3. Repairing rear wheel-brake - front-wheel drive (disc brake) 499

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note

sition.
via a hose!
1 - 4 Nm
2 - Brake disc, internally venti‐
lated
♦ Diameter 256 mm
♦ Thickness 22 mm
♦ Wear limit 20 mm
♦ if worn replace axle-wise
3 - Brake disc
♦ Diameter 232 mm
♦ Thickness 9 mm
♦ Wear limit 7 mm
4 - Cap
nut, 70 Nm + 40°
ing and pulse rotor
pletely
out ⇒ page 131

Octavia 1997 ➤
7 - 30 Nm + 90°
8 - Cover plate
9 - Axle stud
11 - Axle body
13 - 8 Nm
14 - 30 Nm + 30°
15 - Brake carrier with guide bolts and protective caps
♦ must be assembled with sufficient grease on the guide bolt, supplied as a spare part
♦ fit a repair set if there is any damage to the protective caps or guide bolts; (use the enclosed grease packing
to lubricate the guide bolts)
♦ must be replaced completely, do not dismantle
♦ Tightening torque of the hollow screw:
Protected by 35Copying
copyright. Nm for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ do not unscrew the brake line whento replacing
with respect the correctnessthe brake pad
♦ always replace
18 - Brake caliper
♦ do not unscrew the brake line when replacing the brake pad
♦ removing
– Unscrew brake hose -Pos. 16- at brake caliper.
♦ Installing:
♦ One must first adjust the hand-brake cable after undertaking repair or replacement work
The foot brake must not be applied beforehand!
19 - Brake pads
♦ Thickness 17 mm (including the support plate)
♦ Wear limit: 7.5 mm (including supporting plate)
♦ Check thickness: ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet Octavia

Octavia 1997 ➤

20 - Pad retaining spring
♦ always replace when changing the brake pads
3.3 Removing and installing brake pads

♦ Resetting and turning out tool -T10165-
♦ Assembly device -T10165/1-
Note
even braking!
Removing
– Remove wheels.
– Unhook the handbrake cable from the brake caliper
⇒ page 506 .

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew the fixing screws of the brake carrier while counter‐

holding the guide bolts.
– Remove the brake pads and the pad retaining springs.
Note
– Clean the brake caliper housing; in particular the adhesive

surface for the brake pad must be free from glue residues and
grease.
Install
Note
Before inserting new brake pads, press the piston with a resetting
and turning out tool -T10165- into the cylinder. Drain the brake
fluid from the brake fluid reservoir using a ventilation bottle before
pushing back. Otherwise brake fluid can flow out and lead to
damage if brake fluid was added in the meantime.
WARNING
through a hose.
♦ Insert the resetting and turning out tool -T10165- in such a way
that the surface of the tool -T10165/1- is resting on the brake
caliper.
♦ Use open-jawed spanner on a provided spanner surface
-arrow A- if the piston is difficult to move.
♦ When adjusting the piston with a piston resetting device the
automatic adjustment in the brake caliper is destroyed.
– Screw the piston by turning the knurled wheel of the resetting
tool -T10165- to the right into the brake caliper.
– Insert the new pad retaining springs -arrows- and brake pads
in the brake carrier.
– Remove the protective foil from the supporting plate of the
brake pad.
Note
There are four self-locking screws in the repair set, which must
be fitted.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Secure the brake caliper housing using new self-locking

screws.
Counterhold at the guide bolt when tightening.
Tightening torque: 35 Nm.
– Hook the handbrake cable onto the brake caliper
⇒ page 506 .
Note

operating position.
3.4 Setting the hand-brake (disc brake)

New adjustment is only necessary when the handbrake cable and
brake carrier are replaced or after replacing the brake shoes.
Note
♦ The brake system must be bled and fully operational.

♦ Always replace self-locking adjusting nut.

Work; Rep. gr. 68 .
1- Handbrake cable

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Put the hand brake lever in its rest position. Tighten adjusting
nut so far that the levers -arrow- rise from the stops on the
brake calipers.
– Check the distance between the lever and the stop on the left
and right brake caliper using feeler gauges.
The distance -a- between the lever and the stop on the left and
right brake caliper must not be less than a minimum of 1 mm or
exceed a maximum of 3°mm.
– Pull the handbrake on and release it three times. This will po‐
sition and set the components.
– If the hand-brake lever is in its rest position, check whether
both wheels rotate freely, if necessary
Protected release
by copyright. Copying adjusting
for private nutpurposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
or commercial
slightly. unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability

Octavia 1997 ➤
4 Removing and installing hand-brake

cable (drum brake)
Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove the brake drum.
– Unhook the hand-brake cable from the brake lever on the
brake shoe.
– Unclip hand-brake cable from the clip on the rear axle body
-arrow A- and unhook from the brackets -arrows-.
– Pull hand-brake cable -2- in the direction of the arrow out of

the guide tube -1-.
Install
Note

♦ Before setting the hand-brake, pretension
unless authorised the AUTO
by ŠKODA hand-brake ca‐
ble with the adjusting nut at the compensation
with respect clamp.
♦ Setting the hand-brake ⇒ page 497 .

Octavia 1997 ➤
5 Removing and installing hand-brake

cable (disc brake)
Removing
– Remove rear centre console ⇒ Body Work; Rep. gr. 68 ; In‐
terior trim .
– Raise vehicle.
– Press the hand-brake lever -2- in the -direction of the arrow-
and while doing so unhook the hand-brake cable -3-.
– Unclip hand-brake cable from the clip on the rear axle body
-arrow A- and unhook from the brackets -arrows-.
5. Removing and installing hand-brake cable (disc brake) 507

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Pull hand-brake cable -2- in -the direction of the arrow- out of

the guide tube -1-.
Install
Note

♦ Before setting the hand-brake, pretension the hand-brake ca‐
ble with the adjusting nut at the compensation clamp.
♦ Setting the hand-brake ⇒ page 504 .

Octavia 1997 ➤
6 Handbrake lever - Summary of components
1 - Handbrake lever
♦ before the removal, remove
the centre console ⇒ Body
Work; Rep. gr. 68 .
2 - Door handle
♦ pull it out towards the front,
first of all press the catch
peg below the door handle
towards the bottom using a
small screwdriver
3 - Covering for the hand brake
lever
♦ removing: ⇒ Body work;
Rep. gr. 68 .
4 - Centre console
♦ removing: ⇒ Body work;
Rep. gr. 68 .
5 - 1.4 Nm
6 - Nut, 18 Nm unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
7 - Compensating clamp
8 - Self-locking adjusting nut
♦ Setting the hand-brake:
– Vehicles with drum
brakes ⇒ page 497 .
– Vehicles with disc

brakes ⇒ page 504 .
9 - Handbrake cable
♦ Fitting position of the hand-
brake cables ⇒ page 510
♦ removing and installing (drum brake) ⇒ page 506
♦ removing and installing (disc brake) ⇒ page 506
♦ different versions for the rear drum brake and disc brake ⇒ Electronic Catalogue of Original Parts .
10 - Switch for hand-brake control
♦ clipped
♦ replace if defective
6. Handbrake lever - Summary of components 509

Octavia 1997 ➤
Fitting position of the hand-brake cables
Note
Fitting position of the hand-brake cables is identical on vehicles

with drum or disc brake (only version with drum brake is shown).
– The hand-brake cables are fastened with clips to the axle

body.
– The clamping ring arrow -A- at the hand-brake cable must rest
in the centre of the clip -arrow B-.

Octavia 1997 ➤
7 Repairing rear wheel-brake - four-

wheel drive (disc brake)
7.1 Changing the brake pads of the rear

wheel disc brake - Mounting instructions
iper.

brake
7. Repairing
with respect to the correctness of information in this rear wheel-brake
document. Copyright -by
four-wheel
ŠKODA AUTO drive (disc brake)
A. S.�� 511
Octavia 1997 ➤
Note

sition.
via a hose!
1 - 80 Nm
2 - Brake carrier with guide
bolts and protective caps
♦ must be assembled with
sufficient grease on the
guide bolt, supplied as a
spare part
♦ fit a repair set if there is any
damage to the protective
caps or guide bolts; (use
the enclosed grease pack‐
ing to lubricate the guide
bolts)
♦ Observe the instructions for
changing the pad
⇒ page 511
♦ always replace
4 - Brake hose with banjo un‐
ion and hollow screw by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
unless authorised
pletely, do not dismantle
♦ Tightening torque of the
hollow screw: 35 Nm
♦ do not unscrew the brake
line when replacing the
brake pad
5 - Brake caliper
♦ do not unscrew the brake
line when replacing the
brake pad
♦ removing:
–Remove brake pads -
Pos. 6
– Unscrew brake hose -Pos. 4- at brake caliper.
♦ Installing:

Octavia 1997 ➤

♦ one must first adjust the hand-brake after undertaking repair or replacement work, the foot brake must not
be applied beforehand!
6 - Brake pads
♦ Thickness 17 mm (including the support plate)
♦ Wear limit: 7.5 mm (including supporting plate)
♦ Check thickness: ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet Octavia
♦ always replace when changing the brake pads
8 - Cover plate
9 - 10 Nm
♦ tighten ⇒ page 171
11 - 4 Nm
12 - Brake disc, internally ventilated
♦ Diameter 256 mm
♦ Thickness 22 mm
♦ Wear limit 20 mm
13 - Brake disc
♦ Diameter 232 mm
♦ Thickness 9 mm
♦ Wear limit Protected
7 mm by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
15 - Circlip
16 - Wheel bearing
7. Repairing rear wheel-brake - four-wheel drive (disc brake) 513

Octavia 1997 ➤
17 - Trailing arm
20 - 8 Nm
21 - Drive shaft
7.3 Removing and installing brake pads

♦ Resetting tool -T10165-
♦ Assembly device -T10165/1-
Note
even braking.
Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew the fixing screws of the brake carrier while counter‐

holding the guide bolts.
Note
The brake line and the surrounding components are not shown
to simplify the illustration.

– Remove the brake pads and pad retaining springs -arrows-.
Note
– Clean the brake caliper housing, in particular the adhesive

surface for the brake pad must be free from glue residues and
grease.
Install
Note
Before inserting new brake pads, press the piston with a resetting
and turning out tool -T10165- into the cylinder. Drain the brake
fluid from the brake fluid reservoir using a ventilation bottle before
pushing back. Otherwise brake fluid can flow out and lead to
damage if brake fluid was added in the meantime.
Protected by WARNING
through a hose.

Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ Insert the resetting and turning out tool -T10165- in such a way
that the collar of the tool -T10165/1- is resting on the brake
caliper.
♦ Use open-jawed spanner on a provided spanner surface
-arrow A- if the piston is difficult to move.
♦ When adjusting the piston with a piston resetting device the
automatic adjustment in the brake caliper is destroyed.
– Screw the piston by turning the knurled wheel of the resetting
tool -T10165- to the right into the brake caliper.
– Insert the new pad retaining springs -arrows- and brake pads
in the brake carrier.
– Remove the protective foil from the supporting plate of the
brake pad.
Note
There are four self-locking screws in the repair set, which must
be fitted.
– Secure the brake caliper housing using new self-locking

screws.
Counterhold at the guide bolt when tightening.
Tightening torque: 35 Nm.
– Press the hand-brake leverby-2-

Protected in theCopying
copyright. -direction oforthe
for private arrow-
and hook on the hand-brake cable
unless authorised -3-. AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
by ŠKODA
– Fit clip -1-.
Note

operating position.
♦ Check brake fluid level after replacing the brake pads.
7.4 Setting the hand-brake


Octavia 1997 ➤
New adjustment is only necessary when the handbrake cable and

brake carrier are replaced or after replacing the brake shoes.
Note
♦ The brake system must be bled and fully operational.

♦ Always replace self-locking adjusting nut.

Work; Rep. gr. 68 .
1- Handbrake cable
– Put the hand brake lever in its rest position. Tighten adjusting
nut so far that the levers -arrow- rise from the stops on the
brake calipers.
– Check the distance between the lever and the stop on the left
and right brake caliper using feeler gauges.
The distance -a- between the lever and the stop on the left and
right brake caliper must not be less than a minimum of 1 mm or
exceed a maximum of 3°mm.
– Pull the handbrake on and release it three times. This will po‐
sition and set the components.
– If the hand-brake lever is in its rest position, check whether
both wheels rotate freely, if necessary release adjusting nut
slightly.

Octavia 1997 ➤
8 Remove and install hand-brake ca‐

ble, four-wheel drive/disc brake
Removing
– Raise vehicle.

– Pull hand-brake cable -2- in -the direction of the arrow- out of

the guide tube -1-.
Install
Note
♦ Before setting the hand-brake, pretension the hand-brake ca‐

ble with the adjusting nut
Protected at the compensation
by copyright. Copying for private orclamp.
♦ Setting the hand-brake ⇒ page
with respect 516 . of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
to the correctness

Octavia 1997 ➤
9 Summary of Components of Foot

Controls, Brake Pedal
9.1 Assembly overview of the foot controls,

brake pedal - LHD vehicles
WARNING
The travel of the brake pedal must not be shortened by addi‐

tional floor coverings.
Note
♦ Grease bearing and contact surfaces with grease -MoS2-

(molykote grease).
♦ When using a pedal with mechanical accelerator control, sep‐
arate the accelerator control from the accelerator pedal before
removing the mounting bracket ⇒ Engine, Mechanics; Rep.
gr. 20 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
9. Summary of Components of Foot Controls, Brake Pedal 519

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Bearing bracket
⇒ page 523
♦ replace
♦ 4 pieces for securing the
mounting bracket to the
brake servo unit
bulkhead
3 - Brake light switch
♦ before assembling the
brake light switch, clip the
brake pedal to the pressure
rod of the brake servo unit
⇒ page 522
♦ removing and installing,
setting up to MY 1999
⇒ page 254 , as of MY 2000
⇒ page 255 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ Assignment ⇒ Electronic with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
4 - Accelerator pedal
♦ removing and installing: ⇒
Engine, Mechanics; Rep.
gr. 20
6 - Brake pedal
♦ separate from the brake
⇒ page 523
7 - Cap
8 - Screw
9 - Bushing
10 - Bearing bolt
9.2 Assembly overview of the foot controls,

brake pedal - RHD vehicles
WARNING
The travel of the brake pedal must not be shortened by addi‐

tional floor coverings.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
♦ Grease bearing and contact surfaces with grease -MoS2-

(molykote grease).
♦ When using a pedal with mechanical accelerator control, sep‐
arate the accelerator control from the accelerator pedal before
removing the mounting bracket ⇒ Engine, Mechanics; Rep.
gr. 20 .
1 - Bearing bracket
⇒ page 523
♦ replace
brake servo unit
bulkhead
3 - Brake light switch
♦ before assembling the
brake light switch, clip the
brake pedal to the pressure
rod of the brake servo unit
⇒ page 522
♦ removing and installing,
setting up to MY 1999
⇒ page 254 , as of MY 2000
⇒ page 255
4 - Screw
5 - Brake pedal
separate from the brake servo
unit ⇒ page 522
removing and installing

⇒ page 523
6 - Cap
8 - Bushing unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
9 - Bearing bolt
10 - Strut

Octavia 1997 ➤
9.3 Separating the brake pedal from the

brake servo unit and clipping
♦ Release tool -T10159A-
– Pull the footwell covering -1- out of the holders.
Only for LHD vehicles

– Removing cover -A-.
– On vehicles with manual gearbox, remove the connecting
plate between the clutch pedal and the brake pedal -arrows-.
– Remove brake light switch -1- up to MY 1999 ⇒ page 254 , as
of MY 2000 ⇒ page 255 .
Note
Fig. shows the separation of the brake pedal from the brake
unless servo
unit with the foot controls removed for clarity. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
– Press the brake pedal towards the brake servo unit and hold
it in position.
1- Brake pedal
2- Pressure rod
3- Retaining lugs
– Insert release tool -T10159A- and pull towards the driver's seat
while counterholding the brake pedal. (At this moment the
pedal must not move backwards.) This causes the retaining
lugs -3- of the support to be pressed off the spherical head of
the push rod -2-.
– Pull the release tool -T10159A- and the brake pedal jointly to‐
wards the driver's seat. (This causes the brake pedal to be
drawn off the ball knob of the pressure rod).
Clipping the brake pedal onto the brake servo unit

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Hold the spherical head of the push rod in front of the support
and press the brake pedal towards the brake servo unit until
the spherical head locks audibly into place.
– Installing and setting brake light switch vehicles up to MY 1999
⇒ page 254 , vehicles as of MY 2000 ⇒ page 255 .
Tightening torques:
Connecting plate between clutch pedal and brake pedal 20 Nm
9.4 Removing and installing brake pedal

♦ Grease MoS2 (molykote grease)
Removing
Only for LHD vehicles

– Take off cover -A-.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– On vehicles with manual gearbox, remove the connecting

plate between the clutch pedal and the brake pedal -arrows-.
– Unhook throttle control cable.
– On vehicles with accelerator pedal position sender, disconnect
the plug connection below the dash panel.
– Removing brake light switch vehicles up to MY 1999
– Separating the brake pedal from the brake servo unit
⇒ page 522 .
– Remove all the fixing nuts of the foot controls.
RHD vehicles
– Remove the nut for the strut attached to the mounting bracket
and divert the strut.
– Remove foot controls.
– Remove screwed connection of mounting bracket - brake ped‐
al.
– Remove brake pedal.
Install
Note
Grease all bearing and contact surfaces with grease MoS2.

Tightening torques:
Brake pedal to bracket 25 Nm
Brake servo unit to mounting bracket 28 Nm

♦ Use new nuts! Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Connecting plate between clutch pedal and brake pedalto the correctness of information in this document. Copyright
with respect 20 Nm by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

Octavia 1997 ➤
47 – Brakes - hydraulics
1 Summary of components: Brake Ser‐
vo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for ve‐
hicles without ABS or with ABS, ABS/
EDL Mark 20
1.1 Summary of components: Brake Servo

Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles
without ABS or with ABS, ABS/EDL
Mark 20 - LHD vehicles
Note
The complete master brake cylinder and brake servo unit can be
replaced independently of one another.
1. Summary of components: Brake Servo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles without ABS or with ABS, ABS/EDL Mark 20 525
Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Brake servo unit without

mechanical brake assistance
♦ all vehicles without ABS
♦ Vehicles with ABS, ABS/
EDL up to and including
model year 2001
- Brake servo unit with me‐
chanical brake assistance
♦ Vehicles with ABS, ABS/
EDL as of model year 2002
♦ mechanical brake assis‐
tance integrated in the
brake servo unit
♦ The brake assistance can
only be recognized by the
spare part number of the
brake servo unit
♦ The brake assistance can‐
not be repaired, replace the
brake servo unit completely
when handling a fault
⇒ page 532
- Continued for all brake servo
units
⇒ page 532
♦ if there are faults replace
completely
♦ separate from brake pedal
⇒ page 522
♦ on petrol engines the re‐
quired negative pressure is
drawn from the induction pipe
♦ vehicles using a diesel engine are fitted with a vacuum pump for generating a low pressure
♦ Non-return valve (in the vacuum hose of the vacuum pump)
Functional test with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
– It must be possible to blow through the valve in the -direction of the arrow-.
– Against the -direction of the arrow- the valve must be closed.
2 - Screw cap
♦ with integrated brake fluid level warning contact -F34-
♦ locked with lateral catches in the retaining pin
4 - Plugs
5 - Retaining pin
526 Rep. gr.47 - Brakes - hydraulics

Octavia 1997 ➤

♦ two brake pressure senders ( -G201- and -G214- ) are additionally installed on vehicles with ABS/EDL/ESP
♦ Check tightness ⇒ page 557
♦ only for vehicles with 74 kW, 92 kW and 110 kW engine
8 - Heat shield
♦ replace
10 - Sealing ring
♦ replace
11 - Plugs
12 - Vacuum hose
13 - Gasket
♦ for brake
with servo
respect tounit
♦ between brake servo unit and bulkhead

♦ replace
1.2 Summary of components: Brake Servo

Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles
without ABS or with ABS, ABS/EDL
Mark 20 - RHD vehicles
Note
Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Brake servo unit with me‐

♦ all vehicles without ABS
♦ Right-hand drive vehicles
with ABS, ABS/EDL
♦ mechanical brake assis‐
tance integrated in the
brake servo unit
brake servo unit
when handling a fault
⇒ page 534
units
⇒ page 534
completely
⇒ page 522
drawn from the induction
pipe
2 - Screw cap
♦ with lateral catches for locking screw
4 - Plugs
5 - Plugs
♦ moisten with brake fluid and press expansion reservoir into the sealing surfaces
8 - Locking screw for brake fluid reservoir, 10 Nm
9 - Sealing ring
♦ replace unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability

Octavia 1997 ➤
10 - Gasket
♦ replace
replace
1.3 Removing and installing the master

brake cylinder - LHD vehicles
♦ Hose clamp -MP 7-602-
♦ Repair set SP.-no. -1H0 698 311 A-
Note

♦ After reconnecting the battery, a few additional operations
must be carried out ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr. 27
Removing
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr. 27 .
Note
gine:
– If necessary, remove the relay carrier above the brake servo
unit on diesel engines.
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Disconnect plug -1- from brake fluid level warning contact -

F34- .
– Clamp off the running-on line of the clutch master cylinder
-2- with hose clamp -MP 7-602- .
– Disconnect the running-on line of the clutch master cylinder
-2- from the brake fluid reservoir -3- and tie up.
– Unscrew the brake lines from the tandem master brake cylin‐
der, close the brake lines with the screw plugs from the repair
kit SP no. -1 HO 698 311 A- .
– Unscrew the heat shield on 74 kW, 92 kW and 110 kW engine.
– Unscrew the tandem master brake cylinder from the brake
servo unit.
Install
– Replace the gasket ring between the master brake cylinder
and the brake servo unit.
– When installing the master brake cylinder with the brake servo
unit pay attention to the correct positioning of the pressure rod
in the master brake cylinder.
– Only fill up with new brake fluid after installing ⇒ page 15 .
– Bleed clutch system (manual gearbox) ⇒ Manual Gearbox;
Rep. gr. 30 .
– Repairing the clutch control ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet Octavia .
– Initiate the basic setting on vehicles with EDL ⇒ page 226 .

brake cylinder - RHD vehicles
Note
Before disconnecting the battery determine the code of the radio

Removing

Octavia 1997 ➤
Vehicles with TDI turbocharger engines

– Remove top charge air pipe with connecting hose ⇒ Engine,
Mechanics; Rep. gr. 21 .
F34- .
der -2- and -3-.
– Shut-off brake lines with screw plugs from the repair kit SP No.
-1 HO 698 311 A- .
servo unit.
Install
Note unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
After reconnecting the battery, a few additional operations must

be carried out ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr. 27

Rep. gr. 30 .
1.5 Check brake servo unit

Brake servo unit without brake assistance
Functional test
– With the engine off press down brake pedal repeatedly with
force (this reduces the pressure already present in the device).
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Now hold the brake pedal in brake position using a medium

foot pressure and start the engine.
If the brake servo unit operates perfectly the brake pedal must
yield noticeably under your foot (servo boost takes effect).
– If there are any complaints, replace the brake servo unit.
Brake servo unit with mechanical brake assistance
Check the operation of the brake servo unit
Brake servo unit without brake assistance ⇒ page 531 .
Check the operation of the brake assistance
– With the engine running (full vacuum support must be guar‐
anteed) forcefully apply the brake pedal. While doing so, a
"click" must be audible (the brake assistance is activated).
If no "click" is audible, then the brake assistance is defective and
the brake servo unit must be replaced completely.
When subsequently releasing the brake pedal, a considerably re‐
duced force is exerted onto the foot from the brake pedal when
braking.
1.6 Removing and installing the brake servo

unit - LHD vehicles
♦ Brake pedal load, e.g. -V.A.G 1238 B-
Note

Removing
F34- .
– Remove vacuum hose from the brake servo unit.

Octavia 1997 ➤

⇒ page 522 .
– Unscrew the nuts for brake servo unit -arrows-.

The top right nut is not visible in the figure.
– Guide the brake servo unit with master brake cylinder towards
the front and remove.
Install
– Install the brake servo unit with the master brake cylinder and
tighten the new self-locking nuts to 28 Nm -arrows-.
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Clip the brake pedal onto the brake servo unit ⇒ page 522 .
– Fill up with new brake fluid ⇒ page 15 .
– on vehicles with radio encoding, carry out the coding.
– Re-set clock.
Rep. gr. 30 .

unit - RHD vehicles
Note

Removing
– Remove engine cover ⇒ Engine, Mechanics; Rep. gr. 10 .
– Remove induction pipe with exhaust gas recirculation valve
and intake manifold ⇒ Engine, Mechanics; Rep. gr. 26 .
– Lay sufficient non-fluffing cloths around the engine.
– Remove master brake cylinder with brake fluid reservoir
⇒ page 530 .
534
Rep. gr.47 - Brakes - hydraulics with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
Octavia 1997 ➤

⇒ page 522 .
– Unscrew self-locking nuts for brake servo unit -arrows-.

The top right self-locking nut is not visible in the figure.
– Slacken the brake servo unit towards the front and remove.
Install
– Install the brake servo unit and tighten the new self-locking
nuts -arrows-.
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Clip the brake pedal onto the brake servo unit.

– On vehicles with radio encoding, carry out the coding.
– Set clock.
– Initialise power windows on vehicles fitted with power windows
Rep. gr. 30 .
1.8 Removing and installing the vacuum

pump for the brake servo unit
Vehicles with diesel engine
⇒ Engine, Mechanics; Rep. gr. 15 ; Remove and install cylinder
head

Octavia 1997 ➤
2 Repairing the front brake caliper,

brake caliper FS - III
2.1 Summary of Components of Brake Cal‐

iper FS-III
♦ Plastic wedge -3409-
Note
♦ Install the complete repair set when undertaklng repairs.

♦ The brake calipers must absolutely be pre-bled before instal‐
ling them in the vehicle (without brake pads) in case of a repair
or when replacing them with new brake calipers
⇒ page 548 .
♦ Thinly coat brake cylinder, piston and gasket ring with brake
fluid or assembly paste.
2. Repairing the front brake caliper, brake caliper FS - III 537

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Dust cap
2 - Vent valve, 10 Nm
♦ thinly coat thread with
brake fluid or assembly
paste before screwing in
3 - Bushing
♦ insert into the brake caliper
5 - Caps
♦ insert in bushing
6 - Brake caliper
7 - Sealing ring
⇒ page 538
8 - Piston
⇒ page 538
♦ first thinly coat piston with
assembly paste or brake
fluid
9 - Protective cap
♦ do not damage when in‐
serting the piston
2.2 Removing and installing the front brake

caliper piston

Octavia 1997 ➤
Removing
– Press the piston out of the brake caliper housing using com‐
pressed air -arrow-.
Note
Insert wooden plate so that the piston is not damaged.
– Take out gasket ring.

Note
When removing, make sure that the cylinder surface is not dam‐
aged.
Install
– Clean the piston and gasket ring surfaces with white spirits
and dry off.
– Before installing the piston and gasket ring in the brake caliper
housing, thinly coat with brake fluid or assembly paste -G 052
150 A2- .
– Insert new gasket ring in the groove of the brake caliper.
– Position the new protective cap with the outer sealing lip on
the piston.
– Insert the inner sealing lip of the protective cap with a plastic
wedge in the groove of the cylinder.
Note
To do so hold the piston in front of the brake caliper housing.
2. Repairing the front brake caliper, brake caliper FS - III 539

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Press the piston into the brake caliper housing using the piston
resetting jig -MP 9-403- .
Note
The outer sealing lip of the collar will engage in the piston groove.

Octavia 1997 ➤
3 Repairing the front brake caliper,

brake caliper FN 3
3.1 Assembly overview of the brake caliper

FN3
Note

♦ The brake calipers must absolutely be pre-bled before instal‐
ling them in the vehicle (without brake pads) in case of a repair
or when replacing them with new brake calipers
⇒ page 546 .
3. Repairing the front brake caliper, brake caliper FN 3 541

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Cap
♦ insert in bushing
3 - Bushing
♦ insert in brake caliper hous‐
ing
4 - Dust cap
paste before screwing in
6 - Brake caliper
7 - Brake carrier
♦ crewed to the brake caliper
♦ insert with both ends into
the bores in the brake cali‐
per
9 - Sealing ring
⇒ page 542
10 - Piston
⇒ page 542
♦ thinly coat with brake fluid
or assembly paste before
installing
♦ Piston diameter: 54 mm
11 - Protective cap
♦ do not damage when inserting the piston unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
♦ pull with outer sealing lip onto the piston
♦ insert with the inner sealing lip into the groove of the brake caliper ⇒ page 542
3.2 Removing and installing the front brake

caliper piston

Octavia 1997 ➤
Removing
– Press the piston out of the brake caliper housing using com‐
pressed air -arrow-.
Note
Insert wooden plate so that the piston is not damaged.
– Take out gasket ring.

Note
When removing, make sure that the cylinder surface is not dam‐
aged.
Install
and dry off.
150 A2- .
– Insert new gasket ring in the groove of the brake caliper.
the piston.
wedge in the groove of the cylinder.
Note
To do so hold the piston in front of the brake caliper housing.
3. Repairing the front brake caliper, brake caliper FN 3 543

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Press the piston into the brake caliper housing using the piston
resetting jig -MP 9-403- .
Note
The outer sealing lip of the protective cap will engage in the piston
groove.

Octavia 1997 ➤
4 Repairing the rear brake caliper
4.1 Summary of components of the brake

caliper
Note

♦ The brake calipers must absolutely be pre-filled with brake
fluid before installing them in the vehicle (without brake pads)
in case of a repair or when replacing them with new brake
calipers ⇒ page 548 .
4. Repairing the rear brake caliper 545

Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ replace
♦ counterhold on the guide
bolt when releasing and
tightening
paste before screwing in -G
052 150 A2-
3 - Dust cap
4 - Guide bolt
♦ grease before fitting protec‐
tive cap
5 - Protective cap
♦ pull onto brake carrier and
guide bolt
6 - Brake carrier with guide
bolts and protective caps
♦ must be assembled with
sufficient grease on the
guide bolt, supplied as a
spare part
♦ if there is any damage to
the protective caps or guide
bolts fit a repair set (use the
enclosed grease packing to
lubricate the guide bolts)
7 - Protective cap
♦ pull with outer sealing lip
onto the piston
♦ insert with the inner sealing
lip into the groove of the
brake caliper housing ⇒ page 546
8 - Piston with automatic adjusting device
♦ thinly coat piston with brake fluid or assembly paste before installing -G 052 150 A2-
9 - Sealing ring
♦ take out with a plastic wedge ⇒ page 546
10 - Brake caliper housing with lever for the handbrake cable
♦ replace brake caliper housing if the lever for the handbrake cable is not sealed
♦ pre-bleed brake caliper housing after undertaking repairs ⇒ page 548
4.2 Removing and installing

Protected the for
by copyright. Copying rear
privatebrake
caliper pistonwith respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��


Octavia 1997 ➤

Removing:
– Insert the resetting tool -T10165- in such a way that the collar
of the resetting tool is resting on the piston.
– Release the piston by turning the knurled wheel of the reset‐
ting tool -T10165- to the left.
Use open-jawed spanner on a provided spanner surface -A- if the
piston is difficult to move.
Note
Make sure that the cylinder surface is not damaged when remov‐
ing the gasket ring.
– Take out gasket ring with plastic wedge -3409- .

Installing:
and dry off.
150 A2- .
– Insert new gasket ring in the brake caliper.
the piston.
wedge -3409- in the groove of the cylinder.
To do so hold the piston with the hand.
4. Repairing the rear brake caliper 547

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Insert resetting tool -T10165- .

– To insert use the special tool -T10165/1- .
– Screw in piston by turning the knurled wheel to the right.
– Use open-jawed spanner on a provided spanner surface -A- if
the piston is difficult to move.
Note
♦ When resetting the piston with a resetting tool the automatic

piston setting in the brake caliper is destroyed.
♦ It is absolutely necessary, if repairs are being undertaken, to
bleed the brake calipers before installing them in the vehicle
(without brake pads).
– Insert brake pads.
4.2.1 Temporary filling of brake caliper
Note
The brake caliper must be positioned vertically for pre-bleeding.
– Open vent valve -arrow A-.

– Filling up -arrow B- (brake hose connection).
– Close vent valve.

Octavia 1997 ➤
5 Summary of components of brake-power regulator
1 - Brake-power regulator
♦ testing and adjusting
⇒ page 550
2 - Brake line with pipe screw
♦ Tightening torque of the
pipe screw 14 Nm
3 - Oval-head countersunk
screw, 21 Nm
5 - Tension spring
6 - 16 Nm
7 - Socket nut
8 - Screw
5. Summary of components of brake-power regulator 549

Octavia 1997 ➤
6 Inspecting and adjusting the brake-

power regulator
♦ Brake-power regulator or brake system tester, e. g. -V.A.G
1310- or -V.A.G 1310 A-
The brake-power regulator is secured to a bracket assigned to
the mount for rear axle and is controlled by the rear axle move‐
ment via a spring.
Functional test
Forcefully apply the brake pedal and release quickly (vehicle is
standing on its wheels). While doing so the lever of the brake-
power regulator must move.
Pressure test and adjustment
Note
The brake-power regulator is adjusted on a vehicle with unladen

weight.
Unladen weight refers to: The weight of an unladen vehicle (fuel

tank empty up to max. 5 litres, without driver, with spare wheel,
tool kit, jack).
– Raise vehicle and connect pressure gauge to the brake caliper

(left front wheel) and to the wheel-brake cylinder (right rear
wheel).
– Bleed both pressure gauges.
– Lower vehicle and Protected
repeatedly depress vehicle and allow to
settle on the rear axle.
– Press brake pedal and measure pressures.
– Compare measured pressure values to the specified adjusting
values ⇒ page 550 .
– If necessary adjust brake-power regulator ⇒ page 550 .
6.1 Adjusting values for the load-dependent brake-power regulator

Model/Version bar MPa bar MPa
Drum brakes on Front axle 70 7 Front axle 100 10
the
Rear axle Rear axle 41 ... 47 4,1 ... 4,7 Rear axle 54 ... 60 5,4 ... 6,0
Adjusting brake-power regulator

Test pressure on rear axle too high:
– Release tension spring on brake-power regulator.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Test pressure on rear axle too low:

– Tighten tension spring on brake-power regulator.
Note
Adjust without load on the brake pedal, observe the following se‐
quence:
– Read off values.

– Release brake pedal.
– Adjust tension spring on brake-power regulator.
– Again load brake pedal.
– Read-off values and if necessary correct adjustment.
– Remove pressure gauge.
6. Inspecting and adjusting
the brake-power regulator 551
Octavia 1997 ➤
7 Bleed brake system, vehicles with or

without ABS or ABS/EDL Mark 20
and Mark 60
♦ Vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- (only for vehicles with
ABS/EDL)
Note
♦ Only use new brake fluid complying with the standard

⇒ page 17 .
♦ If the system is opened, avoid working with compressed air
and avoid moving the vehicle.
♦ Bleeding the brake system is described using the brake filling
and bleeding device, e.g. -VAS 5234- .
If one chamber of the brake fluid reservoir has run completely dry,
e.g. leakage in the brake system, bleeding must be carried out
using the brake filling and bleeding device, e.g. -VAS 5234- . Then
the hydraulic unit is tested with the vehicle system tester -V.A.G
1552- in the function "basic setting" or with the vehicle diagnosis,
measurement and information system -VAS 505x- .
Note
Only use new brake fluid ⇒ page 15 .

WARNINGwith respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
♦ Brake fluid is hygroscopic, i.e. it retains humidity from the

ambient air, and must therefore always be stored in airtight
containers.
♦ Brake fluid must never come into contact with fluids con‐
taining mineral oils (oil, petrol, cleaning agent). Mineral
oils damage the plugs and boots of the brake system.
♦ Drained (used) brake fluid must never be used again.
♦ Observe the disposal instructions!
♦ Brake fluid is toxic, avoid skin contact.
♦ Because of its caustic effect brake fluid must not come into
contact with paint.
♦ Rinse any brake fluid spills with a lot of water.
♦ Dispose of brake fluid in compliance with the applicable
environmental regulations.
Vehicles without ABS or ABS/EDL

– Connect up the brake filling and bleeding device e.g. -VAS
5234- but do not yet switch it on.
Bleeding sequence ⇒ page 553

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Remove dust caps from the vent valves of the brake calipers/
wheel-brake cylinder.
– Switch on brake filling and bleeding device e.g. -VAS 5234- .
– Leave the bleeder screws on the plugged-on hose of the
bleeder bottle open for as long as is takes until the bubble-free
brake fluid flows out.
Vehicles with Mark 20 or Mark 60
– Connect up the brake filling and bleeding device e.g. -VAS
5234- but do not yet switch it on.
If one chamber of the brake fluid reservoir has run completely dry
(e.g. leakage in the brake system) first of all a pre-bleeding of the
brake system must be performed.
Bleeding sequence for vehicles with Mark 20 ⇒ page 553
Bleeding sequence for vehicles with Mark 60 ⇒ page 555
Then bleed the hydraulic unit with the function „Basic setting“ and
the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- .
A characteristic feature of right-hand drive vehicles
If one chamber of the brake fluid reservoir has run completely dry
(e.g. leakage in the brake system) or after changing the hydraulic
unit, then the master brake cylinder must be bled via the bleeder
valves after carrying out the basic setting -arrows-.
Continued for vehicles with Mark 60
Perform a null balance for the brake pressure sender -1- -G201-
after bleeding the brake system ⇒ page 404 .
When replenishing brake fluid with a brake filling and bleeding
device, it is important to ensure that the filling pressure of 0.1 MPa
(1 bar) is not exceeded.
Therefore the brake fluid pressure on the brake filling and bleed‐
ing device must be regulated down to 0.1 MPa (1 bar) ⇒ Oper‐
ating instructions of the bleeding device
If the filling pressure of 0.1 MPa
Protected (1 bar)
by copyright. is exceeded,
Copying properpurposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
for private or commercial
bleeding of the hydraulic
unless unit is no
authorised longerAUTO
by ŠKODA assured.
– Initiate the basic setting on vehicles with Mark 20
⇒ page 226 .
– Initiate the basic setting on vehicles with Mark 60
⇒ page 404 .
After bleeding perform a test drive. While doing so perform at least
one ABS adjustment!
7.1 Bleeding brake system with brake filling

and bleeding device for vehicles with
Mark 20
♦ Vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- (only for vehicles with
ABS/EDL)
7. Bleed brake system, vehicles with or without ABS or ABS/EDL Mark 20 and Mark 60 553
Octavia 1997 ➤
Opening the bleeder screws on the hydraulic unit is not allowed

on vehicles with ABS, ABS/EDL!
– Connect up the brake filling and bleeding device, e.g. -VAS
5234- , but do not yet switch it on.
– Remove dust caps from the bleeder screws of the brake cali‐
pers/wheel-brake cylinders.
– Open the bleed valves in the prescribed sequence with the
hose of the bleeding bottle fitted, switch on the brake filling and
bleeding device and bleed both the brake calipers and the
wheel-brake cylinders.
Bleeding sequence
1- Rear right wheel-brake cylinder/brake caliper
2- Rear left wheel-brake cylinder/brake caliper
3- Front right brake caliper
4- Front left brake caliper
– After bleeding close the relevant bleeder screw and fit dust
cap.
– Switch off the brake filling and bleeding device.
– Remove the connection on the brake fluid reservoir.
Vehicles with ABS or with ABS/EDL
A road test must be carried out with these vehicles after bleeding.
While doing so perform at least one ABS adjustment!
For vehicles with brake-power regulator move the rear wheel-

brake lever of the regulator during bleeding.
Change brake fluid ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet Octavia
7.2 Bleeding the brake system without using

the brake filling and bleeding device
Opening the bleeder screws on the hydraulic unit is not allowed
on vehicles with ABS, ABS/EDL!
Note
While bleeding continuously check the brake fluid level in the

brake fluid reservoir. If necessary, top up brake fluid up to the
„MAX“ marking.
– Open the bleeder screw with the hose of the bleeding bottle
fitted.
– Flush the brake fluid through the brake system by pumping the
brake pedal.
– Close the vent valve with the pedal pressed down.
– Proceed pumping with the pedal at least 10x per wheel brake
and repeat the procedure until no more air escapes.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Bleeding sequence for vehicles with Mark 20

1- Rear right wheel-brake cylinder/brake caliper
2- Rear left wheel-brake cylinder/brake caliper
Bleeding sequence for vehicles with Mark 60
3- Rear left brake caliper
4- Rear right brake caliper
Vehicles with ABS or with ABS/EDL
A road test must be carried out with these vehicles after bleeding.
While doing so perform at least one ABS adjustment!
Note
For vehicles with brake-power regulator move the rear wheel-

brake lever of the regulator during bleeding.
Change brake fluid ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet Octavia
7.3 Bleeding brake system with brake filling

and bleeding device for vehicles with

ABS Mark 60
– Connect up the brake filling and bleeding device, but do not
yet switch it on.
– Open the bleed valves in the prescribed sequence with the
hose of the bleeding bottle fitted, switch on the brake filling and
bleeding device and bleed both the brake calipers and the
wheel-brake cylinders.
Bleeding sequence
3- Rear left brake caliper
4- Rear right brake caliper
– After bleeding the relevant valve, close the vent valve and fit
on the dust cap.
7. Bleed brake system, vehicles with or without ABS or ABS/EDL Mark 20 and Mark 60 555
Octavia 1997 ➤
After bleeding perform a test drive. While doing so perform at least

one ABS adjustment!
Pre-bleed the brake system if one chamber of the brake fluid res‐
ervoir has run completely empty (e.g. leakage in the brake sys‐
tem).
Bleeding sequence
1- Bleed the front left and front right brake caliper simultane‐
ously
2- Bleed the rear left and rear right brake caliper simultane‐
ously
– Leave the bleeder screws on the plugged-on hose of the
bleeder bottle open for as long as is takes until the bubble-free
brake fluid flows out.

Octavia 1997 ➤
8 Checking the master brake cylinder

for tightness
♦ Brake-power regulator or brake system tester, e. g. -V.A.G
1310- or -V.A.G 1310 A-
Test condition
• Function and tightness of the brake system O.K.
The brake system includes:
♦ Hydraulic control unit or load-dependent brake-power regula‐
tor
♦ Brake lines, brake hoses and their connections
♦ Brake calipers and wheel-brake cylinder
Test
– Release the bleeder screw on one of the front brake calipers.
– Connect the pressure gauge of the tester -V.A.G 1310- or -
V.A.G 1310 A- and bleed.
– Push down brake pedal until the pressure gauge on the tester
indicates an overpressure of 5 MPa (50 bar).
– Test duration 45 seconds.
– The pressure loss must not exceed 0.40 MPa (4 bar) through‐
out the test.
If the pressure loss exceeds 0.40 MPa (4 bar) replace the master
brake cylinder.
LHD vehicles ⇒ page 529 .
RHD vehicles ⇒ page 530 .
– Repeat the test after replacing the master brake cylinder.
– Separate the pressure gauge of the tester -V.A.G 1310- or -
V.A.G 1310 A- from the brake caliper.
– Thinly coat the thread of the vent valve with brake fluid or as‐
sembly paste -G052 150 A2- .
– Screw the vent valve into the brake caliper and tighten.
8. Checking the master brake cylinder for tightness 557

Octavia 1997 ➤

hicles with ABS/EDL/ESP Mark 20
Note

LHD vehicles
⇒ page 564
completely
⇒ page 522
drawn from the induction
pipe
♦ vehicles using a diesel en‐
gine are fitted with a vac‐
uum pump for generating a
low pressure
♦ Non-return valve (in the
vacuum hose of the vac‐
uum pump)
Functional test
– It must be possible to
blow through the valve Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
in the with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
-direction of the arrow-.
– Against the direction of

the arrow the valve must
be closed.
♦ replace
3 - Gasket
4 - Bellows
♦ pay attention to correct position, risk of suction noises

Octavia 1997 ➤
5 - Holder
♦ is attached to the edge of the brake servo unit
♦ serves for the support of the plug -Pos. 18-
6 - Screw cap
8 - Sealing ring
♦ replace
♦ for fixing the wiring loom -Pos. 16-
10 - Plugs
11 - Retaining pin
♦ replace
14 - Heat shield
♦ in the floating piston circuit
16 - Wiring loom
♦ in the push rod piston circuit
18 - Connector
♦ Connection wiring loom dash panel/engine compartment
19 - Plugs
20 - Vacuum hose
9.1 Removing and installing brake pressure

sender -1- -G201- and brake pressure
sender -2- -G214-

9. Summary of components: Brake Servo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ESP Mark 20 559
Octavia 1997 ➤
Note


– re-set clock
Removing
engines.
– Lay sufficient non-fluffing cloths around the plenum chamber,
the engine and the gearbox.
– Attach the hose of the bleeding bottle onto the bleeder screw
of the front left brake caliper and open the bleeder screw.
– Depress the brake pedal at least 15 times so that the master
brake cylinder runs empty.
– Close the front left bleeder screw while the pedal is pressed
down.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Disconnect the plug -arrow- of the relevant brake pressure

sender to be removed.
1- Master brake cylinder
2- Brake pressure sender -2- -G214- in the floating piston cir‐
cuit
3- Brake pressure sender -1- -G202- in the push rod piston
circuit
– Remove brake pressure sender -1- -G202- or brake pressure
sender -2- -G214- .
Install
– Only fill up with new brake fluid after installing.
Rep. gr. 30 .
– Perform basic setting of brake pressure sender -G202- and -
G214- ⇒ page 320 .
Tightening torques:
Brake pressure sender -1- 25 Nm
Brake pressure sender -2- 25 Nm

brake cylinder - LHD vehicles
♦ Repair set SP.-no. -1 HO 698 311 A-
Note


– set clock,
⇒ Maintenance ; Protected
Booklet Octavia
by copyright. . for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Copying
Removing with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
Octavia 1997 ➤
engines.

F34- .
sible from the brake fluid reservoir -5-.
4 - Heat shield
– Disconnect the plug -arrows- of the brake pressure sender

-2- and -3-.
– Release the nuts of the master brake cylinder -1-.
– If present, remove the heat shield.
– Carefully remove the master brake cylinder -1- from the brake
servo unit.
Install
– Only fill up with new brake fluid after installing.
Rep. gr. 30 .
– Erasing fault memory ⇒ pageProtected
302 . by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Tightening torque:
Master brake cylinder to brake servo unit 20 Nm

Octavia 1997 ➤

brake cylinder - RHD vehicles
Note

Removing
F34- .
– Disconnect the plug of the brake pressure sender -arrows-.
Octavia 1997 ➤
der -2- and -3-.
– Shut-off brake lines with screw plugs from the repair kit SP No.
-1 HO 698 311 A- .
servo unit.
Install
Note
After reconnecting the battery, a few additional operations must

be carried out ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr. 27

Rep. gr. 30 .

⇒ page 531

unit - LHD vehicles
♦ Brake pedal load, e.g. -V.A.G 1238 B- or -V.A.G 1869/2-
♦ Release toolunless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
-Twith10159 A-
♦ Repair kit -1 HO 698 311 A-

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note

♦ After connecting the battery check the vehicle equipment:

– set clock,
Removing
engines.
– Remove hydraulic control unit -1- ⇒ page 405 .

F34- .
– Detach the vacuum hose -2- from the brake servo unit.
– Press the plug connection -1- out of the holder -3-.

To do so, press the plug connection -1- in the direction of the
bulkhead.
– Disconnect plug connection -1-.
Octavia 1997 ➤

⇒ page 522 .
– Unscrew the nuts for brake servo unit -arrows-.

The top right nut is not visible in the figure.
– Guide the brake servo unit with master brake cylinder towards
the front and remove.
Install
– Install the brake servo unit with the master brake cylinder and
tighten the new nuts -arrows-.
– Clip the brake pedal onto the brake servo unit ⇒ page 522 .
Rep. gr. 30 .
Tightening torque:
Brake servo unit to foot controls 28 Nm

Octavia 1997 ➤

unit - RHD vehicles
Note

Removing
– Remove engine cover ⇒ Engine, Mechanics; Rep. gr. 10 .
– Remove induction pipe with exhaust gas recirculation valve
and intake manifold ⇒ Engine, Mechanics; Rep. gr. 26 .
– Lay sufficient non-fluffing cloths around the engine.
– Remove master brake cylinder with brake fluid reservoir
⇒ page 563 .
⇒ page 522 .
Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew self-locking nuts for brake servo unit -arrows-.

The top right self-locking nut is not visible in the figure.
– Slacken the brake servo unit towards the front and remove.
Install
– Install the brake servo unit and tighten the new self-locking
nuts -arrows-.
– Clip the brake pedal onto the brake servo unit.by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
Protected
– Installing and setting brake light switch vehicles uptototheMY
with respect 1999 of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
correctness
– On vehicles with radio encoding, carry out the coding.
– Set clock.
– Initialise power windows on vehicles fitted with power windows
Rep. gr. 30 .
9.7 Removing and installing the vacuum

pump for the brake servo unit
Vehicles with diesel engine
⇒ Engine, Mechanics ; Rep. gr. 15

Octavia 1997 ➤

hicles with ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP Mark
60
Note
1 - Brake servo unit without

mechanical brake assistance
♦ Right-hand drive vehicles
with ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP
Mark 60
♦ Left-hand drive vehicles
Mark 60 up to and including
model year 2001
♦ Left-hand drive vehicles
Mark 60 as of model year Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
2002 with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
brake servo unit
when handling a fault LHD
vehicles ⇒ page 564 , RHD
vehicles ⇒ page 567
units
LHD vehicles ⇒ page 564 ,
completely
⇒ page 522
♦ on petrol engines the required negative pressure is drawn from the induction pipe
♦ the electric brake vacuum pump is additionally installed on vehicles with automatic gearbox and in combi‐
nation with EU4 -V192-
♦ -V192- check operation ⇒ page 571
♦ Remove and install the brake vacuum pump -V192- ⇒ page 572
Functional test
10. Summary of components: Brake Servo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 60 569
Octavia 1997 ➤
– It must be possible to blow through the valve in the -direction of the arrow-.
– Against the direction of the arrow the valve must be closed.
2 - Screw cap
3 - Brake fluid reservoir, left-hand drive
4 - Plugs
♦ moistened with brake fluid, press in expansion reservoir
5 - Retaining pin
♦ serves to fix the wiring loom
♦ always replace
9 - Heat shield
♦ only for vehicles with 74 kW, 92 kW, 110 kW and 132 kW engine
11 - Sealing ring
♦ always replace
12 - Plugs
♦ Connection for vacuum hose
13 - Gasket
♦ for brake servo
unless unitby ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
authorised
♦ always replace
10.1 Removing and installing brake pressure

sender -1- -G201-
When using the hydraulic control unit Mark 60, the master brake
cylinder has only one brake pressure sender.
removing and installing ⇒ page 559

Octavia 1997 ➤
10.2 Removing and installing master brake

cylinder

⇒ page 531 .
10.4 Removing and installing brake servo

unit
10.5 Removing and installing brake vacuum

pump -V192-
No provision is made for repairing the brake vacuum pump -
V192- . The brake vacuum pump -V192- must be replaced if a
fault arises.
The fitting location of the brake vacuum pump -V192- can be
found on the bottom left of the assembly carrier
Removing
– Unscrew the screws -1- at the bracket for the brake vacuum
pump -V192- .
– Remove the vacuum hose -arrow- from the brake vacuum
pump -V192- .
–unless
Take out the brake vacuum pump -V192- .
– with
Unlock the plug connection and remove it from the brake vac‐
uum pump.
– Bracket -arrow- for the brake vacuum pump -V192- .

– Unscrew the counternut -2- from the screw -1-.
– Remove bracket.
– Unscrew the screws -3- for further disassembly of the bracket
-arrow-.
Install
Tightening torques:
Nut -2- to bracket 20 Nm
Screws -3- to bracket 8 Nm
Screw -4- to bracket 20 Nm
Inner Torx screw for brake vacuum pump -V192- to bracket 8 Nm
10. Summary of components: Brake Servo Unit/Master Brake Cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP Mark 60 571
Octavia 1997 ➤
10.6 Testing brake vacuum pump -V192-

During the start operation, the brake vacuum pump must start -
V192- running briefly.
Work procedure
– Run the vehicle on the lift platform, switch off engine.
– Start engine.
– A second person must check the operation of the brake vac‐
uum pump by touching it with the hand -V192- .
If the brake vacuum pump -V192- does not run:
– Interrogate the fault memory of the engine control unit ⇒ En‐
gine, Fuel Injection and Ignition System; Rep. gr. 01 .

Octavia 1997 ➤
48 – Steering
1 Steering column and steering wheel
with airbag
1.1 Check the steering column for damage

♦ Locking pin -T10060A-
Visual inspection
– Check the steering column for damage.
– If any damage is visible, replace steering column completely.
Test condition
• Universal joint of steering column pulled off steering gear
Functional test
– Check whether the steering column turns freely without jerk‐
ing.
– Check whether the length and height of the steering column
can be adjusted.
In the event of an accident so-called deformation elements may
shift on the steering column.
They are located on the two top bolted connections of the steering
column.
If there is any damage remove the steering column until dimen‐
sion -a- can be checked.
– Insert locating pin -T10060A- .
– Inspect dimension -a- with a sliding caliper.
Dimension -a-: maximum 23 mm
If a fault is found during one of these inspections, then the steering
column must be replaced.
– If this is the case replace the steering column completely.
1. Steering column and steering wheel with airbag 573

Octavia 1997 ➤
1.2 Removing and installing steering col‐

umn
Note
♦ New steering columns supplied as spare parts are secured for

transport. This transport security must be removed once the
steering column has been installed.
♦ The steering column is supplied as a spare part with ignition
lock housing but without lock cylinder and ignition starter
switch.
♦ The ignition lock housing can be modified.
♦ Remove and install ignition lock housing ⇒ page 579 .
♦ It can happen that on new steering columns, which are sup‐
plied as spare parts, the lock cylinder and the ignition starter
switch from the old steering column must be refitted or must
be obtained as a spare part and installed ⇒ Electrical System;
Rep. gr. 94 .
♦ Repairing the steering column is not possible.
♦ Replace the self-locking nuts and screws.
♦ Welding and straightening of the steering components is not
allowed.

– set clock,
Removing
– Put the wheels in straight-ahead position.
– Remove the airbag on the driver's side ⇒ Body Work; Rep.
gr. 69 . Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
– Remove steering
withwheel
respect to⇒theBody Work;
correctness Rep. gr.
of information in this69 .
– Unclip cover for fuse carrier.
574 Rep. gr.48 - Steering

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Remove light switch -3- ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr. 96 ;

remove and install light switch .
– Remove screws -5- for fuse carrier.
– Remove bottom part of dash panel -4-.
– Unscrew screws -1-, -2-, -3- and -4-.

– Remove the top and bottom part of the steering column trim
panel.
The figure shows the coil spring -4- on a vehicle without Electronic
Stability Program (ESP).
ering it with adhesive tape -3-. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
– Unplug connector -1-. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
– Carefully remove all the plug connections from the steering

column switch -2-.
-Arrows- Catch hook of coil spring -4-
Note
♦ The following working step is only required when replacing the

coil spring or the steering column switch.
♦ The coil spring must be removed and installed when it is in the
centre position (wheel in straightahead position).
♦ The coil spring is secured as a spare part in the centre position
with a cable strap.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Release catch hook -arrows- and remove coil spring -4- from
steering column switch -2-.
Note
If the coil spring remains on the steering column switch, ensure

that the coil spring does not turn out of the centre position when
placing down the steering column switch.
Vehicles with ESP

Vehicles with ESP are additionally fitted with the steering angle
sender -G85- . It is fitted together with the coil spring in the hous‐
ing.
The description of the basis, construction and function of the ESP
can be found in self-study programme No. 28.
- Check whether the front wheels are in the straight-ahead posi‐
tion.
– If necessary, fit on the steering wheel and put the front wheels
in a straight ahead position.
– Remove steering wheel.
Note
The following two work steps must only be performed when rein‐
stalling at a later stage the same housing with a coil spring.

The markings -arrows- must be flush.

ering it with adhesive tape -1-. -3- Housing

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Disconnect plug -1- from housing.

– Carefully release catch hooks -arrows- and remove housing
-1- with steering angle sender -G85- and coil spring.
– Slacken the screw of the steering column switch -arrow- until

the steering column switch can be slightly moved.
– Remove steering column switch.
– Disconnect plugs -1- and -2-

LHD vehicles
– Unscrew plastic nuts -1- and remove cover -A-.

RHD vehicles

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew plastic screw -1-, remove plastic bushing, screw out

plastic nut -2- and remove cover -A-.

02.97 ► if a clamping ring is installed.
– Slacken the Allan screw of the clamping ring -2- so far until the
universal joint can be removed from the steering gear pinion.
– Remove the universal joint from the steering gear pinion
-arrow-.
Note
♦ An assembly securing device is required to prevent the lower

and the upper part of the steering column from separating
during removal of the steering gear.
♦ If the upper and the lower parts of the steering column are
separated too widely or are pushed into one another then the
gearing system will become separated. This could cause rat‐
tling noises during operation at a later stage if the gear teeth
are no longer in their original installed position.
– Secure the steering column before removal.

– Push together or pull apart the steering column until the hole
is visible.
– For example, fit a clip into the hole -arrow- in order to secure
the position. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
LHD vehicles with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew the self-locking nut -1- at the central pipe and pull out
the screw -2-.
RHD vehicles
– Release the self-locking nut -2- and pull out the screw -1-.
– Release screws -arrows-.

– Remove steering column.
Note
♦ New steering columns are generally supplied with ignition lock

housings.
♦ Ignition lock housings are supplied individually as a spare part.
Replace ignition lock housing

– Remove ignition lock housing ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr.
94 .

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Bore out pull-off screws -arrows-.

– Tighten pull-off screws -arrows- until the head shears off.
– Install ignition lock housing ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 94 .
Install
Note
♦ New steering columns supplied as spare parts are secured for

transport.
♦ This transport security must be removed once the steering
column has been installed.
♦ It can happen that on new steering columns, which are sup‐
plied as spare parts, a new bushing and pull-off screw must
be fitted before installing the steering column.
♦ The pull-off screws and the bushing must be replaced after
each disassembly of the bushing.
– Insert new bushing -1- and install pull-off screw -2-.

– Tighten pull-off screw -2- until the head shears off.
LHD vehicles
– Position steering column to central pipe.

– Screw in screws -3-, but do not tighten.
– Insert new screw -2-.
– Screw on new self-locking nut -1- and tighten to 10 Nm.
RHD vehicles
– Position steering column to central pipe.

– Screw in screws -3-, but do not tighten.
– Insert new screw -1-.
– Screw on new self-locking nut -2- and tighten to 10 Nm.
– Tighten screw -3- to 22 Nm.
– Pull out transport security -arrow-.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Slide the universal joint onto the steering pinion and tighten
with new screw -1-.
– Tighten the Allan screw of the clamping ring -2- to 17 Nm.
– Fit cover for universal joint.
– Mount plug for ignition starter lock and immobiliser.
– Slide the steering column switch onto the steering column.
Vehicles without ESP
– Slide the coil spring onto the steering column and lock into
position with the steering column switch.
Vehicles with ESP
– Slide housing -1- with steering angle sender -G85- and coil
spring onto the steering column and lock into position with
steering column switch -arrows-.
– Mount plug at housing -1-.
Note
After removing the transport protection or the adhesive tape do

not turn the coil spring, only the positioning of the steering angle
sender -G85- in centre position is allowed.
– After installing a housing -1- remove transport protection -2-.
– After installing a used housing -3- remove adhesive tape -1-.

-2- Coil spring

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Position the steering angle sender -G85- in the centre position:

Markings -arrows- must be flush with each other.
Make sure this correct position is maintained.
The further work procedure is now valid again for all vehicles.
– Fit the steering wheel onto the steering column and screw in
the old internal serration screw and tighten.
Note
♦ The fig. shows the steering column switch with coil spring -2-
and steering wheel -1- on a vehicle without ESP.
♦ On vehicles with ESP, the dimension „a“ between the coil
spring integrated in the housing and the steering wheel is also
3 mm.
– Align the steering column switch so that it is horizontal and set

dimension „a“, subsequently tighten the clamping screw -3-.
– Demount the steering wheel again.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Mount plug -1-.

– Fit together the plug connections on the steering column
switch.
Note
After removing the adhesive tape -3-, do not turn the coil spring
out of its centre position.
– Carefully remove the adhesive tape -3-.

– Installing the trim panel for steering column switch ⇒ Body
Work; Rep. gr. 70 .
– Installing the lower part of the dash panel ⇒ Body Work; Rep.
gr. 70 .
– Install footwell covering on driver's side ⇒ Body Work; Rep.
gr. 68 .
– Install steering wheel ⇒ Body work; Rep. gr. 69 .
– Install the airbag on the driver's side ⇒ Body Work; Rep. gr.
69 .
WARNING
Nobody should be in the vehicle when the battery is being con‐

nected!

Vehicles without ESP:
Vehicles with ESP:
– Perform the basic setting of the steering angle sender
⇒ page 320 .
1.3 Removing and installing the ignition lock

housing with the steering column moun‐
ted
Note


– re-set clock
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO 1. Steering
A. S.�� column and steering wheel with airbag 583
Octavia 1997 ➤
Removing
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ Body Work; Rep. gr. 69 .
– Remove bottom part of dash panel ⇒ Body Work; Rep. gr.
70 .
– Removing trim panel for steering column switch ⇒ Body Work;
Rep. gr. 70 .
– Disconnect plug -1- for ignition starter lock and plug -2- for
immobiliser.
– Removing lock cylinder and ignition starter switch ⇒ Electrical
System; Rep. gr. 94 .
– Removing steering-column control ⇒ Electrical System; Rep.
gr. 94
– Removing dash panel insert ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr.
90 .
– Bore out pull-off screws -arrows- and take out ignition lock
housing.
Install unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Insert the ignition lock housing and tighten with new pull-off
screws.
– Tighten pull-off screws until the head shears off.
– Installing lock cylinder and ignition starter switch ⇒ Electrical
System; Rep. gr. 94
– Installing dash panel insert ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr. 90
– Mount plug for ignition starter lock and immobiliser.
– Align the steering column switch to the steering column and
tighten ⇒ page 574 .
– Install the trim panel for steering column switch and the bottom
part of the dash panel ⇒ Body Work; Rep. gr. 70
– Install the steering wheel and the airbag on the driver's side
⇒ Body Work; Rep. gr. 69
WARNING
Nobody should be in the vehicle when the battery is being con‐

nected!

Vehicles without ESP
Vehicles with ESP
– Perform the basic setting of the steering angle sender -G85-
⇒ page 320 .

Octavia 1997 ➤
2 Summary of components of power-

steering gear - LHD vehicles
Note
♦ If the front axle is damaged as a result of an accident certain

steering components must be replaced ⇒ page 592 .
♦ No provision is made for repairing on the power-steering gear.
If there are any complaints about the steering gear, replace it.
allowed.
♦ Only use semi-fluid gear lubricant AOF 063 000 04 to grease
the gear rack (filling capacity 23 to 27 g).
♦ Oil type: hydraulic oil -G 002 000-
♦ Oil quantity in the system: 0.7 ... 0.9 Itr.
1 - Heat shield
♦ centre with mounting brack‐
et on the power-steering
gear
2 - Nut, 23 Nm
3 - Bearing bracket
♦ only on gearbox 02K
4 - 23 Nm
5 - Steering column universal
joint
6 - 20 Nm + 90°
7 - Sealing sleeve
♦ Pay attention to installation
instructions ⇒ page 591
8 - Return-flow line
♦ from the power-steering
gear to the reservoir for
central hydraulic oil
♦ the distance to the power-
steering gear must be 10
mm
9 - Gasket rings
10 - Hollow screw, 45 Nm
♦ M16 x 1.5
♦ M14 x 1.5
2. Summary of components of power-steering gear - LHD vehicles 585

Octavia 1997 ➤
12 - Pressure line (expansion hose)

♦ from the vane pump to the power-steering gear
13 - Counternut, 50 Nm
14 - Steering-knuckle arm of the wheel-bearing housing
16 - 100 Nm + 90°
17 - 100 Nm + 90°
18 - 20 Nm + 90°
20 - 40 Nm + 90°
21 - 20 Nm + 90°
22 - 20 Nm + 90°
24 - Retaining clip
25 - Nut, 23 Nm unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
26 - Clamp with rubber insert
Fitting position:
♦ Arrow on the clamp points in the direction of travel
♦ replace the clamp if the thread of the weld nut is damaged
27 - Power-steering gear
♦ adjust ⇒ page 599
2.1 Removing and installing hydraulic oil

reservoir
♦ Pliers for spring strap clamps
♦ Hydraulic oil -TL 52 146- , -N 052 146 00- e.g. -PENTOSIN
CHF 11 S (G 002 000)-

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Reservoir with screw cap

and oil dipstick
♦ Tighten screw cap to 2 Nm
♦ Check the level of hydraulic
oil, top up if necessary
⇒ page 600
♦ The longitudinal markings
-A- must be flush
♦ Fit the spring strap clamp
onto the hose as far as the
lateral marking -B-
3 - Spring strap clamp
♦ to open and close use pliers
for spring strap clamps
♦ The tensioning eyes must
face to the top
4 - Suction line
-A- must be flush
lateral marking -B-
5 - 10 Nm
2.2 Removing and installing the power-

steering gear - LHD vehicles
♦ Extractor Matra -V 176-
1359/2-
♦ Plug for hydraulic oil reservoir (commercially available)
♦ Plastic screw plugs for line connections on the power-assisted
steering gear (commercially available)
CHF 11 S (G 002 000)-

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
♦ Apart from replacing the bellows and the track rods, no provi‐
sion is made for further repairs.
♦ Absolute cleanliness is required when working on the power
steering.
♦ Thoroughly clean the connection points and their surroundings
before releasing.
♦ Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover if the repair
cannot be carried out immediately.
fitting.
♦ Do not use drained hydraulic oil again.
♦ Replace gasket rings.
♦ Disposal ⇒ page 598 .
Removing
– Unscrew plastic nuts -1- and remove cover -A-.
WARNING
Bring the steering wheel in its central position (with the wheels
straight ahead) and make sure that it does not turn during re‐
pairs as this could damage the coil spring of the airbag unit.

– Slacken the Allan screw of the clamping ring -2- so far until the
universal joint can be removed from the steering gear pinion.
-arrow-.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Pinch off the suction line -1- (hydraulic oil reservoir/vane

pump) with the hose clamp -MP 7-602- near the vane pump.
The fig. shows the line routing and how to pinch off the line on the
1.9 ltr./66 kW TDI engine. For the other engine versions, the suc‐
tion line routing is modified. The suction line must, however, be
pinched off near the vane pump.
– Open spring strap clamps -arrow- with pliers for spring strap
clamps.
– Release the return-flow line from the hydraulic oil reservoir and
allow the hydraulic oil to flow out into a suitable vessel.
– Close the return-flow opening at the hydraulic oil reservoir with
a plug.
– Remove noise insulation panel in the middle as well as on left

and right -arrows-.
The fig. shows the noise insulation on vehicles with 1.9 ltr./66 kW
TDI and 1.9 ltr./50 kW SDI engines. The noise insulations of the
other engine versions differ from the fig.
– Press the track rods off the steering arm using the extractor
Matra -176- .
Note
Screw down the hexagon nut -1- sufficiently until the track rod
extractor cannot damage the thread.
– Use a pan to collect the drained off hydraulic oil.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew the pressure line -2- (expansion hose) from the pow‐
er-steering gear and close with a plastic bag and adhesive
tape.
– Shut off the threaded bore for the pressure line connection
-2- at the power-steering gear (e.g. with a plastic screw plug).
The return line -1- can only be screwed off the power-steering
gear once the assembly carrier has been lowered.
– Slacken the pendulum support on the gearbox side. To do so,

release hexagonal screws -1- and -2-.
– Unscrew screws for mounting bracket -arrows-.
Note
Only on gearbox 02K.
– Position gearbox jack with adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1383A- with -

V.A.G 1359/2- .
– Release screws -1- for power-steering gear.
– Release screws -2- and -3- for assembly carrier.
– Lower assembly carrier.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Unscrew return line from clamp -1- and rotary slide valve
housing -2-.
– Shut off the return line with a plastic bag and adhesive tape.
– Shut off the threaded bore for the return line connection at the
rotary slide valve housing -2- (e.g. with a plastic screw plug).
– Unscrew fixing screws for power-steering gear and remove
power-steering gear towards the rear.
Install
WARNING
After the installation of the power-steering gear, the vehicle

must be aligned.
Note
♦ When tightening the lines, ensure that the lines cannot touch
or chafe.
♦ Use new gasket rings for the hose/line connections.
♦ Coat the sealing sleeve on the steering gear with lubricant,
e.g. lubricating soap, before installing the steering gear.
♦ After positioning the steering gear on the drive shaft make sure
that the sealing sleeve on the steering gear is not bent on the
assembly plate and it correctly seals the footwell opening.
Otherwise this could cause water penetration and/or noise.
♦ Make sure all sealing surfaces are clean.
♦ Required tightening torques ⇒ page 585 .
♦ Before fitting the power-steering gear check the centre posi‐
tion of the gear rack ⇒ page 596 .
– Check the centre position of the power-steering gear, if nec‐

essary adjust ⇒ page 596 .
– byInsert
Protected the
copyright. power-steering
Copying gear purposes,
for private or commercial with the guide
in part bushing
or in whole, -1- into
is not permitted
the assembly
unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO carrier and AUTO
A. S. ŠKODA screw indoes
A. S. thenotscrews
guaranteeby hand.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Secure the return line -1- with the retaining clip -3- and the
hexagon nut -2- to the clamp with rubber insert -4-.
Note
A distance of 10 mm must be maintained between the return line

-1- and the power-steering gear -5- -arrow-.
– Secure the return line with new gasket rings to the rotary slide
valve housing.
– Check the sealing sleeve at the steering gear pinion for correct
fit.
– Raise the assembly carrier and while doing so, guide the
steering gear pinion into the opening on the base of the vehi‐
cle.
– First of all tighten the assembly carrier with old screws and to
the recommended tightening torques.
Note
Within the scope of the chassis alignment, the old screws for the
assembly carrier attachment must be replaced with new screws.
– Tighten screws for power-steering gear on the assembly car‐

rier.
– Secure the pressure line with new gasket rings to the rotary
slide valve housing.
– Screw on pendulum support and bracket of exhaust system.
– Screw on mounting bracket for shift linkage (only on gearbox
02K).
– Insert track rods into steering arm and tighten. If the joint stub
turns along when tightening, counterhold using an Allen key
(SW 6 mm).
– Mount return line to hydraulic oil reservoir.
– Remove the hose clamp from the suction line.
with new screw; 30 Nm.
– Tighten the Allan screw of the clamping ring to 17 Nm.
– Top up with hydraulic oil ⇒ page 600 .
– Install noise insulation panel. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
– Align the vehicle ⇒ page 179 . with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
– Within the scope of the chassis alignment, the old screws for
the assembly carrier attachment must be replaced with new
screws and tightened to the specified tightening torque.
2.3 Repairing power-steering gear (ZF)

♦ Puller Kukko -V/176-
♦ Caliper gauge

Octavia 1997 ➤
♦ Clamp pliers for hose clamp, e.°g. -V.A.G 1275-

♦ Semi-fluid gear lubricant -TL733- , -NO 52733 00- e.g. -DEA
ORNA F6 EPO (AOF 063 000 04)-
Note
♦ Always replace the steering components -Pos. 1- up to -Pos. 9- after an accident or in the event of damage
to the front axle.
♦ No provision is made for repairing on the power-steering gear. The cause of any problems which may arise
is determined by the pressure test and tightness test. If there is a fault, replace the power-steering gear.
♦ Welding and straightening of the steering components is not allowed.
♦ Only use original warm-type clamps.
♦ Only use steering gear grease -AOF 063 000 04- in order to grease the gear rack (filling capacity 23 ... 27
g).
1 - Right track rod end

♦ press off the steering arm
⇒ page 587
⇒ page 594
♦ Check fitting position
♦ changed as of vehicle iden‐
tification number
TMBZZZ1U12W2074066
⇒ page 597
♦ replace
♦ removing - open with cut‐
ting pliers
4 - Bellows
♦ It is only possible to change
the bellows on a removed
steering gear
♦ before removing boot de‐
tachbythe
Protected track-rod
copyright. Copyingend
⇒ authorised
unless page 592 by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
♦ inspect for wear (cuts,
splits), inspect sealing sur‐
faces and sealing lips for
cleanliness or damage
♦ replace
ting pliers

Octavia 1997 ➤
6 - Track rod
♦ Tightening torque on steering rack: 75 Nm
♦ left and right track rod adjustable
♦ changed as of vehicle identification number TMBZZZ1U12W2074066 ⇒ page 597
♦ no provision made for repairs
♦ Inspecting centre position ⇒ page 596
9 - Left track rod end
♦ press off the steering arm ⇒ page 587
Inspecting play, attachment and boots of track rod ends

– On a raised vehicle (wheels clear of the ground) inspect play
by moving the track rods and the wheels, specified value play:
no play
– Inspect attachment.
– Inspect boots for damage and correct installation.
Remove and install track rod ends
Removing
– Press the track rod off the steering arm ⇒ page 587 .
– Slacken the hexagon nut -2- and release the track rod end
-3- from the track rod -1-.
Install

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
♦ Track rod ends and track rods modified as of vehicle identifi‐

cation number TMBZZZ1U12W2074066 ⇒ page 597 .
♦ A mixed assembly of previous and modified track rod ends or
track rods is not permissible ⇒ page 598 .
♦ The track rod ends must not be fitted laterally reversed.
♦ When fitting, pay attention to the marking of the track rod end:
I - Left track rod end -L-

II - Right track rod end -R-
♦ Pay attention to the new marking on modified track rod ends
⇒ page 597 .
– Turn the track rod end up to the stop on the track rod and align
it in such a way that the stud of the track rod end is in the
installation position.
– Tighten counternut to 50 Nm.
– Insert the track rod into the steering arm and tighten the self-
locking hexagon nut to 45 Nm. If the joint stub turns along
when tightening, counterhold using an Allen key (SW 6 mm).
– Check the toe-in of the front axle and the position of the steer‐
ing wheel, if necessary adjust.
Removing and installing track rods
Note
The track rods can only be removed and installed if the steering
gear is removed.
Removing
– Clean outside of power steering gear in the area of the boot.
– Open the warm-type clamp and push back the bellows.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Release the track rod from the gear rack. To do so, use torque
wrench with open-jawed wrench insert SW 34, e.g. -V.A.G
1332- with -V.A.G 1332/5- . In order to release, it is necessary
to counterhold with an open-end wrench (SW 21).
Install
Note
♦ Track rod ends and track rods modified as of vehicle identifi‐

cation number TMBZZZ1 Ul2W2074066 ⇒ page 597 .
♦ A mixed assembly of previous and modified track rod ends or
track rods is not permissible ⇒ page 598 .
♦ In any case, both track rods must be replaced when changing
the track rods ⇒ page 598 .
– Turn the track rod on the gear rack and tighten to 75 Nm. To
do so, use torque wrench with open-jawed wrench insert SW
34, e.g. -V.A.G 1332- with -V.A.G 1332/5- . In order to tighten,
it is necessary to counterhold with an open-end wrench (SW
21).
Note
Align track rod in such a way that the stud of the track rod end is
in the installation position.
– Check the centre position of the power-steering gear
⇒ page 596 . with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
– Install bellows ⇒ page 596 .

Check the centre position of the gear rack of the power-steering
gear, if necessary adjust
Note
♦ Before installing the power-steering gear place the gear rack

in centre position.
♦ The dimension -a- must be the same on the right and left side
of the power-steering gear. If the dimension on the two sides
is not the same, distance -a- must be corrected.
– Check dimension -a-, if necessary adjust.

-a- = 30.5 mm
Install bellows
– Inspect boot for wear (cuts, splits) and inspect sealing surfa‐
ces for boot cleanliness.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
Twisted bellows wear fast. Replace bellows if damaged
– Tighten the warm-type clamp using the hose binding claw, e.g.
-V.A.G 1275- .
2.4 Modified track rod ends

The manufacturing process for the track rod ends was optimized.
The outer shape and length of the thread stem do not change
through this.
The track rods must be adapted according to the modified track
rod ends ⇒ page 598 .
Installed as of:
Vehicle identification number TMBZZZ1U2W2074066
Distinguishing features of the previous track rod ends
1 - Wrench contact area on the shank, with marking „R“ or „L“
wrench size 22 mm dimension -a- = 74 -1 mm. The shank
-arrow- is round.
WARNING
These track rod ends must not be installed on track rods which
have the dimension length -a- ⇒ page 598 .

Octavia 1997 ➤
Distinguishing features of the modified track rod ends

A - Right track rod end
1- Hexagon on thread stem, wrench size 19 mm dimension
-a- = 94 + 0.5 mm marking „A“ for the right
B - Left track rod end
1- Hexagon on thread stem, wrench size 19 mm dimension
-a- = 94 + 0.5 mm marking „B“ for the left
WARNING
These track rod ends must not be installed on track rods which
have the dimension length -a- ⇒ page 598 .
2.5 Modified track rods

The track rods were adapted because of the modified track rod
ends.
The track rods were shortened in comparison with the previous
version.
Installed as of:
Vehicle identification number TMBZZZ1U2W2074066
Distinguishing feature of the previous track rod
Dimension -a- = 343,1 mm
Distinguishing feature of the modified track rod
Dimension -a- = 318,9 mm
WARNING
A mixed assembly of previous and modified track rods is not
permissible. In any case, both track rods must be replaced. In
addition, the modified track rods must not be fitted with the
previous track rod ends.
2.6 Disposing of the power-steering gear

♦ Catch pan for hydraulic oil

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
♦ The oils used in the power-steering gears do not contain any

harmful substances. These oils may be disposed of together
with the drained engine and gearbox oil.
♦ Dispose of used oils in compliance with the applicable envi‐
ronmental regulations.
quately.
♦ When disposing of used parts comply with the legal specifi‐
cations as there are minor residual amounts of hydraulic oil in
the power-steering gears.
– Loosen the pipes -arrows A- by removing the clips from the

power-steering gear. The clips must not be re-used.
– Hold the power-steering gear over a catch pan and repeatedly
turn the steering pinion from stop to stop until no more hy‐
draulic oil runs out of the bores. Do not shut off the bores
-arrows B-.
– Disposing of the power-steering gear.
2.7 Adjusting the power-steering gear (ZF)
Note
Two mechanics are required for this adjustment. The adjustment

must be done when the engine is not running.
– Protected
Raise by vehicle with lift platform.
• Wheels in a straight ahead position.
– Move the steering wheel alternately on the centre axle (ap‐
prox. 30°). If the steering clearance is too great a rattling noise
will be audible.
– The second mechanic carefully turns the adjusting screw (ar‐
row) so far into the cover until no more rattling noises are heard
inside the vehicle.
– When performing a test drive, note that the steering must au‐
tomatically return to the straight ahead position after a ma‐
noeuvre or cornering without sticking. Correct the adjustment
if necessary.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Secure the adjusting nut against turning with a punch mark in

the collar of the steering gear housing.
2.8 Check the hydraulic oil level of the pow‐

er-assisted steering, top up if necessary
♦ Hydraulic oil -TL52 146- , -N 052 146 00- e.g. -PENTOSIN
CHF 11S(G002 000)-
Note
♦ Delivery inspection: oil level at „MAX“ marking ⇒ Mainte‐

nance ; Booklet Octavia
♦ Inspection service: oil level between „MIN“ and „MAX“ marking
Hydraulic oil in a cold condition:

– Do not start the engine and put the front wheels in a straight
ahead position
– Unscrew screw cap.
– Wipe the oil dipstick with a clean cloth.
– Tighten the cap by hand and unscrew again.
Only the oil level for a previously fully screwed in lid applies.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Check oil level: The oil level must be in the area of the „MIN“
marking (i.e. up to 2 mm above or below this marking).
Note
♦ If the oil level is above the given range, drain off some oil.
♦ Check the hydraulic system for leaks if the oil level is below
the given range ⇒ page 603 . It is not enough to simply top
up the oil.
– Screw in screw cap and tighten to 2 Nm.

Hydraulic oil at a normal operating temperature (above approx.
50°C):
– Let the engine run at idling speed for approx. 2 minutes with
the front wheels pointing straight ahead.
– Unscrew screw cap.
– Wipe the oil dipstick with a clean cloth.
– Tighten the cap by hand and unscrew again.
Only the oil level for a previously fully screwed in lid applies.
– Check oil level: The oil level must be between the „MIN“ and
„MAX“ markings.
Note
♦ If the oil level is above the given range, drain off some oil.
♦ Check the hydraulic system for leaks if the oil level is below
the given range ⇒ page 603 . It Protected
is not enough
by copyright.to simply
Copying top or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
for private
up the oil. unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Screw in screw cap and tighten to 2 Nm.
2.9 Draining, filling and bleeding the power-

assisted steering system
CHF 11S(G002 000)-
Draining
– Do not let the engine run and raise the vehicle until the front
wheels are fully off the ground.
– Place the catch pan for hydraulic oil underneath.
– Open the hydraulic system on the suction side and return flow
side and drain the hydraulic oil.
– Press out the residual hydraulic oil by turning the steering re‐
peatedly from stop to stop.
– Lower vehicle and re-connect hydraulic lines.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note

♦ Dispose of hydraulic oil in compliance with the applicable en‐
vironmental regulations.
Filling and bleeding
Note
♦ Only fill an empty hydraulic system when the engine is cold.

♦ Hydraulic oil -G 002 000- .
♦ Hydraulic oil amount in the system: 0.7 ... 0,91.
– Top up hydraulic system ⇒ page 600 .

– If the hydraulic system is empty, fill up the hydraulic oil reser‐
voir until the „MAX“ marking on the oil dipstick is reached.
– Raise the vehicle until the front wheels are fully off the ground,
put the front wheels in a straight ahead position.
– With the engine off, turn the steering wheel 10 x from stop to
stop.
– Check the hydraulic oil level, top up if necessary
⇒ page 600 .
– Start engine and run for approx. 5 seconds, the vane pump
suctions hydraulic oil.
– Check
unlessthe hydraulic
authorised by ŠKODA oilAUTO
level, top
A. S. up ifAUTO
ŠKODA necessary
⇒ page 600 .
– Start engine.
– Turn steering wheel 10 x from stop to stop.
– Therefore, ask a 2nd mechanic to observe the hydraulic oil
level in the reservoir and if necessary top up with hydraulic oil
so that no air can be sucked in. If no air bubbles in the reservoir
escape out of the return line, the hydraulic system is bled. If
air bubbles escape repeatedly, the bleeding procedure must
be repeated.
– Check the hydraulic oil level, top up if necessary
⇒ page 600 .
Any residual air in the steering system will automatically escape
while driving for approximately 10 to 20 km.

Octavia 1997 ➤
2.10 Checking the power steering system for

leaks
Note
♦ If metal swarf is found in the hydraulic oil and/or in the reser‐

voir, the reservoir as well as the suction and pressure lines
must be cleaned very carefully and if necessary replaced.
♦ Check the power steering system for tightness after assembly
work and in the event of hydraulic oil loss in the reservoir.
– Start engine.
– Turn the steering wheel in both directions up to the end stop
and hold for a short while.
This will build up the highest possible pressure.
– Check all line and hose connections for correct position and
tightness.
– In the event of leaks tighten the line or hose connections to the
allowed tightening torques or replace the seal or line.
– Check hoses and lines for leaktightness. If there are leaks re‐
place the relevant hose or line.
– Check vane pump for tightness. If there are leaks, replace the
vane pump.
– Check the hydraulic oil reservoir for tightness. If there are
leaks, replace the reservoir.
– Check the level of hydraulic oil, if necessary top up with oil
⇒ page 600 .
Note
If there is a repeated loss of hydraulic oil from the reservoir and

if the hoses and lines as well as their connections, the vane pump
and the reservoir have been thoroughly inspected repeatedly, re‐
move and inspect the power-assisted steering gear.
– Removing the power-assisted steering gear ⇒ page 587 .

– Check the gasket ring for steering pinion on the valve housing
of the power-assisted steering gear -arrow A- for leaks.
– Open warm-type clamp of boot and push back boot.
– Check gear rack gasket rings -arrow B- for leaks.
If hydraulic oil is visible in the steering gear housing and/or in the
boot, replace the power steering gear.
– Installing the power-assisted steering drive ⇒ page 587 .
Note
If there is no more hydraulic oil in the reservoir, the vane pump

may have „run dry“ and may have been damaged.
– Replace vane pump ⇒ page 623 . with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

Octavia 1997 ➤
2.11 Power steering noises

A closed hydraulic system will always produce running noise.
When the vehicle is stationary with engine running, hissing noises
always occur if the steering wheel is slowly turned or the steering
is turned up to the end stops (this must only occur briefly!).
The increased pumping noise in the steering end stops (during
parking manoeuvers) is system related and technically unavoid‐
able.
For noises that differ from the usual technically unavoidable op‐
erating noises take the following measures:
– Check the hydraulic oil level in the reservoir ⇒ page 600 .
– Check the feed pressure of the vane pump ⇒ page 617 .
– Check the connections for leaks (air in the system).
– Check V-belt tension.
– Check routing of the suction and pressure lines (lines pinched
or in contact with other vehicle parts).
– Check the steering gear mounting on the assembly carrier.
– Check the screw connection of the vane pump at the bracket/
engine.
– Check the screw connection of the belt pulley.
Note
In order to determine if the noises come from the power-assisted

steering system, it is recommended to remove the V-ribbed belt
of the vane pump and run the engine without vane pump.

Octavia 1997 ➤
3 Summary of components of power-

steering gear - RHD vehicles
Note
♦ If the front axle is damaged as a result of an accident certain

steering components must be replaced ⇒ page 612 .
♦ No provision is made for repairing on the power-steering gear.
If there are any complaints about the steering gear, replace it.
allowed.
♦ Only use semi-fluid gear lubricant AOF 063 000 04 to grease
the gear rack (filling capacity 23 to 27 g).
♦ Oil quantity in the system: 0.7 ... 0.9 Itr.
1 - Heat shield
2 - Nut, 23 Nm
3 - 23 Nm
4 - Pressure line (expansion
hose)
♦ from the vane pump to the
power-steering gear
5 - Gasket rings
♦ M14 x 1.5
7 - Nut, 23 Nm
Fitting position:
♦ Arrow on the clamp points
in the direction of travel
♦ replace the clamp if the
thread of the weld nut is
damaged
9 - Power-steering gear Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
♦ adjust ⇒ page 599 with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��

⇒ page 607
11 - 20 Nm + 90°
12 - 20 Nm + 90°
3. Summary of components of power-steering gear - RHD vehicles 605

Octavia 1997 ➤
13 - 20 Nm + 90°
14 - 40 Nm + 90°
16 - 20 Nm + 90°
17 - 100 Nm + 90°
18 - 100 Nm + 90°
20 - Steering-knuckle arm of the wheel-bearing housing
22 - Pressure line
♦ M14 x 1.5
♦ M16 x 1.5 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
25 - Gasket rings unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
♦ from the power-steering gear to the reservoir for central hydraulic oil
27 - Sealing sleeve
♦ Pay attention to installation instructions ⇒ page 607
28 - 20 Nm + 90°
29 - Steering column universal joint
3.1 Removing and installing hydraulic oil

reservoir
CHF 11 S (G 002 000)-

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Reservoir with screw cap

and oil dipstick
♦ Tighten screw cap to 2 Nm
♦ Check the level of hydraulic
oil, top up if necessary
⇒ page 600
-A- must be flush
lateral marking -B-
3 - Spring strap clamp
♦ to open and close use pliers
for spring strap clamps
♦ The tensioning eyes must
face to the top
4 - Suction line
-A- must be flush
lateral marking -B-
5 - 10 Nm
3.2 Removing and installing the power-as‐

sisted steering gear - RHD vehicles
♦ Extractor Matra -V 176-
1359/2-
♦ Plug for hydraulic oil reservoir (commercially available)
♦ Plastic screw plugs for line connections on the power-assisted
steering gear (commercially available)
♦ Hydraulic oil -TL 52 146-by, copyright.
Protected -N 052Copying
146 00- e.g.or-PENTOSIN
for private commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
CHF 11 S (G 002unless
000)-authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
♦ Apart from replacing the bellows and the track rods, no provi‐
sion is made for further repairs.
♦ Absolute cleanliness is required when working on the power
steering.
♦ Thoroughly clean the connection points and their surroundings
before releasing.
♦ Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover if the repair
cannot be carried out immediately.
fitting.
Removing
– Unscrew the plastic nuts -2- and the plastic screw with clamp
-1- and remove the cover -A-. unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
WARNING
Bring the steering wheel in its central position (with the wheels
straight ahead) and make sure that it does not turn during re‐
pairs as this could damage the coil spring of the airbag unit.

-arrow-.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Pinch off the suction line -1- (hydraulic oil reservoir/vane

pump) with the hose clamp -MP 7-602- near the vane pump.
The fig. shows the line routing and how to pinch off the line on the
1.9 ltr./66 kW TDI engine. For the other engine versions, the suc‐
tion line routing is modified. The suction line must, however, be
pinched off near the vane pump.
– Open spring strap clamps -arrow- with pliers for spring strap
clamps.
– Release the return-flow line from the hydraulic oil reservoir and
allow the hydraulic oil to flow out into a suitable vessel.
– Close the return-flow opening at the hydraulic oil reservoir with
a plug.
– Remove noise insulation panel in the middle as well as on left

and right -arrows-.
The fig. shows the noise insulation on vehicles with 1.9 ltr./66 kW
TDI and 1.9 ltr./50 kW SDI engines. The noise insulations of the
other engine versions differ from the fig.
– Press the track rods off the steering arm using the extractor
Matra -176- .
Note
Screw down the hexagon nut -1- sufficiently until the track rod
extractor cannot damage the thread.
– Use a pan to collect the drained off hydraulic oil.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Loosen the screws -6- of the bracket for the exhaust pipe.
Note
Before slackening the screws -3- and -4- for the assembly carrier,
mark the fitting position of the assembly carrier.
– Slacken the pendulum support on the gearbox side. To do so,

release hexagonal screws -1- and -2-.
– Position gearbox jack with adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1383A- with -

V.A.G 1359/2- .
– Release screws -1- for power-steering gear.
– Lower assembly carrier. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
– Unscrew the pressure line -1- (expansion hose) from the pow‐
er-steering gear and close with a plastic bag and adhesive
tape.
– Shut off the threaded bore for the pressure line connection
-1- (e.g. with a plastic screw plug).
The return line -2- can only be screwed off the power-steering
gear once the assembly carrier has been lowered.
– Unscrew the return line -2- (expansion hose) from the power-
steering gear and close with a plastic bag and adhesive tape.
– Shut off the threaded bore for the return line connection -2-
(e.g. with a plastic screw plug).
– Unscrew fixing screws for power-steering gear and remove
power-steering gear towards the rear.
Install

Octavia 1997 ➤
– The threaded bush -1- must fit in the hole of the assembly
carrier.
– Further installation occurs in reverse order.
WARNING
After the installation of the power-steering gear, the vehicle

must be aligned.
Note
♦ When tightening the lines, ensure that the lines cannot touch
or chafe.
♦ Use new gasket rings for the hose/line connections.
♦ Coat the sealing sleeve on the steering gear with lubricant,
e.g. lubricating soap, before installing the steering gear.
♦ After positioning the steering gear on the drive shaft make sure
that the sealing sleeve on the steering gear is not bent on the
assembly plate and it correctly seals the footwell opening.
Otherwise this could cause water penetration and/or noise.
♦ Make sure all sealing surfaces are clean.
♦ Required tightening torques see ⇒ page 605 and following.
♦ Before fitting the power-steering gear check the centre posi‐
tion of the gear rack ⇒ page 596 .
– Check
unless authorised the centre
by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.position
ŠKODA AUTO of the
A. S.power-steering
does not guarantee or gear,
accept anyif nec‐
liability
essary
with respect adjust ⇒
to the correctness page 596
of information . document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
in this
– Tighten the return line as well as the pressure line with new
gasket rings at the steering gear housing.
– Check the sealing sleeve at the steering gear pinion for correct
fit.
– Raise the assembly carrier and while doing so, guide the
steering gear pinion into the opening on the base of the vehi‐
cle.
– First of all tighten the assembly carrier with old screws and to
the recommended tightening torques.
Note
Within the scope of the chassis alignment, the old screws for the
assembly carrier attachment must be replaced with new screws.
– Tighten screws for power-steering gear on the assembly car‐

rier.
– Secure the pressure line with new gasket rings to the rotary
slide valve housing.
– Screw on the pendulum support.
– Install the bracket for the exhaust pipe.
– Mount return line to hydraulic oil reservoir.
– Remove the hose clamp from the suction line.

Octavia 1997 ➤
with new screw; 30 Nm.
– Top up with hydraulic oil ⇒ page 8 .
– Install noise insulation panel.
– Align the vehicle ⇒ page 179 .
– Within the scope of the chassis alignment, the old screws for
the assembly carrier attachment must be replaced with new
screws and tightened to the specified tightening torque.
3.3 Repairing power-steering gear (ZF) -

RHD vehicles
♦ Puller Kukko -V/176-
♦ Open-jawed wrench insert, e.g. -V.A.G 1332/5-
♦ Caliper gauge
♦ Clamp pliers for hose clamp, e.°g. -V.A.G 1275-
♦ Semi-fluid gear lubricant -TL733- , -NO 52733 00- e.g. -DEA
ORNA F6 EPO (AOF 063 000 04)-
Note
♦ Always replace the steering components -Pos. 1- up to -Pos. 9- after an accident or in the event of damage
to the front axle.
♦ No provision is made for repairing on the power-steering gear. The cause of any problems which may arise
is determined by the pressure test and tightness test. If there is a fault, replace the power-steering gear.
♦ Welding and straightening of the steering components is not allowed.
♦ Only use original warm-type clamps.
♦ Only use steering gear grease -AOF 063 000 04- in order to grease the gear rack (filling capacity 23 ... 27
g).

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Right track rod end

♦ press off the steering arm
⇒ page 587
⇒ page 594
♦ changed as of vehicle iden‐
tification number
TMBZZZ1U12W2074066
⇒ page 597
♦ replace
ting pliers
4 - Bellows
♦ It is only possible to change
the bellows on a removed
power steering gear
♦ before removing boot de‐
tach the track-rod end
⇒ page 594
♦ inspect for wear (cuts,
splits), inspect sealing sur‐
faces and sealing lips for
cleanliness or damage
♦ replace
ting pliers
6 - Track rod
♦ Tightening torque on steering rack: 75 Nm
♦ left and right track rod adjustable
♦ no provision made for repairs
♦ Inspecting centre position ⇒ page 596
9 - Left track unless
rod endauthorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
♦ press off thewith respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
steering arm ⇒ page 587

Octavia 1997 ➤


Octavia 1997 ➤
4 Summary of components: Vane

pump for power-assisted steering
4.1 Summary of components for the vane

pump located at the top and bottom
Note
♦ The figure shows a version with the vane pump located at the
bottom.
♦ For a vane pump located at the top, the same tightening tor‐
ques are valid for the fixing screws of the vane pump as well
as for the hollow screw in order to connect the pressure line
to the vane pump.
1 - V-ribbed belt
♦ before removing mark run‐
ning direction
♦ Assignment ⇒ Mainte‐
nance ; Booklet Octavia
♦ removing and installing ⇒
Engine, Mechanics; Rep.
gr. 13
2 - 10 Nm + 90°
3 - Vibration damper
♦ with the belt pulley for the Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
V-ribbed belt unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
4 - 25 Nm
5 - Tensioning element
6 - Generator
7 - Support
♦ The fig. shows a bracket for
vehicles not fitted with air
conditioning
♦ install free of stress -Pos. 8
8 - 45 Nm
♦ for securing the bracket -
Pos. 7- at the engine block
♦ install ⇒ Engine, Mechan‐
ics; Rep. gr. 13
9 - 25 Nm
11 - Sealing ring
♦ replace
4. Summary of components: Vane pump for power-assisted steering 615

Octavia 1997 ➤
12 - Pressure line
13 - Sealing ring
♦ replace
14 - Vane pump
♦ for power-assisted steering
♦ Check feed pressure ⇒ page 617
♦ fill up with hydraulic oil before fitting ⇒ page 623
15 - 25 Nm
16 - Belt pulley
Note
17 - Allan screw, 25 Nm
18 - 25 Nm
4.2 PAS pressure switch
Note
The pressure switch screwed into the vane pump is used for the
idling speed stabilisation of the engine while moving the steering
wheel when the vehicle is standing still.

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Vane pump
2 - Suction line
3 - Pressure line
4 - Pressure switch, 15 Nm
♦ switches at 4.0 MPa (40
bar)
♦ Test signal ⇒ Injection and
Ignition System; Rep. gr.
24
5 - Sealing ring
♦ replace
7 - Sealing ring
♦ replace
8 - Colour marking on suction
line
♦ all around white or yellow,
must be positioned inside
the bracket (- Pos.9)
9 - Support
10 - Nut
11 - Support
4.3 Check the feed pressure of the vane

pump
Vehicles with the vane pump located at the bottom or top
Special tools and workshop equipmentunless
required
♦ Power-assisted steering testing device, e.g. -V.A.G 1402-
♦ Adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1402/1 A-
♦ Hose from the adapter set, e.g. -V.A.G 1402/6-

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
♦ If there is insufficient hydraulic oil in the reservoir always check

the power-assisted steering system for tightness
⇒ page 603 .
♦ If there is a leak on the power-steering gear first check the
lines/line connections for tightness, if necessary retighten and
wipe dry.
♦ Inspecting the gasket ring on the steering pinion and on the
gear rack seal ⇒ page 603 . If there are leaks on the gasket
ring or on the gear rack seal replace the power-steering gear.
♦ Disposing of the power-steering gear ⇒ page 598 .
Vehicles with vane pump located at the bottom

– Pinch off the return line with the hose clamp -MP 7-602- .
– Remove the noise insulation in the middle.
– Place the catch pan under the vane pump to collect escaping
hydraulic oil.
– Pinch off suction line -1- with hose clamp -MP 7-602- .
– Disconnect the plug connector from the pressure switch on
vehicles with pressure switch.
– Unscrew the pressure line -2- at the vane pump.
Note
– Connect power-assisted steering testing device, e.g. -V.A.G

1402-

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Vane pump
2 - Sealing ring
3 - Adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1402/1
A-
4 - Hose from the adapter set,
e.g. -V.A.G 1402/6-
5 - Adapter, e.g. -V.A.G
1402/3-
6 - Power-assisted steering
testing device, e.g. -V.A.G
1402-
1402/2-
8 - Sealing ring
9 - Pressure line with banjo un‐
ion
10 - Hollow screw
♦ for vane pump without
pressure switch
11 - Hollow screw
♦ for vane pump with pres‐
sure switch
12 - Sealing ring
♦ for vane pump with pres‐
sure switch
13 - Pressure switch
Vehicles with vane pump located at the top

– If necessary, remove engine cover.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Pinch off the return line with the hose clamp -MP 7-602- .
– Pinch off the suction line with the hose clamp -MP 7-602- .
– Place the catch pan under the vane pump to collect escaping
hydraulic oil.
– Unscrew the pressure line -1- at the vane pump.
– Connect power-assisted steering testing device, e.g. -V.A.G

1402-

Octavia 1997 ➤
1 - Vane pump
2 - Sealing ring
3 - Adapter, e.g. -V.A.G 1402/1
A-
4 - Hose from the adapter set,
e.g. -V.A.G 1402/6-
1402/3-
6 - Power-assisted steering
testing device, e.g. -V.A.G
1402-
1402/2-
8 - Sealing ring
9 - Pressure line with banjo un‐
ion
10 - Hollow screw
Test requirements:
• V-belt/V-belt tension O.K.
• Tightness of the system.
• Hoses/lines are not buckled up or tied up.
Inspection:
– Remove the hose clamp -MP 7-602- from the suction line and
return line.
– Open the shut-off valve at the manometer.
– Start the engine and replenish the hydraulic oil level in the
reservoir if so required.
– Turn steering wheel 10 x from stop to stop.
– Check feed pressure.
– With the engine running at idling speed, close off the shut-off
valve (no longer than 5 seconds), read off the pressure at max.
steering angle and compare with the specified
Protected byvalue according
to the following table. unless authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability

Octavia 1997 ➤
Nominal pressure of the vane pump Nominal value overpressure

Engine MPa bar MPa bar
Fuel engines 9,0 90 8,5 ... 9,5 85 ... 95
Diesel engines 9,0 90 8,5 ... 9,5 85 ... 95
Note
♦ If the specified value is exceeded or if it is not reached, replace

the vane pump.
♦ Remove and install the vane pump located at the top
⇒ page 623 .
♦ Remove and install the vane pump located at the bottom
⇒ page 626 .
♦ Disposing of the vane pump ⇒ page 629 .

– Pinch off the suction line and the return flow line with hose
clamps -MP 7-602- .
– Remove power-assisted steering testing device, e.g. -V.A.G
1402- .

Octavia 1997 ➤
5 Removing and installing vane pump
Note
♦ Repairs on the vane pump are not foreseen. The cause of any
problems which may be arising is determined by the pressure
and tightness test. If there is a fault, replace the vane pump.
♦ The pumps supplied by the spare part storeroom are without
oil. Therefore absolutely fill up with hydraulic oil before fitting
-G 002 000- and turn by hand, otherwise noises or damage to
the pump could occur while driving.
♦ Oil quantity in the system: 0.7 ... 0.9 ltr.
fitting.
♦ Mark the rotation direction before removing the V-ribbed belt.
Reversing the rotation direction of an already used belt may
destroy it. Pay attention to the correct position of the V-ribbed
belt in the belt pulley when installing it.
♦ The version and the attachment of the vane pump as well as
the bracket differ from the fig. according to the engine versions
and thoses equipped with or without air conditioning system.
Vehicles with 1.4/44 kW Engine:

♦ Before removing, the fitting position of the belt pulley must be
marked.
♦ If the belt pulley of the vane pump is installed the wrong way
round, it is displaced in relation to the other belt pulleys. The
V-ribbed belt is damaged as a result of this displacement.
5.1 Vehicles with vane pump located at the

top
CHF 11 S (G 002 000)-
Removing
The fig. shows the engine cover of the 1.9 Itr./66 kW (TDI) engine.
The engine covers of the other engine versions differ from the fig.
5. Removing and installing vane pump 623

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Remove engine cover.

1- Plug
2- Clamp
3- Bolt
The fig. shows the guidance of the V-ribbed belt on vehicles with
air conditioning system. Different routing of V-ribbed belt on ve‐
hicles without air conditioning system.
Note
Mark the rotation direction before removing the V-ribbed belt. Re‐
versing the rotation direction of an already used belt may destroy
it. Pay attention to the correct position of the V-ribbed belt in the
belt pulley when installing it.
– Position flat ring spanner SW 16 at hexagon of tensioning pul‐

ley.
– Swing the the tensioning pulley in -the direction of the arrow-
detension the V-ribbed belt.
– Remove the V-ribbed belt.
The fig. shows the routing of the induction pipe on the 1.9 ltr./66
kW TDI engine. The following work steps must only be performed
on this engine version.
– Open screw clamp by
unless authorised -3-.
ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Unplug connector -4-.
– Remove induction pipe -1-.
Valid for all engine versions with and without air conditioning sys‐
tem.

Octavia 1997 ➤
Unscrew belt pulley, counterhold with Allan key (SW 9 mm).

Valid for all vehicles with air conditioning system and vane pump
located at the top.
– Pinch off the suction line - hydraulic oil reservoir/vane pump -

with the hose clamp -MP 7-602- .
– Open the spring strap clamp -1- with pliers for spring strap
clamps and detach the suction line from the vane pump.
– Unscrew pressure line (expansion hose) -2-.

– Remove the vane pump from the bracket.
Install
Note
♦ The vane pumps supplied by the spare part storeroom are

without oil. Absolutely fill up with hydraulic oil before fitting -G
002 000- and turn by hand, otherwise noises or damage to the
pump could occur while driving.
♦ The contact surfaces and the threads on both sides of the vane
pump must be free of paint.
– unless
Fill the vane pump with hydraulic oil via the induction pipe
-arrow B-.
– Turn the hub of the vane pump by hand until hydraulic oil
drains out of the discharge nozzle -arrow A-.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Insert the vane pump in the bracket and screw in screws -1-
and -2-.
– Screw the belt pulley to the vane pump with Allan screws,
counterhold with Allan key (SW 9 mm).
– Install V-ribbed belt ⇒ Engine, Mechanics; Rep. gr. 13 .
Note
Pay attention to the correct position of the V-ribbed belt in the belt
pulley when installing it.
– Install the induction pipe on the 1.9 ltr./66 kW TDI engine.
Note
Use new gasket rings to connect the pressure line.
– Install pressure line (expansion hose).

Tightening torque of the hollow screw: 38 Nm
– Install spring strap clamp and suction line as shown in the fig.
– The longitudinal marking -A- on the suction line must be flush
with the mould joint -C- on the vane pump.
– Remove the hose clamp -MP 7-602- from the suction line.
– Top up with hydraulic oil and if necessary bleed the power-
assisted steering system ⇒ page 601 .
– Check line connections for tightness ⇒ page 603 .
– Install the engine cover.
5.2 Vehicles with vane pump located at the

bottom
CHF 11 S (G 002 000)-

Octavia 1997 ➤
Removing
Note
Mark the rotation direction before removing the V-ribbed belt. Pay
attention to the correct position of the V-ribbed belt in the belt
pulley when installing it.
– Swivel the tensioning pulley with an open-end wrench in

-direction of arrow-.
– Remove the V-ribbed belt.
The fig. shows the middle and left noise insulation on vehicles
with petrol engines.
– Remove middle and right noise insulation -arrows-.

Valid for all petrol engines without air conditioning system.
– Before removing, the fitting position of the belt pulley must be
marked.
Note
If the belt pulley of the vane pump is installed the wrong way
round, it is displaced in relation to the other belt pulleys. The V-
ribbed belt is damaged as a result of this displacement.
– Unscrew belt pulley, counterhold with Allan key (SW 9 mm).

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Pinch off the suction line - hydraulic oil reservoir/vane pump -

with the hose clamp -MP 7-602- .
– Open the spring strap clamp -3- with pliers for spring strap
clamps and detach the suction line from the vane pump.
Vehicles without pressure switch (fig.)
– Unscrew hollow screw -2- and remove pressure line (expan‐
sion hose).
Vehicles with pressure switch (without fig.)
– Disconnect plug from pressure switch.
– Unscrew pressure switch and remove pressure line (expan‐
sion hose).
Vehicles without and with pressure switch.
– Remove vane pump -5- from bracket.
Install
Note
♦ The vane pumps supplied by the spareProtected

part storeroom are for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permitted
by copyright. Copying
without oil. Absolutely fill up with hydraulic
unlessoil before
authorised fitting AUTO
by ŠKODA -G A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
002 000- and turn by hand, otherwise noises or damage
with respect to theof information in this document. Copyright by ŠKODA AUTO A. S.��
to the correctness
pump could occur while driving.
♦ The contact surfaces and the threads on both sides of the vane
pump must be free of paint.
– Fill the vane pump with hydraulic oil via the induction pipe
-arrow B-.
– Turn the hub of the vane pump by hand until hydraulic oil
drains out of the discharge nozzle -arrow A-.
– Insert the vane pump in the bracket and screw in screws -1-
and -2-.

Octavia 1997 ➤
– Screw the belt pulley to the vane pump with Allan screws ac‐
cording to the made marking, counterhold with Allan key (SW
9 mm).
Note
If the belt pulley of the vane pump is installed the wrong way
round, it is displaced in relation to the other belt pulleys. The V-
ribbed belt is damaged as a result of this displacement.

– Screw the belt pulley to the vane pump with Allan screws,
counterhold with Allan key (SW 9 mm).
– Install V-ribbed belt ⇒ Engine, Mechanics; Rep. gr. 13 .
Note
♦ Pay attention to the correct position of the V-ribbed belt in the

belt pulley when installing it.
Use new gasket rings to connect the pressure line.
unless♦authorised by ŠKODA AUTO A. S. ŠKODA AUTO A. S. does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Install pressure line (expansion hose).

Tightening torque of the hollow screw or the pressure switch: 38
Nm
– Install spring strap clamp and suction line as shown in the fig.
– The longitudinal marking -A- on the suction line must be flush
with the mould joint -C- on the vane pump.
– Fit on the spring strap clamp as far as the lateral marking
-B-.
– Remove the hose clamp -MP 7-602- from the suction line.
– Top up with hydraulic oil and if necessary bleed the power-
assisted steering system ⇒ page 601 .
– Check line connections for tightness ⇒ page 603 .
– Install middle and right noise insulation.
5.3 Disposing of the vane pump

♦ Catch pan for hydraulic oil

Octavia 1997 ➤
Note
♦ The oils used in the vane pump do not contain any harmful
substances. These oils may be disposed of together with the
drained engine and gearbox oil.
♦ Dispose of used oils in compliance with the applicable envi‐
ronmental regulations.
quately.
♦ When disposing of used parts comply with the legal specifi‐
cations as there are minor residual amounts of hydraulic oil in
the power-steering gears.
– Remove the vane pump.

♦ Vehicles with the vane pump located at the top ⇒ page 623
♦ Vehicles with the vane pump located at the bottom
⇒ page 626
– Hold the vane pump over a catch pan and fully drain the hy‐
draulic oil by turning it repeatedly or by turning the pump.
The line connections arrows -A- and -B- must not be shut off.
– Disposing of the vane pump.

Chassis

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Chassis

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Service

Service Department. Technical Information

All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2011 ŠKODA AUTO a. s. D3E801B9566

4.4 Removing and installing shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

45 - Anti-lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

4.1 Test requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

46 - Brakes - mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479

3.2 Removing and installing rear wheel brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499

47 - Brakes - hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525

1.1 Chassis - Specified values

Spring strut type axle (front- and four-wheel drive)

7) Only Service Mobil (Octavia 1.9 ltr./66 kW GLX)

Specified values rear axle - front-wheel drive

Twist-beam rear axle

Specified values rear axle - four-wheel drive

Twist-beam rear axle

Nominal values rear axle

1.3.1 Brake variants and their assignment

Engine litre/kW 1,4/44; 1,4/55 1,6/55 1,6/74; 1,6/75 1.9/50 SDI

Front brake caliper FS-III 3)

Rear brake caliper, piston - ∅ mm — 41,0 —

1) Vehicles without ABS

Engine litre/kW 1,8/132 1,9/74 1,9/96

Front brake caliper FS-III 3)

Rear brake caliper, piston - ∅ mm — 41,0

Engine litre/kW 1,8/132 1,9/74 1,9/96

Front brake caliper FS-III 3) 5) FN 3 4)

Rear brake caliper, piston - ∅ mm 38,0 8)

Brake drum - ∅ mm 230,0 —

1.3.2 Brake fluid

Classification N 052 766 ZO (USA standard FMVSS 571.116 DOT 4)

1.4 Wheels, Tyres

Load rating-indexes (Load index): 88 = 560 kg 91 = 615 kg

Marking e.g. 175/80 R14 88 T Meaning

I - Removing and installing assembly carrier, anti-roll bar, track

22 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension

1.1 l - Summary of components assembly

♦ When moving vehicles with drive shaft removed, it is advisable

1 - track control arm

♦ replace after each removal

1. Repairing front wheel suspension 23

24 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension

1.2 Removing and installing the track con‐

Mark installation position of bolts -1-, otherwise the steering ge‐

Release screws -1-.

1. Repairing front wheel suspension 25

– Push out the drive shaft. To do so position the tool as shown

26 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension

– Unscrew screws -3-, if present, at the track control arm.

Release the screw -1- downwards by slightly pressing the as‐

1. Repairing front wheel suspension 27

The torque wrench is recommended e.g. for tightening the twelve-

28 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension

Steering joint to track control arm 20 Nm + 90°

Pendulum support to gearbox 40 Nm + 90°

Coupling rod to track control arm 15 Nm + 90°

1.3 Pressing out and in the bearing for the

Press in front bearing for track control arm

Use acid-free lubricant, e.g. -G 294 421- , when pressing in the

Fitting position of rear bearing for track control arm

Mark installation position of bolts -1-, otherwise the steering ge‐

– Release screws -1-.